Core-Log Integration
Geological Society Special Publications Series Editors." A. J. FLEET A. C. MORTON A. M. ROBERTS ...
104 downloads
1318 Views
79MB Size
Report
This content was uploaded by our users and we assume good faith they have the permission to share this book. If you own the copyright to this book and it is wrongfully on our website, we offer a simple DMCA procedure to remove your content from our site. Start by pressing the button below!
Report copyright / DMCA form
Core-Log Integration
Geological Society Special Publications Series Editors." A. J. FLEET A. C. MORTON A. M. ROBERTS
GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY SPECIAL PUBLICATION NO. 136
Core-Log Integration EDITED BY
P. K. H A R V E Y & M. A. L O V E L L University of Leicester, UK
1998 Published by The Geological Society London
THE GEOLOGICAL SOCIETY The Society was founded in 1807 as The Geological Society of London and is the oldest geological society in the world. It received its Royal Charter in 1825 for the purpose of 'investigating the mineral structure of the Earth'. The Society is Britain's national society for geology with a membership of around 8500. It has countrywide coverage and approximately 1500 members reside overseas. The Society is responsible for all aspects of the geological sciences including professional matters. The Society has its own publishing house, which produces the Society's international journals, books and maps, and which acts as the European distributor for publications of the American Association of Petroleum Geologists, SEPM and the Geological Society of America. Fellowship is open to those holding a recognized honours degree in geology or cognate subject and who have at least two years' relevant postgraduate experience, or who have not less than six years' relevant experience in geology or a cognate subject. A Fellow who has not less than five years' relevant postgraduate experience in the practice of geology may apply for validation and, subject to approval, may be able to use the designatory letters C Geol (Chartered Geologist). Further information about the Society is available from the Membership Manager, The Geological Society, Burlington House, Piccadilly, London WIV 0JU, UK. The Society is a Registered Charity, No. 210161.
Published by The Geological Society from: The Geological Society Publishing House Unit 7, Brassmill Enterprise Centre Brassmill Lane Bath BA1 3JN UK (Orders: Tel. 01225 445046 Fax 01225 442836)
Distributors
USA AAPG Bookstore PO Box 979 Tulsa OK 74101-0979 USA (Orders: Tel. (918) 584-2555 Fax (918) 560-2652)
First published 1998
Australia The publishers make no representation, express or implied, with regard to the accuracy of the information contained in this book and cannot accept any legal responsibility for any errors or omissions that may be made. 9 Geological Society 1998. All rights reserved. No reproduction, copy or transmission of this publication may be made without written permission. No paragraph of this publication may be reproduced, copied or transmitted save with the provisions of the Copyright Licensing Agency, 90 Tottenham Court Road, London WlP 9HE. Users registered with the Copyright Clearance Center, 27 Congress Street, Salem, MA 01970, USA: the item-fee code for this publication is 0305-8719/98/$10.00.
Australian Mineral Foundation 63 Conyngham Street Glenside South Australia 5065 Australia (Orders: Tel. (08) 379-0444 Fax (08) 379-4634)
India Affiliated East-West Press PVT Ltd G- 1/ 16 Ansari Road New Delhi 110 002 India (Orders: Tel. (11) 327-9113 Fax (11) 326-0538)
Japan British Library Cataloguing in Publication Data A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library. ISBN1-86239-0169 ISSN0305-8719
Typeset by Bath Typesetting, Bath. Printed by The Alden Press, Osney Mead, Oxford, UK.
Kanda Book Trading Co. Cityhouse Tama 204 Tsurumaki 1-3-10 Tama-shi Tokyo 206-0034 Japan (Orders: Tel. (0423) 57-7650 Fax (0423) 57-7651)
Contents Preface
vii
Measurement, sealing and calibration BRISTOW, C. S. & WILLIAMSON,B. J. Spectral gamma ray logs: core to log calibration, facies analysis and correlation problems in the Southern North Sea
CORBETT,P. W. M., JENSEN,J. L. & SORBIE, K. S. A review of up-scaling and cross-scaling issues in core and log data interpretation and prediction DUNCAN,A. R., DEAN,G. & COLLIE,D. A. L. Quantitative density measurements from X-ray radiometry 17
HARVEY,P. K., BREWER,T. S., LOVELL,M. A. & KERR,S. A. The estimation of modal mineralogy: a problem of accuracy in core-log calibration
25
LOVELL,M. A., HARVEY,P. K., JACKSON,P. D., BREWER,T. S. WILLIAMSON,G. & WILLIAMS,C. G. Interpretation of core and log data-integration or calibration?
39
RAMSEY,M. H., WATKINS,P. J. & SAMS,M. S. Estimation of measurement uncertainty for in situ borehole determinations using a geochemical logging tool
53
Physical and chemical properties
AHMADI,Z. M. & COE, A. L. Methods for simulating natural gamma ray and density wireline logs from measurements on outcrop exposures and samples: examples from the Upper Jurassic, England
65
HERRON,M. M. & HERRON,S. L. Quantitative lithology: open and cased hole application derived from integrated core chemistry and mineralogy database
81
KINGDON, A., ROGERS, S. F., EVANS, C. J. (~¢ BRERETON, N. R. The comparison of core and geophysical log measurements obtained in the Nirex investigation of the Sellafield region
97
LAUER-LEREDDE,C., PEZARD,P. A., TOURON,F. & DEKEYSER,I. Forward modelling of the physical properties of oceanic sediments: constraints from core and logs, with palaeoclimatic implications
115
WADGE,G., BENAOUDA,D., FERRIER,G., WHITMARSH,R. B., ROTHWELL, R. G. & MACLEOD, C. Lithological classification within ODP holes using neural networks trained from integrated core-log data
129
Petrophysical relationships BASTOS, A. C., DILLON, L. D., VASQUEZ,G. F. & SOARES,J. A. Core-derived acoustic, porosity & permeability correlations for computation pseudo-logs
14I
DENICOL, P. S. & JING, X. D. Effects of water salinity, saturation and clay content on the complex resistivity of sandstone samples
147
SAMWORTH, J. R. Complementary functions reveal data hidden in your logs
159
SHAKEEL, A. & KING, M. S. Acoustic wave anisotropy in sandstones with systems of aligned cracks
173
vi
CONTENTS
WIDARSONO,B., MARSDEN,J. R. & KING, M. S. In situ stress prediction using differential strain analysis and ultrasonic shear-wave splitting
185
WORDEN, R. H. Dolomite cement distribution in a sandstone from core and wireline data: the Triassic fluvial Chaunoy Formation, Paris Basin
197
WORTHINGTON,P. F. Conjunctive interpretation of core and log data through association of the effective and total porosity models
213
Xu, S. & WHITE, R. Permeability prediction in anisotropic shaly formations
225
Integration of core and borehole images GOODALL,T. M., Me~LLER,N. K. & RONNINGSLAND,T. M. The integration of electrical image logs with core data for improved sedimentologicaI interpretation
237
HALLER,D. & PORTURAS,F. How to characterize fractures in reservoirs using borehole and core images: case studies
249
JACKSON,P. D., HARVEY,P. K., LOVELL,M. A., GUNN, D. A., WILLIAMS,C. G. & FLINT, R. C. Measurement scale and formation heterogeneity: effects on the integration of resistivity data
261
LOFTS, J. C. & BRISTOW,J. F. Aspects of core-log integration: an approach using high resolution images
273
MAJOR, C. O., PIRMEZ, C., GOLDBERG, D. & LEG 166 SCIENTIFICPARTY High-resolution core-log integration techniques: examples from the Ocean Drilling Program
285
Applications and case studies AYADI M., PEZARD, P. A., LAVERNE, C. & BRONNER, G. Multi-scalar structure at DSDP/ODP Site 504, Costa Rica Rift, I: stratigraphy of eruptive products and accretion processes
297
AYADI, M., PEZARD, P. A., BRONNER, G., TARTAROTTI, P. & LAVERNE, C. Multi-scalar structure at DSDP/ODP Site 504, Costa Rica Rift, III: faulting and fluid circulation. Constraints from integration of FMS images, geophysical logs and core data
311
BARCLAY,S. A. & WORDEN, R. H. Quartz cement volumes across oil-water contacts in oil fields from petrography and wireline logs: preliminary results from the Magnus Field, Northern North Sea
327
BREWER,T. S., HARVEY,P. K., LOVELL,M. A., HAGGAS,S. WILLIAMSON,G. & PEZARD, P. A. Ocean floor volcanism: constraints from the integration of core and downhole logging measurements
341
BOCKER, C. J., DELIUS, H., WOHLENBERG,J. • LEG 163 SHIPBOARDSCIENTIFICPARTY. Physical signature of basaltic volcanics drilled on the northeast Atlantic volcanic rifted margins
363
GONq:ALVES,C. A. & EWERT, L. Development of the Cote d'Ivoire-Ghana transform margin: evidence from the integration of core and wireline log data
375
TARTAROTTI, P., AYADI, M., PEZARD, P. A., LAVERNE, C. & DE LAROUZII~RE,F. D. Multi-scalar structure at DSDP/ODP Site 504, Costa Rica Rift, II: fracturing and alteration. An integrated study from core, downhole measurements and borehole wall images
391
Index
413
Preface Core and log measurements provide crucial information about subsurface formations. Their usage, either for integration or calibration, is complicated by the different measurement methods employed, different volumes of formation analysed, and in turn, the heterogeneity of the formations. While the problems of comparing core and log data are only too well known, the way in which these data can be most efficiently combined is not at all clear in most cases. In recent years there has been increased interest in this problem both in industry and academia, due in part to developments in technology which offer access to new types of information, and in the case of industry, pressure for improved reservoir models and hydrocarbon recovery. The application of new numerical methods for analysing and modelling core and log data, the availability of core scanning facilities, and novel core measurements in both two and three dimensions, currently provide a framework for the development of new and exciting approaches to core-log integration. This Special Publication addresses some of the problems of core-log integration encountered by scientists and engineers from both industry and academia. The diverse nature of the contributions in this volume are an expression of the value and need to understand core and log measurements, and the way in which they can be combined to maximum effect. Contributions range geologically from hydrocarbon-bearing sediments in the North Sea to the volcanic rocks that form the upper part of the oceanic crust. In order to constrain this diversity for presentation the volume has been divided into five sections and starts with 'Measurement, scaling and calibration', 6 papers concerned purely with aspects of core and,or log measurements themselves including cross-correlation, upscaling, measurement uncertainty and accuracy. Subsequent sections include (2) 'Physical and chemical p r o p e r t i e s ' - 5 papers, (3) 'Petrophysical relationships'-8 papers, (4) 'Integration of core and borehole i m a g e s ' - 5 papers and (5) 'Applications and case s t u d i e s ' - 7 papers. All papers were submitted in response to an open call for contributions so, within the constraints of work loads and other factors, may be considered to represent a fair snapshot of recent developments in Core-Log Integration. The volume arises from a meeting of the Borehole Research Group of the Geological Society and the London Petrophysical Society (London Chapter of the Society of Professional Well Log Analysts) held in London in September 1996. The editors are particularly grateful to Gail Williamson both for the organization of the meeting and for persistence in coaxing authors, reviewers, and editors; also to Jo Cooke at the Geological Society Publishing House for her continuous support in the production of this volume. We also wish to thank all those who undertook the often arduous job of reviewing the manuscripts, and without whose help this volume would have been that much poorer. Peter K. Harvey & Michael A. Lovell Leicester University
Spectral gamma ray logs: core to log calibration, facies analysis and correlation problems in the Southern North Sea C. S. B R I S T O W 1 & B. J. W I L L I A M S O N 2
1Research School of Geological and Geophysical Sciences, Birbeck College and UCL, Gower Street, London WC1E 6BT 2 Present address." Department of Mineralogy, The Natural History Museum, Cromwell Road, London S W7 5BD Abstract: The aim of this study is to test the usefulness of spectral gamma ray logs in subsurface correlation, lithofacies description and the interpretation of depositional environments of Namurian and Dinantian sandstones in the southern North Sea. Lithofacies and depositional environments were identified from core descriptions and compared with spectral gamma ray logs from thirteen boreholes. The results show that lithofacies and sedimentary environments can be discriminated within single wells. However, there is too much variation between wells to make an unequivocal assessment of depositional environment on the basis of spectral gamma ray logs alone. Comparison of stratigraphically correlated sandstones shows that variations between wells are often greater than variations between lithofacies. The differences between correlated sandstones using spectral gamma ray logs are largely attributed to changes in the logging environment, mainly mud characteristics, borehole quality and contractor. In addition, the occurrence of negative numbers for uranium and potassium in some wells indicates that the algorithm used to calculate elemental concentrations may be in error. For sandstones with a low total gamma ray response, small errors associated with tool calibration and data processing make a comparatively large difference to results, which has made detailed correlation of sandstones untenable. The most significant problem is the correction factor for potassium in KC1 drilling mud.
G a m m a ray logs are an essential tool for subsurface correlation and gamma ray log curve shapes or signatures are often used as the basis for interpreting ancient sedimentary environments (Selley 1978; Cant 1992). The spectral gamma ray tool measures radiation produced by the radioactive decay of naturally occurring radioactive elements. The most common naturally occurring radioactive elements in sedimentary rocks are potassium, thorium and uranium. As each of these elements decay they give off gamma radiation of a particular energy measured in MeV (millions of electron volts). The principle energies for each element are 1.46 MeV for potassium, 0.68MeV for thorium, and 1.12 and 0.98 MeV for uranium (Desbrandes 1985). The radiation from potassium (K 40) is a single energy while uranium and thorium have a series of isotopes producing radiation with a range of energies which overlap (Rider 1986). In addition, Compton scattering leads to a reduction in energy and the total gamma radiation is a complex spectrum. The spectral gamma ray tool samples the spectrum around specific energy levels, 1.46MeV for potassium, 1.76MeV for uranium and 2.62 MeV for thorium (Rider 1986;
Dresser Atlas 1992). These measured values are then recalculated to estimate the proportions of potassium, thorium and uranium, expressed as percentages or API units. Spectral gamma ray data recorded from outcrop have been used for correlation and to define sediment facies in Upper Carboniferous deltaic sediments (Myers & Bristow 1989; Davies & Elliot 1995). Spectral gamma ray data have also been used to characterize marine bands in the Upper Carboniferous (Archard & Trice 1990; Leeder et al. 1990). In this study we have attempted to apply the methodology of Myers & Bristow (1989) to Carboniferous rocks in the Southern North Sea. We have examined spectral gamma ray logs from thirteen wells in the Southern North Sea (Wells 1-13). Sedimentary logs of core were available for seven of the boreholes and stratigraphic information showed that two sandstone units 'A' and 'B' could be correlated between three and six of the wells, respectively. Unfortunately due to confidentiality agreements we are unable to identify the wells in question or the names of the correlated units. G a m m a ray logs are affected by hole conditions, in particular an oversized hole can lead to
BRISTOW,C. S. & WILLIAMSON,B. J. 1998. Spectral gamma ray logs: core to log calibration, facies analysis and correlation problems in the Southern North Sea In. HARVEY,P. K. • LOVELL,M. A. (eds) Core-Log Integration, Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 136, 1-7
2
C.S. BRISTOW & B. J. WILLIAMSON
a decrease in gamma ray response. To provide some control on data quality, gamma ray measurements were plotted against caliper data. Another common borehole effect is the use of KC1 in drilling mud. The potassium in the drilling mud produces an increase in absolute values of potassium on the spectral gamma ray log. This is supposed to be corrected in the processing and we have assumed that the contractors have made the right corrections to the data. However, there appears to have been no correction for variations in mud chemistry down hole. Of the thirteen wells that we have examined, ten were logged by one contractor and the remaining three were logged by a second contractor (Table 1). Seven of the wells were drilled using an oil based mud, five were drilled using a water based KCI mud and one was drilled with a salt saturated polymer. Table 1. Summary of well characteristics
Well number
Logging contractor
Drilling mud
Correlated sandstone A
1
1
KC1
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1 1 2 2 1 ! 1 1
Oil KC1 Oil Oil Oil KC1 Oil Oil
A
A B
10
1
KC1
B
11 12 13
2 1 1
polymer KC1 Oil
B B B
Methods
A simple seven category lithofacies scheme was adopted for the cored wells with classification on the basis of lithology and sedimentary structures: cross-stratified sandstones, silty sandstones, s a n d y siltstones, claystones, coal, limestones and rooted beds. After depth matching of core and log and corrections for core to log slip, depth intervals for each lithofacies were defined. Lithological boundaries were picked at the shoulder of gamma ray curves to take account of readings which 'smear' across bed boundaries. The gamma ray log data were then assigned a lithofacies classification on the basis of core descriptions. Where core log depths were metric and the wireline log data in feet, the data were recalculated to metric units. For several of the wells, potassium values were given in deci. % rather than as percentages. As deci. % units give
good separation of curves on log plots, all potassium values were converted to deci. %. Having reduced the log data to cored depth intervals, element data and element ratios were plotted for each well on cross plots and logs, and between wells on cross plots and box plots. Observations
Potassium-thorium cross plots discriminate lithofacies Cross plots of potassium against thorium, thorium against uranium and potassium against uranium were produced for each cored well. The cross plots provide an easy to read display of the range of measurements from each well by facies and for comparing each facies between wells. The cross plot of potassium against thorium from Well 1 (Fig. 1) is a typical example; It shows limestones with very little gamma radiation clustered in the lower left-hand corner of the plot with cross-stratified sandstones in a field around 0.01 deci % potassium and 10ppm thorium. Finer grained lithologies, silty sandstones, sandy siltstones and claystones are less well discriminated but all show relatively high potassium and thorium. One intriguing feature of this plot (Fig. 1) is the negative values for potassium in the limestones. Negative values for potassium are very small, less that 0.005 deci %, and were only found in Well 1; however, negative values for uranium were found in wells 2, 6 and 7. The negative values indicate a problem with the algorithm used by the contractor to calculate elemental concentrations. Other wells such as Well 5 (Fig. 2) show clear discrimination between lithofacies although the absolute values are different from those in Well 1. Cross-stratified sandstones generally contain slightly less potassium and less thorium, most claystones have relatively high values of potassium but a few have almost no potassium. Changes within lithofacies for a particular well could be due to differences in the detrital composition and diagenetic history of the claystones. However, low values may also be encountered where the gamma ray response is averaged across a bed boundary. The resolution of a gamma ray tool is typically about 3 0 4 0 cm depending on the speed that the tool was run (Rider 1986) and where the sampling interval coincides with a bed boundary the measurement will not represent either lithology, but a mixture of two different lithologies. Another possible source of error is in the core to log calibration where reconstruction of a core may lead to small offsets in the core to log slip.
SPECTRAL GAMMA RAY LOG CORRELATION PROBLEMS
3
Fig. 1. Potassium and thorium cross plot for Well 1 showing good discrimination of lithofacies with limestones in the lower left corner and fine-grained claystone and siltstones in the top right.
Fig. 2. Potassium and thorium cross plot for Well 5 showing good discrimination of lithofacies. The lithofacies have similar relative values to those in Welt 1 (Fig. 1) although absolute values for each lithofacies are slightly different.
Comparison of correlated sandstones On Fig. 3, which shows cross plots of crossstratified sandstones from all seven cored wells, the data for individual wells form distinct clusters. The differences within wells is less than the differences between wells, which suggests some systematic changes between wells. Geologic factors such as a change in provenance or
diagenesis are unlikely to produce such a clear systematic difference. Other possible explanations are that the sandstones were deposited in different deltaic environments: mouth bar, distributary channel or shoreface; or that the sandstones are stratigraphically different and have different detrital sources or different diagenetic histories. One way of testing these hypotheses is to examine the character of correlated sandstones.
4
C.S. BRISTOW & B. J. WILLIAMSON
Fig. 3. Cross plots of cross-stratified sandstones between wells showing a loose grouping of all the data in the lower left hand corner of the cross plot. Measurements from individual wells tend to be tightly grouped and the difference between wells appears to be greater than the differences within a well.
Fig. 4. Cross plot of potassium against thorium for the correlated sandstone Unit A shows the same sandstone in three different wells plotting in slightly different areas, note the lack of overlap between wells with lower potassium values in Well 1 which was drilled with a KC1 mud. Unit A. This has been correlated stratigraphically between three wells. The cross plot of potassium against t h o r i u m (Fig. 4) shows the same sandstone in three different wells plotting in slightly different areas. There is almost no overlap between the three data sets and although the trends appear to be similar in each well, there is a clear difference in the absolute values. Some
variation between wells could be due to lateral facies changes, but these are unlikely to have produced the observed shift in absolute values. The similar shape of the trends combined with their differences in absolute values indicates a systematic change between wells which we attribute to changes in the borehole environment. The factors most likely to affect the logs are caving, the use of different drilling fluids, and
SPECTRAL GAMMA RAY LOG CORRELATION PROBLEMS
5
Fig. 5. Cross plot of potassium against thorium for Unit B showing a consistent trend in the data for Wells 9, 10, 12 and 13. Well 11 appears to lie off trend with significantly higher potassium and thorium content which can be attributed to an error in the correction factor for KCI in the drilling mud..
Unit B.
Fig. 6. Box plot of total gamma for sandstones and claystones. Claystones usually have higher total gamma than sandstones although there is some overlap in Wells 3 and 6. The lower than usual values in these claystones may be due to deposition in an interdistributary bay rather than a prodelta environment. variations in the procedures of different logging contractors. There is very little difference in caliper data between wells and no evidence for significant caving, which leaves two possible e x p l a n a t i o n s for the differences observed. Firstly, Well 1 was drilled with water based mud, while Wells 4 and 8 were drilled with an oil based mud. Secondly, Wells 1 and 8 were logged by a different contractor to Well 4. Reduced values for potassium in Well 1 are most likely to be due to an over-correction for potassium in the KC1 drilling mud.
The cross plot of potassium against thorium for Unit B (Fig. 5) shows a consistent trend in the data for Wells 9, 10, 12 and 13, although there is an offset between the wells largely due to differences in the amount of thorium. Well 11 has a flatter trend with significantly higher potassium and a wider range in thorium. Assuming that the original correlation is correct, is there any simple explanation for the difference? Wells 9 and 13 were drilled with an oil based mud, Wells 10 and 12 were drilled with a water based mud and Well 11 was drilled with a salt saturated polymer (221 ppmK). It would appear most likely that the correction factor for potassium in the mud has left a residual of enhanced potassium values. One might wonder why the other Wells (10 and 12), with water based mud and relatively high KC1 contents, lie on a trend with Wells 9 and 13? The answer may be that Wells 9, 10, 12 and 13 were all logged by a different contractor to Well 11. It would appear therefore that the choice of logging contractor can have a significant effect on results.
Box plots show differences between wells Box plots have been used for a comparison of total gamma ray values for cross-stratified sandstones and claystones between wells, using lithofacies defined from core. Each plot (including boxes and whiskers) shows the spread of observations about the median. The box repre-
6
C.S. BRISTOW & B. J. WILLIAMSON
Fig. 7. Cross plot of K/Th against K/U for three correlated sandstones (Unit A) shows lower potassium values and an exceptionally good correlation of thorium and uranium in Well I which are attributed to correction factors which have over-compensated for KC1 in the drilling mud.
sents 50% of measurements about the median, the whiskers extend to the minimum and maximum data values. Median values for cross-stratified sandstones are generally 50 API units or less, although they do vary between wells (Fig. 6). Total gamma ray response for sandstones is almost always less than the total gamma ray response for claystones, where the median value is close to 100 API units, although there is some overlap in Wells 3 and 6 where the claystones have lower total gamma ray response than the other claystones. There is no obvious reason for the lower total gamma ray response in these two wells. Well 3 was drilled with a water based mud, but so were Wells 1 and 7, while Well 6 was drilled with an oil based mud as were Wells 2, 4 and 5. Wells 3 and 6 are from broadly similar stratigraphic units but Wells 5 and 7 are from the same Group. One possible explanation is that the claystones in Wells 3 and 6 were deposited in slightly different environments. The core logs indicate a prodelta environment for claystones in Wells 1, 2, 4, and 7 and an interdistributary bay environment for claystones in Wells 3, 6 and 5. Re-examination of the core logs indicates that the claystones in Well 5, originally attributed to an interdistributary bay, are significantly thicker than other interdistributary bay deposits and could be re-interpreted as prodelta deposits. If this is the case, then the total gamma ray response is discriminating between sedimentary environments, not just between lithofacies.
Eliminating inter well differences using ratio plots Element ratio vs element ratio plots were generated to eliminate the systematic variations in gamma ray tool response between wells (usually due to varying well conditions) which may have been inadequately compensated for in logging company calibration procedures. The plot of K/Th ratio against K/U ratio for Unit A (Fig. 7) shows that measurements from Wells 4 and 8 overlap while measurements from Well 1 are clearly lying on a different trend. Wells 4 and 8 were both drilled with an oil based mud while Well 1 was drilled with a water based mud containing KC1. The K/Th cross plot (Fig. 4) shows low potassium values for Well 1, and the ratio plot (Fig. 7) shows an offset due to low potassium values. In addition, Fig. 7 shows an exceptionally good correlation between thorium and uranium. We suspect that the correction factor applied to compensate for KC1 mud in Well 1, has over-compensated for potassium and also affected the measurements of thorium and uranium.
Conclusions Lithofacies for Carboniferous deltaic sequences from the Southern N o r t h Sea have been identified from core descriptions and compared with spectral gamma ray logs. The results show
SPECTRAL GAMMA RAY LOG CORRELATION PROBLEMS that lithofacies can be discriminated within single wells. However, comparison of correlated sandstones shows that variations between wells are greater than variations within wells. There is too much variation between wells to make an unequivocal assessment of lithofacies and depositional environment on the basis of spectral gamma ray logs alone. The differences between wells are attributed to changes in logging environment, mainly mud characteristics, borehole quality and different logging companies which have made detailed correlations impossible. For sandstones showing low total gamma ray response, small errors associated with calibrations and correction factors will make a comparatively large difference to results. In three wells, negative values for uranium were noted and in one well negative values for potassium were found which suggests a problem with the algorithm used to calculate elemental concentrations. Cross plots of correlated sandstones indicate that correction factors for KC1 in drilling muds are not always successful, and there appears to be a difference between the results achieved by different contractors in this respect. Corrections for KC1 appear to be based on a single value for each well although mud chemistry will almost certainly change down hole. More detailed tool calibration is required before subsurface correlations and facies analysis can be reliably made using spectral gamma ray response alone. The influence of downhole environment could be further tested by comparing the geochemical composition of core with gamma ray response. In the meantime avoid trying to read too much from spectral gamma ray response where KC1 mud is involved. The authors thank Mobil North Sea for funding this work and for permission to publish the results. The manuscript has been improved by the comments of J. S. Schweitzer and P. Corbett.
7
References ARCHARD, G. & TRICE, R. 1990. A preliminary investigation into the spectral radiation of the Upper Carboniferous marine bands and its stratigraphic application. Newsletters on Stratigraphy, 21, 167-173. CANT, D. J. 1992. Subsurface facies analysis. In: WALKER R. G. • JAMES, N. P. (eds)Facies Models, Geological Association of Canada, pp. 27-45. DAVIES, S. J. 8~ ELLIOT, T. 1995. Spectral gamma ray characterisation of high resolution sequence stratigraphy: examples from upper Carboniferous fluvio~leltaic systems, County Clare, Ireland. In: HOWELL, J. A. 8z AITKEN, J. F. (eds) High
Resolution Sequence Stratigraphy: Innovations and Applications. Geological Society Special Publications No. 104, pp. 25-35. DESBRANDES, R. 1985. Encyclopedia of well logging. Institut Francais du Petrole, Graham and Trotman Ltd, London. DRESSER ATLAS. 1982. Well logging and interpretation techniques (3rd edition). Dresser Industries Inc., USA. LEEDER, M. R., RAISWELL,R., AL-BIATTY,H., MCMAHON, A. & HARDMAN, M. 1990. Carboniferous stratigraphy, sedimentation and correlation of well 48/3-3 in the southern North Sea Basin: integrated use of palynology, natural gamma/ sonic logs and carbon/sulphur geochemistry. Journal of the Geological Society, London, 147, pp. 287-300. MYERS, K. J & BRISTOW, C. S. 1989. Detailed sedimentology and gamma ray log characteristics of a Namurian deltaic succession II: Gamma ray logging. In: WHATELEY,M. K. C. & PICKERING,K. T. (eds) Deltas." Sites and Traps for Fossil Fuels, Geological Society Special Publications No. 41, pp. 81-88. RIDER, M. H. 1986. The Geological Interpretation of Well Logs, Blackie Halsted Press, Glasgow. SELLEY, R. C. 1978. Concepts and methods of subsurface facies analysis. American Association of Petroleum Geologists, Continuing Education Short Notes 9.
A review of up-scaling and cross-scaling issues in core and log data interpretation and prediction P. W. M. C O R B E T T , J. L. J E N S E N 1 & K. S. S O R B I E
Department of Petroleum Engineering Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh, EH14 4AS, UK 1 Present address." University o f Alaska at Fairbanks, Alaska Abstract: In a heterogeneous geological formation, each rock petrophysical property (e.g., permeability, porosity, and electrical conductivity) reflects the heterogeneity and varies in a manner related to the underlying changes in fabric (grainsize, mineralogy, lamination, wettability, etc.). However, measurements, both laboratory and downhole, are made at certain volume scales dictated by the size of the core plug used or the wireline log resolution. The comparison of core and log data needs to account for both the scale and physics of the particular measurements and how these relate to the underlying scale of the geological heterogeneity of the formation. In this review, these two fundamental issues are addressed as follows: (a) measurement scale and how it relates to the 'true' or 'required' petrophysical properties of the formation is defined as 'up-scaling'; (b) measurement physics and how we relate the physics of one measurement (e.g. permeability) to that of another (e.g. density, electrical, or acoustic properties) is termed 'cross-scaling'. We illustrate how these two issues arise in the comparison and prediction of permeability using several published studies. We also outline an approach to petrophysical measurement reconciliation termed 'genetic petrophysics'. This combines all three elements--measurement scale, measurement physics, and geology--to provide an integrated and robust model. We illustrate this approach for permeability to provide fit-for-purpose models of anisotropy in the near-well region of a reservoir. It has been appreciated for some time that there is a problem of scale in reservoir engineering (e.g. Warren et al. 1961; Haldorsen 1986). The volume of a reservoir under production greatly exceeds the volume of rock recovered from cores or investigated by wireline logs. There are many efforts underway to improve the modelling of reservoirs, which particularly address the extrapolation from the sparse core-log data to the interwell volumes. Computer flow models of reservoirs involve grid blocks that are by necessity large, relative to the investigation volumes of core or logs. Therefore engineers have to integrate the core and log data for use in simulation models in a process loosely referred to as 'up-scaling'. Permeability is a particular property of interest and several techniques have been developed for its up-scaling, e.g. power averaging, renormalization, and pseudo-isation. The aim of up-scaling is to estimate the 'effective' or equivalent properties at the chosen volume scale, e.g. grid blocks. The adjectives 'effective' and 'pseudo' are often used interchangeably in the petroleum literature to denote an up-scaled property, but there is a subtle difference. The former attempts to be intrinsic to the rock/fluid system and aims to be independent of boundary conditions,
including time. The latter, on the other hand, applies on some coarse grid as a replacement of a fine grid domain, but it may change radically if the boundary conditions are changed. It will emerge from our discussion that we are frequently talking about pseudo properties when we refer to core-log data integration. The petrophysical community have appreciated for some time that there are also scaleup problems in making comparisons between core and log data (e.g. Knutson et al. 1961). However, historical practice relied on the sampling of cores with plug-size measurements at one-foot spacing (Fig. l a). These were then compared directly with the log measurements, recorded at half-foot intervals. Shifts between core depths and log depths accounted for the offset (if present) between the core and log. Occasionally, a primitive up-scaling technique using a running average ( 1 : 2 : 1 weighting) was used for the plug data prior to comparing with the log data. Although the scale discrepancies were often appreciated, there was not much else that could be done. The development of high resolution petrophysical measurements in the laboratory (probe permeameter) and downhole (image logs) has presented new opportunities to address the scale
CORBETT,P. W. M. JENSEN, J. L. & SORBIE,K. S. 1998. A review of up-scaling and cross-scaling issues in core and log data interpretation and prediction In: HARVEY,P. K. • LOVELL,M. A. (eds) Core-Log Integration, Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 136, 9-16
10
P . W . M . CORBETT E T AL.
Fig. 1. A comparison between (a) the traditional core plug and logging tool scales of measurement and sample spacing and, (b) the new opportunities provided by closely spaced probe data and high resolution logging tools. Both schemes are shown schematically against a core interval with a missing section. In (b) there is more scope for identifying small scale heterogeneities and less sensitivity to missing core material. Depth matching is also improved.
issues between core and log measurements. These high resolution measurements image the geology far more effectively than the conventional, low resolution devices. Indeed, image logs were developed specifically to image the geology in the subsurface, potentially replacing the need for core data. With data at high sampling densities and small volumes of measurement, the comparison between logs and cores becomes more tractable (Fig. lb) and therefore gives us a feasible approach to corelog scaling. Since the laboratory probe permeameter measures a different physics (gas flow rate) to a subsurface image log (acoustic reflection or electrical conductivity) with different boundary conditions, there are also cross-scaling relationships (see below) that must be considered in addition to volume scale and sampling density effects. In this paper, we illustrate the cross-scaling and up-scaling of permeability between core and wireline logs for subsurface prediction of permeability. Larger scale dynamic data are used to justify the methods presented. Having reviewed the method, we discuss the implications for other properties and outline a new approach to petrophysics--genetic petrophysics--which is
Fig. 2. A comparison between (a) Up-scaling and (b) Cross-scaling. Numbers refer to approximate volumes in cubic metres. Refer to the text for definition of these terms. being developed. This approach is tied directly to the needs of reservoir modeUers and offers a way of integrating data and procedures from the original geological conceptual model, through the petrophysical data acquisition, the up-scaling/cross-scaling, and the construction of the numerical reservoir simulation model.
Definitions In this paper, we define the terms up-scaling and cross-scaling as follows (Fig. 2): Up-scaling: The determination of an effective (or pseudo) property at a scale larger than that of the original measurement. An example would be using the arithmetic average of a set of layer permeabilities as an estimator of the horizontal permeability of the composite layered media (Jensen et al. 1997, pp. 137139). Comparing probe to plug to well test permeabilities is an up-scaling problem (Corbett et al. 1996a). The issue of measurement scale for the same petrophysical property is the process of upscaling. Reservoir engineers are familiar with the up-scaling of permeability for reservoir simulation. Cross-scaling is a much less familiar concept and may be defined as follows: Cross-scaling: The determination of a relationship between two different physical prop-
A REVIEW OF UP-SCALING AND CROSS-SCALING
11
erties. Using regression to summarize the relationship between porosity and permeability for a suite of core plugs is a simple example. Comparing compressional wave transit time with porosity is a cross-scaling procedure. Cross-scaling provides the relationship--if there is one--between measurements of different petrophysical properties, at different measurement volume scales which are affected by the (different again) underlying volume scale of the geological heterogeneity. This clearly concerns the transfer of information on a certain required property via a more 'easy-to-measure' surrogate. The scales at which these transfers take place are critical to assessing the appropriateness--or inappropriateness--of the surrogate property. The definition of these terms helps us distinguish the impact of geology (largely up-scaling) from the physics (largely cross-scaling) in a more systematic fashion. These concepts are useful in the comparison of core and log data. In the next two sections, we look first at the cross-scaling of permeability and resistivity at compatible scales. These data are then up-scaled for comparison with larger scale dynamic data. Together these case studies show that cross-scaling and upscaling of permeability can be achieved in practice.
Fig. 3. Measurement of properties in the laboratory at similar volume scales with a resistivity probe (above) and permeability probe (below). Refer to Jackson et al. (1994) for more details.
Case studies We consider three examples of the cross-scaling between permeability and resistivity which have been carried out and which have been reported in the literature.
Fig. 4. Correlation between resistivity (shown a formation resistivy factor= measured resistivity/brine resistivity) against probe permeability for a slab of Lochabriggs Sandstone.
Laboratory study Jackson et al. (1994) measured permeability and resistivity with probe devices for an aeolian sample that was saturated with brine in the laboratory (Fig. 3). The resistivity probe was carefully designed to investigate a volume similar to that of a steady state probe permeameter and both volumes were comparable to the sample's scale of sedimentary variation. A strong relationship was observed (Fig. 4) and this can be related to the fundamental physical control.
As-Sarah study Ball et al. (1997) carried out a probe permeameter study on a fluvial sandstone. They found that averaged probe data (at 10cm spacing) correlated reasonably well with microresistivity
(Fig. 5a) and provided the basis of a permeability predictor which was a considerable improvement over methods based on the density log and core plugs (Fig. 5b).
Morecambe Bay study Thomas et al. (1996, 1997) undertook a detailed probe study over a fluvial interval for which resistivity images had also been acquired. They found a strong correlation between the probe permeability and microscanner resistivity (Fig. 6). In all of these cases, an empirical relationship existed and was reflected in the measurements at similar scales. Such relationships could reflect an underlying physical relationship, explained by an existing analytical model (e.g. Biot's and the C a r m a n - K o z e n y models) or might provide
12
P.W.M. CORBETT E T AL.
Fig. 5. Correlation between (a) probe permeability (averaged over a 30 cm window) and micro-spherically focussed log (MSFL) resistivity and (b) plug permeability and wireline density for an interval of PUC-B Reservoir. Refer to Ball et al. (1997) for more details. insight into the need for new petrophysical analysis.
Cross-scaling permeability and resistivity In the three studies just mentioned, the relationship is driven by the effects of pore geometry and porosity upon both the hydraulic and electrical conductivities. Several workers (e.g. Doyen 1988; Katz and Thompson 1987) have shown that both transport properties depend on a characteristic pore size in the rock. The form of that dependency differs for hydraulic and electrical conductivity, thus making the hydraulic--electrical relationship strength dependent also upon the level of rock heterogeneity. In a homogeneous sample, one characteristic length and its mutual effects upon both permeability and conductivity will give rise to a strong electrical-hydraulic relationship. Heterogeneity, however, will diminish the relationship strength because different portions of a sample will have differing characteristic sizes. This explains why data at the lamination scale (e.g. Jackson et al.
Fig. 6. Comparison between probe permeability, formation image and FMI resistance for an interval of Sherwood Sandstone. Refer to Thomas et al. 0996, 1997) for more details. 1994; Thomas et al. 1996) show very strong resistivity-permeability relations, while laminaset measurements (Ball et al. 1997) exhibit a weaker, though still useful, relationship. In all cases, the effects of geological variation were mitigated by chosing similar measurement volumes.
Up-scaling permeability In two of the cases presented above, the permeability was up-scaled for comparison with some larger scale dynamic data. In the As-Sarah study, the permeability predictor developed from the microresistivity was used to predict permeability in the uncored sections of several wells. With a continuous permeability log, the cumulative permeabilitythickness product, the transmissivity, was compared with a production log spinner survey. A good comparison was found supporting the appropriateness of the predictor (Fig. 7). This predictor continues to form the basis for permeability models in the field (von Winterfeld, pers. comm.).
A REVIEW OF UP-SCALING AND CROSS-SCALING -11975"
:
13
-11900
-11950" ~
-12025" ~ P r o b e
~~
Probe PLT
Cum. Prob~
~ -12125
-12000- ~i
i
I
-12050 -
~LT
-12175'
-12225
, ,
0
, ~ 9 ,
9 , , ,
, ,
9 ,
9
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
-12150
,
0
,
,
,
'
,
9 ,
9 ,
9
250 500 750 I000 1250 1500 1750
Permeability (mD)
Fig. 7. Validation of probe/MSFL predictor (refer to Fig. 5a) against production log data (PLT) in two wells from the As-Sarah Field. The intervals picked out by the predictor over a 250 ft interval correlate well with the productive intervals seen with the PLT. Refer to Ball et al. (1997) for more details. Bed Scale
Bedset Scale
t
'~
~
t
I~T ~
I
~
enrlda~:; % o P ~ : 2 a ttimates
,
~. 0.001t o
5
I
I
10
15
Measurement interval (ft) Fig. 8. Validation of probe/FMI resistance predictor for kv/kh with pressure data from a Modular Dynamic Tool (MDT) for an interval of the Sherwood Sandstone. The probe estimator uses the harmonic average (over a moving window--to represent vertical permeability over a measurement interval) divided by the arithmetic average (horizontal permeability) over the same expanding window. Refer to Thomas et al. (1996, 1997) for more details.
In the Morecambe Bay study, the up-scaling of both horizontal (kh) and vertical (kv) permeability were required for comparison with a borehole pressure measurement. The horizontal permeability was up-scaled by taking the arithmetic average of the probe data, the vertical permeability by taking the harmonic average (Thomas et al. 1996, 1997). The up-scaled
properties (effective kv/kh ratio) compared well with a larger-scale dynamic measurement (Fig. 8). The importance of the geology in the upscaling is well illustrated in two ways in this second study. Firstly, the abrupt decline in vertical permeability (i.e. increase in anisotropy) occurs at the bed length scale which, for these stacked fluvial channels, represents several feet. The image log picks out the geological features associated with bedding and this can be exploited to produce improved prediction of formation anisotropy. Secondly, there is an assumption, supported by geological analysis of similar beds in outcrop, that the layers or beds observed at the wellbore extend well beyond the volume of investigation of the dynamic measurement. This is in contrast to the anisotropy shown by plug scale measurements which is notably poor in estimating effective kv/kh at larger scales. Averaging plug scale kv/kh ratios is also an inappropriate up-scaling method for this parameter, which is very sensitive to scale changes (Corbett et al. 1996b, Cowan 7 Bradney 1997). The comparison of up-scaled permeability (probe, plug, or wireline) with the well test can provide additional corroboration of permeability predictors. For these larger scales, the effects of the organization of the geology (i.e. sedimentary structure) can also be important. This level of up-scaling is beyond the scope of this review (refer to Corbett et al., 1996a). Nonetheless, it is important to note that up-scaling from core to log must be tied with a consistent geological framework to the scales of well tests and full field numerical grid blocks.
14
P.W. M. CORBETT E T AL.
Plug permeability - density log cross-scaling revisited We can revisit the As-Sarah example to compare the probe-microresistivity method with the plugdensity method for permeability prediction 9 This will reveal the nature of improvements provided to the petrophysicist by the smaller scale measurements 9 It seems ironic that solutions to the up-scaling problem have been facilitated (i.e. they are more accurate, not necessarily faster) by having more 'smaller' scale petrophysical measurements. This irony, however, overlooks the role of the geology in the scaling process: smaller-scale measurements are often more easily interpreted in their geological context 9 The geology provides information regarding the volume and shape of each event, allowing analysts to make inferences about the validity and frequency of the value in the unsampled regions 9 If we examine the porosity-permeability relationship (Fig. 9) for the As-Sarah reservoir, we see that it is very weak. The lack of relationship is due to a number of factors-variable grain size and sorting in the fluvial sediments, patchy rhizocretionary cements, plug orientation with respect to heterogeneities, and others. Weak porosity-permeability relationships in fluvial reservoirs are often observed (Brayshaw et al. 1996). The cross-scaling relationship, in this case, is strongly obscured by the geological heterogeneity--a smaller or larger volume scale is suggested or separation of the grain size classes (Hogg et al. 1996). Any porosity-permeability relationship from these data will be associated with a high degree of uncertainty if used to predict permeability 9 On the (weak) assumption that porosity and permeability are related, the wireline density derived porosity might be used to predict permeability. The density log has a volume of investigation that is larger than the small scale (lamination) textural features that control permeability. In this example, it also proved very difficult to depth match the plug data with the log data, the probe data were more useful in this respect. The 'true' variation in permeability shown by the probe did not correlate well with the poor resolution of the density log. Any permeability predictor based on the latter will eliminate a scale of heterogeneity that may be important to the sweep efficiency of the reservoir. The up-scaling of permeability, if this method had been followed, would result in a more uniform reservoir permeability field, which may have been inappropriate for modelling oil recovery 9
4"
~3;~
9
. .ii
9 '.
2"
i,iii.
9
0
:
9
9
2-047
...
r
J ~-. 9 ]
-1
0
'
;0
~0
3'0
Porosity (%) Fig. 9. Core plug porosity and permeability relationship for the PUC-B Sandstone. This type of relationship is typical in texturally heterogeneous fluvial reservoirs. Clay content and cementation variations at plug scale due to clay drapes and rhizocretions also impact these data. These factors combine adversely to make a complex relationship between permeability and porosity, one which cannot be used with any confidence for permeability prediction. A more texturally sensitive surrogate property is needed and was provided (in this study) by the MSFL resistivity 9Refer to Brayshaw et al. (1996) for more discussion on the textural controls on permeability and to Ball et al. (1997) for more details of the PUC-B study.
Genetic petrophysics The Morecambe Bay example shows the power (for prediction) of scale-compatible cross-scaling and geologically-assisted up-scaling. Fig. 8 shows that the effective property (in this case, k v / k h ) varies at certain geological length scales. There is a significant and abrupt change at the bed scale (4ft) and the bedset scale (12ft). Above the bedset scale, there appears to be less variability in the estimates and close agreement with the Modular Dynamic Tool (MDT) response. While the cost implications of MDT versus image log have to be considered, image log based predictors, calibrated by MDT measurements at carefully selected intervals, hold potential for improved anisotropy estimates in the future. Anisotropy in sediments is strongly affected by bedding, so it is only appropriate that a predictor based on a log that 'sees' the bedding will be better than estimates from small volume, plug measurements. The length scales (i.e. the geological architecture) provide important guidance for the petrophysicist--the length scales for combining or comparing appropriate measurements and also the length scales to be avoided for sampling intervals. Sampling close to the frequency of the data (volume or wavelength) is a notoriously poor procedure in geophysical measurements. Unfortunately, the 1-inch plug size and 1-foot sampling interval are close to the Nyquist frequency of lamina and beds!
A REVIEW OF UP-SCALING AND CROSS-SCALING Smaller scale measurements mean more data and more work in reducing, summarizing, and integrating the data. In that respect, their development is not welcome in the time- and personnel-challenged climate demanded by industry. However, the very fact that there are representative elements within reservoirs (e.g. stratal elements, genetic units, architectural elements) can also be exploited. The fundamental rock measurements can be targetted on these representative elements. The effective properties (or even pseudos) can then be determined--by simulation or measurement for these elements (Corbett et al. 1992; Ringrose et al. 1993; Pickup et al. 1995; Huang et al. 1995). The modelling of these elements--geobodies in G O C A D - - c a n then be accompanied by the appropriate petrophysics--genetic petrophysics. This method involves a more selective use of petrophysical measurement which is intended to be more costeffective. Indeed, a genetic petrophysics approach which explicitly recognizes and solves the cross-scaling problem may be the only successful route to true data integration.
Conclusions Cross-scaling between petrophysical properties is best achieved when the scales and density of measurements are comparable. Up-scaling of petrophysical properties benefits when the geological architecture is accounted for. Probe data and image logs can be jointly used to predict permeability (horizontal and vertical in the subsurface), demonstrating that consistent-volume cross-scaling and geologically-constrained up-scaling can be effective. The tools, understanding, and techniques are now available for the development of a more geologically-based petrophysics m e t h o d - - w h i c h we refer to as genetic petrophysics--that is fit for the purposes of reservoir modelling. It is understood that improved modelling prepares the way for improved oil recovery--the ultimate motivation behind this work. The authors acknowledge the support of Wintershall and British Gas in the studies discussed above. They also wish to acknowledge the support of EPSRC and industrial co-sponsors (Amerada Hess, Amoco, BHP Petroleum, British Gas, Chevron, Fina, Saga, Schlumberger, Shell, Statoil, Texaco) for continued work in this area under the PEGASUS project. The authors also acknowledge the contributions of the various authors of the case studies from which this overview has been drawn L. Ball, J. Lewis, S. Thomas, D. Bowen and M. Jackson. Their insights while working with the data have helped to formulate and illustrate these concepts.
15
References BALL, L. D., CORBETT,P. W. M., JENSEN,J. L. & LEWIS, J. M. 1997. The role of geology in the behavior and choice of permeability predictors. SPE Formation Evaluation, 12, 32-39. BRAYSHAW,A. C., DAVIES,G. W. • CORBETT,P. W. M. 1996. Depositional controls on primary permeability and porosity at the bedform scale in fluvial reservoir sandstones. In CARLING, P. A. & DAWSON, M. R. (eds) Advances influvial dynamics and stratigraphy, John Wiley & Sons, 373-394. CORBETT, P. W. M., RINGROSE,P. S., JENSEN, J. L. & SORBIE,K. S. 1992. Laminated clastic reservoirs-The interplay of capillary pressure and sedimentary architecture. SPE 24699. Proceedings of the 67th SPE Annual Technical Conference and Exhibition, October, Washington, 365-376. --, PINISETTI, M., TORO-RIVERA, M. & STEWART, G. 1996a. The comparison of plug and well test permeabilities, Dialog, 4-8. --, GOOD, T., JENSEN, J. L., LEWIS, J. J. M., PICKUP, G., RINGROSE, P. S. & SORBIE, K. S. 1996b. Reservoir description in the 1990s: A perspective from the flow simulation through layercake parasequence flow units. In: GLENNIE, K. & HURST, A. (eds), AD 1995: N W Europe's Hydrocarbon Industry, Geological Society, London, 169-178. COWAN, G. & BRADNEY,J. 1997. Regional diagenetic controls on reservoir properties in the Millom accumulation: implications for field development. In: MEADOWS,N. S., TRUEBLOOD,S. P., HARDMAN, M. & COWAN,G. (eds) Petroleum Geology of the Irish Sea and Adjacent Areas. Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 124, 373-386. DOYEN, P. M. 1988. Permeability, conductivity, and pore geometry of sandstone. Journal of Geophysical Research, 93, 7729-7740. HALDORSEN, H. H. 1986. Simulator parameter assignment and the problem of scale in reservoir engineering. In: LAKE, L. W. & CARROLL, H. B. (eds), Reservoir Characterisation, Academic Press, Orlando. HOGG, A. J. C., MITCHELL,A. W. & YOUNG, S. 1996. Predicting well productivity from grain size analysis and logging while drilling. Petroleum Geoscience, 2, 1-15. HUANG, Y. RINGROSE, P. S. & SORBIE, K. S. 1995. Capillary trapping mechanisms in water-wet laminated rocks. SPE Reservoir Engineering, 10, 287-292. JACKSON,M. A., BOWEN,D. G., JENSEN,J. L. & TODD, A. C. 1994. Resistivity and permeability mapping at the lamina scale. Proceedings of the International Symposium of the Society of Core Analysts, Stavanger, 12-14 Sept., paper SCA-9415, 163-172. JENSEN, J. L., LAKE, L. W., CORBETT, P. W. M. & GOGGIN, D. J. 1997. Statistics for Petroleum Engineers and Geoscientists, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey. KATZ, A. J. & THOMPSON, A. H. 1987. Prediction of rock electrical conductivity from mercury injec-
16
P. W. M. CORBETT ET AL.
tion measurements. Journal of Geophysical Research, 92, 599-607. KNUTSON, C. F., CONLEY, F. R., BOHOR, B. F. & TIMKO, D. J. 1961. Characterization of the San Miguel Sandstone by a coordinated logging and coring program. Journal of Petroleum Technology, 13, 425-432. PICKUP, G. E., RINGROSE, P. S., CORBETT, P. W. M., JENSEN, J. L. ~; SORBIE, K. S. 1995. Geology, g e o m e t r y , and effective flow. Petroleum Geoscience, 1, 37-42. RIN~ROSE, P. S., SORBIE, K. S., CORBETT, P. W. M. & JENSEN, J. L. 1993. Immiscible flow behaviour in laminated and cross-bedded sandstones. Journal of Petroleum Science and Engineering, 9, 103-124. THOMAS, S. D., CORBETT, P. W. M. & JENSEN, J. L. 1997. Permeability anisotropy estimation within the Sherwood Sandstone, Morecambe Bay Gas
Field: a numerical approach using probe permeametry. In: OAKMAN, C. D., MARTIN, J. H. CORBETT, P. W. M. (eds) Coresfrom the Northwest European Hydrocarbon Province." An illustration of geological applications from exploration to development. Geological Society, London, 197-203. & JENSEN,J. L. 1996. Permeability and permeability anisotropy characterization in the near well-bore: a numerical model using probe permeability and formation micro-resistivity data, Transactions of The Society of Professional Well Log Analysts Thirty-Seventh Annual Logging Symposium, New Orleans, 16-19 June, paper JJJ. WARREN,J. E., SK1BA,F. F. & PRICE, H. S. 1961. An evaluation of the significance of permeability measurements. Journal of Petroleum Technology, 13, 739-744. -
-
Quantitative density measurements from X-ray radiometry A. R. D U N C A N 2, G. D E A N 1 & D. A. L. C O L L I E 2
t Amerada Hess Limited, 33 Grosvenor Place, London, S W 1 X 7HY, UK 2 Robertson Research International Limited, Unit 7, Wellheads Crescent, Wellheads Industrial Estate, Dyce, Aberdeen, AB21 7GA, UK Abstract: Qualitative linear X-ray scanning has an established role in the non-destructive imaging of both slabbed and whole core and has been routinely used in visual assessment and quality control of material being subjected to other physical measurements. Since core may be observed in real time, whole core can be oriented to maximum dip prior to slabbing, especially useful where core has been resin-stabilized within an outer liner. Linear scanning is also useful in the observation of heterogeneous lithologies; the features observed are distinguished by their penetrabilities to X-rays. As a result, the linear scanner produces an image which reflects the density variation in the section analysed. A joint project carried out by Robertson Research International Limited and Amerada Hess Limited on 108ft of heterogeneous sediments has shown that the digital X-ray penetrability values ('luminance') can be extracted in order to produce a surface density variation log. X-ray luminance values show a linear relationship with the downhole Formation Density Log and may, therefore, provide an accurate tool for the correlation of core density with log density.
Qualitative linear X-ray scanning already has an established role in non-destructive imaging of both slabbed and whole core and has been routinely used in visual assessment and quality control of material being subjected to other physical measurements (for example Algeo et al. 1994; Rigsby et al. 1994). Since core may be observed in real time, whole core can be oriented to maximum dip prior to plugging or slabbing, especially useful where the core has been resinstabilized within fibreglass, pvc or aluminium liners. This ability to examine interactively, in detail and non-destructively, the 3-D nature of the internal structure of the core material is particularly important. Linear scanning is therefore useful in the observation of both heterogeneous and apparently homogenous lithologies and the following features are commonly characterized: (a) bedding features and sedimentary structures; (b) bioturbation (ichnofacies analysis), especially in slabbed sections; (c) identification of remnant structure (not readily visible to the naked eye) which has been obscured by bioturbation; (d) natural and coring-induced fractures and shears (cemented/uncemented/open); (e) cement distribution; (f) small scale grain size variation; (g) assessment of resin competence in preserved and/or sleeved core. These features are distinguished by their
different penetrabilities to X-rays. As a result the linear scanner produces an image which reflects the density variation in the section analysed (Tolansky 1961). A project carried out on 108ft of heterogeneous sediments (Duncan et al. 1996) has shown that a digital measure of the X-ray penetrability values ('luminance') can be extracted in order to produce a surface density variation log. These X-ray luminance values may yield data at close and equally spaced points producing a log with significant advantages over the data from conventional core analysis (where sample spacing may be irregular, widely spaced and lithologically chosen, or where Gamma Ray response may be poor). Such data can be compared directly with the wireline logs and it is found that the X-ray luminance values show a linear relationship with the downhole Formation Density Log (FDL). The X-ray luminance data may therefore provide an accurate tool for the correlation of core density with log density. Database
The Scott partner group provided access to a range of core and associated materials: (a) 108ft of lithologically/mineralogically variable sediments (resinated archive slabs); (b) wireline logs for the analysed interval including the appropriate FDL traces; (c) the sedimentological composite log;
DUNCAN, A. R., DEAN, G. & COLLIE,D. A. L. 1998. Quantitative density measurements from X-ray radiometry In. HARVEY,P. K. & LOVELL,M. A. (eds) Core-Log Integration, Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 136, 17-24
17
A. R. DUNCAN ET AL.
18
(d) petrographic data for the seven thin section samples which fall within the analysed interval; (e) core analysis data (porosity, permeability and grain density) for the analysed interval.
Brief description of cores Section A The analysed interval commences within relatively 'clean', blocky, medium grained sandstones. These sandstones are assigned to the Piper Formation Depositional Unit 4c and are interpreted to be shoreface sandstones, possibly representing gully fill within an upper delta front system. At a depth of 6 ft below top of section these deposits are underlain by variably argillaceous sandstones with sandy, argillaceous siltstone interbeds. The sandstones are generally fine grained and are frequently apparently structureless or faintly laminated. Current ripples and burrows are locally observed. Bioturbation is more commonly observed in the finer grained units, some units are micaceous and locally contain carbonaceous material. Nodular calcareous cement is observed at approximately 36 ft below top of section. These lower deposits are assigned to Piper Formation Depositional Unit 4b and are interpreted to belong to an offshore transition zone. They are believed to be the deposits from turbidite flows in the lower delta front to pro-delta. Thin section analysis indicates that the predominant cement is quartz (8-11.5%) with relatively minor calcite (13.5%). Authigenic clays are dominated by kaolinite (0-3 %).
Section B The sediments within Section B are also assigned to Piper Formation Depositional Unit 4b and similarly consist of relatively clean, fine grained sandstones interbedded with siltier, argillaceous sediments which are moderately to highly bioturbated. The finer material is frequently micaceous and carbonaceous debris is locally recorded. Some of the coarser units show development of calcareous cement which is locally nodular. Thin section analysis indicates that the predominant cement is calcite (4-40%) with subordinate quartz (1-12%). No authigenic clays are recorded from the two samples analysed.
Section C The sediments analysed from Section C are
again assigned to Piper Formation Depositional Unit 4b. They also consist of interbedded fine or very fine grained sandstones and silty, argillaceous deposits. The modal grain size of the sandstones is seen to decrease towards the lower part of the analysed section. Pervasive calcareous and dolomitic, nodular cements are locally common. Thin section analysis indicates that the predominant cement is dolomite (42.5-48%) with subordinate calcite (3.5-5%) and minor quartz (0.5-2%). Authigenic kaolinite accounts for only 0.5%.
Methodology Production of the X-ray scan images A schematic representation of the scanning system is shown in Fig. 1. Although the imaging system has been developed to operate with core material of various forms and dimensions, the present investigations employed 3 ft resinated archive slabs for the imaging and quantitative density measurements. This presents a thickness of rock material for analysis which is relatively constant, both across the core diameter and along its length, and for which the 3-D inhomogeneities are reduced. In this way, differences in the core thickness and variability due to the curvature of the core are reduced and interpretation can be simplified to essentially 2-D. The X-rays passing through the rock create an inverted image of the material on an electronic image intensifier. This visible image of the X-ray field is picked up by a CCD camera and subsequently digitized. This image may be viewed in real time (i.e. the 'live' image on screen moves as the rock is transported along the gantry) and approximately 6-7in of core are observed at any one time within the camera image frame. These frames may be enhanced by a dedicated image processing computer and can be combined to produce a composite image of the 3 ft section. After positioning the core, each 'live' frame is frozen and a digital filter, which enhances the edge and structure information, is used to sharpen the image. Once the optimum image has been captured it is electronically transferred to a PC computer terminal and stored as a TIFF format file. Overlaps of approximately lin between neighbouring frames are used in order to ensure the optimum matching in the composite. The individual images are manipulated on the PC, using conventional image processing software, to produce the composite image, which is similarly stored in TIFF format. 'Hard
QUANTITATIVE X-RAY DENSIMETRY
19
Fig. 1. Schematic of X-ray scanner system. copy' images are produced using a grey scale printer matching the resolution of the digitized images. To further ensure accurate and straightforward matching of each frame to form the 3 ft composite image, a steel mesh with a grid of V2in is placed alongside each resin slab as it is inserted into the scanner. This is especially useful in sections of the core which appear structureless and homogenous. The steel mesh is positioned to avoid obscuration of the core and its image may optionally remain on the composite image for scaling and quality control purposes. Where no rock is present the image appears to be very bright (white). This is due to saturation or 'burn out' within the image intensifier, caused by the higher intensity of X-rays where there is little core material present to block them. This 'burn-out' of the image artificially increases the intensifier output in closely neighbouring areas, resulting in the surrounding rock appearing 'bleached'. In order to avoid the possible misinterpretation of the X-ray intensity in these areas, disks and/or strips of lead shielding approximating the density of the resinated slab material are placed into plug holes, and other significant gaps.
Production of the quantitative X-ray density data The digital images which are obtained from the scanner are composed of pixels of varying grey scale (0 to 255). The grey scale can be read, in
real time, at any given point across the image. Thus, by taking regularly spaced readings, a profile of the variation in the grey scale can be produced. These data (referred to as luminance values) indicates the penetrability of the rock material to X-rays and are, therefore, related to the density of the rock (Tolansky 1961). Higher luminance values represent greater penetration of the rock by the X-rays and, therefore, lower density. Conversely, lower luminance represents areas of rock with higher density and therefore greater X-ray 'stopping ability'. The luminance values (which vary between approximately 60 and 200 for typical core material) are, therefore, inversely related to the rock density. Despite the high quality of the imaging system used in the capture of the information, each of the images contains an astigmatic error. This means that there is an apparent density variation between the centre of the image compared with the edges. While this does not significantly effect the visual interpretation of the images; it is undesirable in the point luminance data. To eliminate this error, therefore, the luminance measurements are recorded from a fixed point within the X-ray field. The luminance profile is obtained by moving the rock (using the scanner transport mechanism) and recording the values at the known fixed point within the field of view. Measurements may be recorded at any required spacing; with 1 92 in spacing being used in the current project. The luminance measurements are made using a 'live' image, from which the background
20
A. R. DUNCAN E T AL.
Fig. 2. Example X-ray image frame. The included grid is of '/2 in mesh.
Fig. 3. (a) Correlation plot of luminance values from slabbed material and bulk density data from wireline logs. Core depth to log depth correction is shown schematically by tie lines. (b) Luminance data after depth correction to log depth; with wireline bulk density data overlaid. Arbitrary luminance and density scales. Luminance: solid line, Density: dashed line.
QUANTITATIVE X-RAY DENSIMETRY
21
Ox x
190
i i
x o ox•
x
Luminance
o
Corrected Luminance
170
~'~ 150
_~
o
"
.
~ e
o
j
~ ' x x ~ ~ o :! o
~, j
x
i
.
o F~
~
x o~
t~
~ x|
~
.
.
.
.
.
x ~ ~- ~$ ' ~ ' ~ ~x I ~,
i
--Luminance R2=0.6445 '- .....
;
Corrected
Luminance
t30 e= C
110
E ,-1 ,-I
9O
50 2.35
2.4
2.45
2.5 Bulk
2.55
2.6
2.65
2.7
2.75
2.8
Density (wireline) (g/cc)
Fig. 4. Cross plot of luminance values from slabbed material and bulk density values derived from wireline logs. Luminance values shown both uncorrected and corrected for variations in thickness of core material. 'noise' is reduced by using a moving average filter (i.e. each measurement is made on an image comprising the average of 20 scans of the stationary rock). This is done automatically, and in 'pseudo real time', using the image processing computer. Measurements of the thickness of the slab at each luminance recording point are noted. In addition, luminance values for an aluminium block 'standard' placed at the top and base of each 3ft section are measured. Where necessary the scanner controls can be adjusted prior to scanning to ensure that the observed luminance from these calibration standards remains consistent. These data, along with the luminance values are entered into a spreadsheet and stored on the PC for subsequent analysis
Description of X-ray images Figure 2 presents a single frame showing the Xray image at the point 'F' marked on Fig. 3. The bright, irregular lines represent core breaks which are likely to be coring induced. The core breaks are locally bedding-parallel. This frame displays very clearly a partially cemented fracture running subvertically through the core. The contrast produced by variations in the core material density allows detailed examination of these and other features. A conventional core analysis plug hole, with included masking, is shown, as is the '/2 in alignment grid.
Discussion The luminance values indicate the penetrability of the rock material to X-rays and are, therefore, related to the density of the rock. Higher luminance values represent greater penetration of the rock by the X-rays and, therefore, lower density. Conversely, lower luminance represents areas of rock with higher density and therefore greater 'stopping ability' of the X-radiation. The luminance values are, therefore, inversely related to the rock density. A comparison of this luminance data, representing density, with traditional wireline log density measurements is presented in Figs 3(a and b). Figure 3(a) shows the correlation of the luminance data with the FDL trace. The tie lines indicate the core to log depth shifts appropriate for this core material. Clearly excellent correlation between the luminance profile and wireline log is observed, with Fig. 3(b) showing the luminance data depth shifted and superimposed on the FDL trace. The luminance values are smoothed (using a simple 5 point moving average filter) but are otherwise unprocessed. A cross plot of luminance against bulk density (from the wireline log) is shown in Fig. 4. Luminance values are shown both uncorrected and corrected for slab thickness variations. The correction is performed assuming a simple reciprocal relationship between thickness and luminance value: this is considered to adequately
22
A. R. DUNCAN E T AL.
190
. . . . . . .
170
o
io
........
6
.
I
...... ~
o
i
~
o
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
~1~01
130 . . . .
~o
~ .......
o
oo o~
~ . . . . . . . . .
I "~ _1
0
o
o
o
,
!~ I..IU~
o
o~
~ _ 9o i oel o oo .~o o 70 ._0 0 O0 o; :
o
^
o
~
/
~
,,
0
o
.
~9
'~
~
o
-
o 2v
~
i o _~
-
o
~ ,
~. . . . . . . . . .
i i ! : , i
o --
oo
~ = - - L
o
!
'
! ~
i
~
0
: '
O 0
o o
o
o.
-. -
~
~
o~..~f
~
~o_ ......
. . . . .
o Corrected ~ Luminance ' i t ~C~ i Luminance 1 R2=0.6135
....
i 0
2
4
6
8
10
Porosity
(plug)
12
14
16
18
(%)
Fig. 5, Cross plot of luminance values from slabbed material and porosity values from conventional core analysis of core plugs taken prior to slabbing. Luminance values corrected for slab thickness variations.
190
i i 170
---4
i
i
.......
!
i
D BD1
,, B D 2
i__
1
o
BD3
x
BD4
]
!
x
BD5
,
BD6
'
ii - - A l l
:
~
~.~ 150
~Nxx
data
R2=0.88
-
m .Q =" 130
0 C (~ e"
"-%
i
x
; x
110
'
__
E --I
90
I
1.80
1.90
2.00
2.10
2.20
Bulk
2.30
Density
2.40
2.50
2,60
2.70
2.80
(g/cc)
Fig. 6. Cross plot of luminance values and bulk density values, both from analysis of selected core plugs, Data differentiated by lithological unit. (Independent plug set).
describe the interaction of the X-rays with the bulk material over the relatively small observed variation in both luminance and thickness. This thickness c o r r e c t i o n is seen to h a v e little significance in the final correlation of the logs.
Detailed conventional core analysis and sedimentological analysis has been carried out on the core sections analysed for this project; this data has been c o m p a r e d with the luminance data measured from the slabbed section close to the
QUANTITATIVE X-RAY DENSIMETRY plug locations. Figure 5 shows, for example, a cross plot of porosity of the CCA plug samples against the luminance values. Again the linear relationship between luminance and this key physical property is well defined. As further confirmation of these relationships, X-ray luminance values were measured for an independent and varied collection of conventional core analysis plug samples whose physical and geological properties are well established (Duncan 1993). Figure 6 shows the bulk density for these samples plotted against luminance; the strong linear relationship is again confirmed. These data are further differentiated by lithology and while it is interesting to speculate on the relationship between lithology and luminance, this dataset is considered too sparse to prompt any reliable conclusion. Interestingly, and as a positive demonstration of the utility of these X-ray densimetry measurements, the original core to wireline shifts for the slabbed core sections were taken to be: Wireline Log Depth equals Core Depth + six feet. Comparison of the quantitative FDL (log) and luminance measurements, however, indicates that a core to wireline correction of eight feet (downhole) for section A is more appropriate. A shift of six feet for Sections B and C is confirmed by comparison of the density and luminance traces. These revised depth shifts have been applied to the luminance data presented in Fig. 3(b). While the sections analysed for this project were chosen in part for their known variation in sedimentological structure, the success of this correlation technique in its most basic form without any significant data processing clearly demonstrates the potential of these measurements. It is believed that refinement of the processing could yield considerable additional data which, coupled to the non-destructive nature of the methods, the ability to analyse material within opaque liners and the speed of data capture, makes the technique of very considerable importance.
Development Technically, the performance of the scanner is excellent. Quantitative investigations of the physical performance of the scanner, for example of the effects of variations in X-ray power output or the influence of 'burn-out' around unshielded plug holes etc., could potentially lead to direct calibration of the luminance values in terms of physical properties of the core material. Improvements in the operating procedures, in
23
the loading of the core material and, in particular, in the automated capture of the image and luminance data could allow higher throughput; enabling greater data sampling densities and potentially more detailed data processing and analysis. Perhaps of greatest interest is the elimination of the optical distortion error in the individual image frames. While the necessary geometry of the scanner is a major contributory factor to this error, it is believed that image processing may yield a significant and reliable reduction. By viewing the image of a homogenous standard (such as an aluminium block of similar size to the core section), it is possible to store the variations in the image due to this error in digital form. By 'deconvolving' the standard image obtained in this way from the images of the scanned rock it may be possible to provide a much flatter response from the imaging system. This intermediate processing would allow an accurate digital representation of the density of the core across the full image to be produced. Instead of collecting data at specific points, it would then be possible to map the density variation of the rock slab in two dimensions. This would provide, not only a more accurate log for comparison with downhole logs, but also allow the density variation to be plotted as a three-dimensional map, potentially highlighting more subtle variations in the core structure. Initial work carried out is encouraging.
Conclusion Linear X-ray scanning has an established role in non-destructive imaging of core, with the variation in image reflecting the density variation in the core section. The techniques described here allow not only the qualitative X-ray image to be produced, but also quantitative luminance values to be extracted. These correlate very well with physical core properties, for example bulk density and porosity, derived from wireline or conventional core analysis techniques. These luminance values thus provide a valuable core to log correlation tool which may be of particular value where traditional Gamma Ray or Core Analysis techniques are unavailable or relatively unreliable due to poor response or sparse data. The possibility of improving the operating procedures, in particular the sampling interval and processing methods, as well as ultimately providing full density maps of the core section promise to yield even greater benefits, and confirm the importance of X-ray imaging as a core analysis tool.
24
A . R . DUNCAN ET AL.
We gratefully acknowledge the permission to publish this material granted by the Scott partner group: Amerada Hess Limited, Amoco (UK) Exploration, Deminex (UK) Oil and Gas, Enterprise Oil, Kerr McGee Oil (UK), Superior Oil (UK) and Premier Pict Petroleum. Our thanks goes to F. Matheson at Robertson Research Int. Ltd who diligently and expeditiously undertook the preparation and measurements of the core material analysed during this project.
References ALGEO, T. J., PHILLIPS,M., JAM1NSKI,J. & FENWlCK,M. 1994. High resolution X-radiography of laminated sediment cores. Journal of Sedimentary Research A: Sedimentary Petrology and Processes, A64, 665-668.
DUNCAN, A. R., 1993. A sedimentological, petrographic and reservoir geological study of the Devonian age, old red sandstone of Gamrie Bay, Grampian Region. M.Sc. Thesis, University of Aberdeen. DUNCAN, A. R., MATHESON,F. E., & COLLIE, D. A. L. 1996. Quantitative X-ray density imaging of selected cores. Robertson Research International Ltd Project Report No D213 for Amerada Hess Ltd. RIGSBY, C. A., ZIERENBERG,R. A. & BAKER, P. A. 1994. Sedimentary and diagenetic structures and textures in turbiditic and hemiturbiditic strata as revealed by whole-core X-radiography; Middle Valley, northern Juan de Fuca Ridge. Proceedings, Scientific Results, ODP leg 139, 105-111. TOLANSKY, S. 1961. Introduction to Atomic Physics. Longmans.
The estimation of modal mineralogy: a problem of accuracy in core-log calibration P. K. H A R V E Y , 1 T. S. B R E W E R , 1 M. A. L O V E L L 1 & S. A. K E R R 2
1Borehole Research, Department o f Geology, University of Leicester, Leicester, LE1 7RH, UK 2 British Petroleum, Chertsey Road, Sunbury-on-Thames. Middlesex, TW16 7LN, UK
Abstract: In the case study described here the quantitative modal mineralogy of a number of core samples was determined with the objective of using these modes to calibrate geochemical logs. Modal estimates were obtained for the core samples by quantitative X-ray diffraction, infrared spectroscopy, point counting of thin sections, and indirectly by calculation from a complete chemical analysis of the samples. In the case of calculated modes, three different algorithms were applied. A by-product of this particularly complete dataset is the possibility of evaluating the most accurate method of modal analysis, and although no certain conclusion is reached on this point the analysis of these data does demonstrate the difficulty of obtaining accurate modal estimates. The core samples, taken at regular intervals through a sand, sandy-shale sequence, capped by a carbonate unit, have a mineralogy which, although dominated by quartz, includes feldspars, carbonates, and clays (illite, kaolinite) together with minor phases. There was generally good agreement between methods in the estimation of quartz, total carbonate, albite, kaolinite, total clay and pyrite. The results for illite and K-feldspar were poor, a reflection of their relatively low concentrations (< 10%), and problems of compositional co-linearity in the calculated modes.
A useful way of presenting data from geochemical logging tools is to transform the raw oxide curves into mineralogy logs. In a recent exercise aimed at calibrating geochemical logs in a UK borehole a number of core samples (103) were taken and analysed extensively in the laboratory for both chemistry and mineralogy, to provide a database to support the log calibration. For all 103 core plugs quantitative mineralogy was determined by X-ray diffraction at the British Petroleum laboratories in Sunbury and by infrared spectroscopy (MINERALOG) at Core Laboratories. In addition a petrographic examination was carried out, and a minimal point count made (200 points per thin section) on approximately half the samples to provide approximate modal data. All core plugs were also chemiclly analysed by X-Ray Assay Laboratories (XRAL) in Ottawa for all major and all potentially significant trace elements (a total of 69 elements per sample). From the chemical data, estimates of the modal mineralogy were calculated using a selection of different algorithms. Together these analyses result in a range of modal estimates and the purpose of this contribution is to compare these estimates in an attempt to evaluate the accuracy of the different methods. Apart from the petrographic work, all
measurements were made on aliquots of the same crushed and thoroughly homogenized rock powder for each sample. There is, therefore, essentially no scaling problem involved to explain variations in the modal estimates, and a minimal problem of sub-sampling from the rock powder.
Background Through the use of pulsed neutron devices, direct activtion of the formation by appropriate isotopes, and the natural gamma spectra it is possible to obtain an almost complete, and continuous log of the major element chemistry of a formation. These techniques were pioneered by Schlumberger (Hertzog & Plasek 1979; Hertzog et al. 1987a, 1987b, 1989; Galford et al. 1988; Rupp et al. 1989) with their Geochemical Logging Tool (GLT) offering measurements of Si, A1, Ti, Fe, Ca, K, S, the minor elements Gd, Th, and U, together with H and C1. Other tools are now available (Wyatt & Jacobson et al. 1993; Odom et al. 1994; Jacobson & Wyatt 1996, Herron & Herron 1998). Transformation of the major elements into the more conventional oxide form gives virtually complete major element oxide analysis at each measured depth interval,
HARVEY,P. K., BREWER,T. S., LOVELL,M. A. & KERR, S. A. 1998. The estimation of modal mineralogy: a problem of accuracy in core-log calibration In. HARVEY,P. K. & LOVELL,M. A. (eds) Core-Log Integration, Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 136, 25-38
25
26
P. K. HARVEY E T AL.
typically every 15cm, down the borehole. One approach to the interpretation of the resulting geochemical logs is their conversion into computed mineral assemblages, the so called 'chemical modes' of Wright and Doherty (1970). The resulting mineralogy logs are valuable in their own right but may be used in addition with a suitable rock classification filter to produce lithological logs (Herron 1988), or estimation of other formation properties such as matrix (grain) density, porosity, Cation Exchange Capacity (Chapman et al. 1987; Herron 1987b; Herron & Grau 1987), thermal conductivity (Dove & Williams 1988), heat flow (Anderson & Dove 1988), photoelectric factor, Pe (Kerr et al. 1992), magnetic susceptibility (Harvey et al. 1997), fluid saturation (Hastings 1988), neutron capture cross-section (Herron 1987b), and, indirectly and probably only in formationspecific situations, permeability (Herron 1987a). The transformation of a rock's elemental composition to mineral assemblages has been the subject of many contributions. Igneous petrologists have long employed the C.I.P.W. norm (Cross et al. 1903), and similar ideas have been extended to metamorphic rocks with Niggli's normative procedures (Burri 1964). In calculating norms there is no requirement that the mineral assemblage used is that which actually occurs in a rock, and as such the C.I.P.W. norm, for example, was developed originally for purposes of classification and employed a strict and standard list of 'possible'. minerals. However, for the purposes to which geochemically derived mineralogy logs might be put (lithological analysis, basin modelling, petrophysical estimation) it is necessary to estimate the percentage of the minerals that are actually present in the rock. The latter is the 'mode' of the rock which is conventionally determined directly by micrometric analysis (point counting of a thin section) or spectral methods such as Xray diffraction or infrared spectroscopy (Harville & Freeman 1988; Adam et al. 1989; Matteson & Herron 1993). The alternative approach is to compute the mode from a complete chemical analysis. Numerous authors have offered specific solutions to this inversion problem including modified normative schemes (Imbrie & Poldervaart 1959; Nicholls 1962; Pearson 1978), graphical models (Miesch 1962; Fuh 1973) and a variety of numerical models including least squares minimization, linear programming and genetic algorithms (Wright & Doherty 1970; Albarede & Provost 1976; Fang et al. 1996), while others have considered the strategy and associated practical problems of performing the inversion
on a routine basis (Herron 1986; Harvey et al. 1990; Harvey & Lovell 1992; Harvey et al. 1992; Lofts et al. 1994, 1995b). For the case study described here a particularly complete dataset is available consisting of conventional (physical) modal mineral measurements, together with comprehensive chemical analyses from which calculated modes could be obtained. It is the particularly complete nature of these data which justifies a comparison between physical and calculated methods of modal analysis, and the opportunity to make some comment on the accuracy of modes. Using natural samples (borehole core plugs) in this case, however, precludes any definite means by which one method can be chosen as 'more accurate' than another, unless a particular mode is 'obviously' wrong. As a first order assumption, however, it is likely that if two or more unrelated methods of estimation give essentially the same result then they are probably close to the true value. This level of uncertainty arises because all methods of modal estimation can give seriously erroneous results sometimes, and for some minerals; it is not simply a question of calibration and precision (repeat measurement error). With the spectral techniques particular problems arise from spectral overlap and poor resolution at the lower concentrations. With computed modes it is the choice of the correct mineral assemblage, the correct 'composition' and possible problems of compositional colinearity which are important. Modes are usually obtained by micrometric analysis (point counting of a thin section) and as such are usually expressed in volume percent of the optically identified minerals. In contrast, a set of modal proportions may be calculated, to give 'norms', by assuming an ideal or theoretical suite of minerals, and the compositions for those minerals. From these data some sort of fit may be found that partitions the mineral compositions within the initial rock analysis. Norms are usually expressed in weight percentages, and have found very wide application, particularly in igneous petrology, for characterization and classification. In these applications comparison between rocks is made with a common set of (chosen) minerals, unlike the mode, which reflects the actual minerals present. Normative mineralogy logs may be useful in the early stages of an investigation but are no substitute for the estimation of the actual mineral percentages present if attempts are to be made later to generate, for instance, a grain density log. In this report the attempt is made to calculate chemical modes, or the mineral proportions of the actual minerals present in the sample.
THE ESTIMATION OF MODAL MINERALOGY
27
Table 1. Mineralogy of the core samples. Technique Silica Feldspars Carbonates
Clays/Micas
Minor phases
Quartz Albite K-feldspar Calcite Ankerite Dolomite Siderite Muscovite Illite Smectite Kaolinite Chlorite Zircon Barite Pyrite Apatite
XRD
MINERALOG
Petrography
* * * * *
* * * *
* * * *
* *
* * * *
* * *
* * *
*
* *
* * * * * *
* mineral detected in at least one of the core samples. Anhydrite and chlorite were not detected in any of the samples by the infrared (MINERALOG) technique. See report for further comments.
Mineralogy of the core samples The mineralogy of the core samples derived from a combination of XRD, infrared (MINERALOG) and petrographic information is summarized in Table 1, and also shown as a downhole mineralogy log in Fig. 1. The 100 metre sequence consists of clastics covered by some 8 m of limestone. For purposes of description the section can be divided into five units: (Unit 1) (360-368 re)virtually pure calcite limestone; (Unit 2) (368-382m) quartz rich (60-65%) section with sub-equal quantities of feldspar (both albite and K-feldspar) and clays. Both kaolinite and illite (the latter generally in excess) are present; (Unit 3) (382-397m) quartz-carbonate dominant lithology with quartz in excess, and sub-equal proportions of kaolinite and illite; (Unit 4) (397-430 m) Very inhomogeneous section with 40 to 70% quartz, no significant carbonate, and clay concentrations up to c.30%; kaolinite generally in excess of illite. Locally high concentrations of pyrite (included with 'minor' minerals in Figure 1). ( U n i t 5) ( 4 3 0 - 4 6 0 m ) R e l a t i v e l y u n i f o r m quartz-rich (70-80%) section with minor feldspar, about 15% clay, some two-thirds of which is kaolinite, with a few percent of minor minerals. Of the possible carbonate phases calcite,
dolomite and siderite are clearly distinguishable petrographically in stained thin sections and are quantified as those species in the infrared ( M I N E R A L O G ) results. In the X R D analyses, ankerite (a Ca, Mg, Fe carbonate) is quantified in place of dolomite, so that the two spectral techniques are not estimating the same carbonate species. The carbonates occurring in Units 2 and 3 are dominantly dolomite or ankerite, with minor amounts of siderite, while the limestone unit at the top of the logged section (Unit 1) is a virtually pure calcite limestone. For the clay and other phyllosilicate minerals, kaolinite and chlorite are measured together in the X R D analyses. Chlorite was only seen in thin section in occasional grains and was not detected in the infrared figures. For this study chlorite is considered to be absent. Muscovite and illite are also determined together by XRD. Occasional distinct flakes of white mica are present in a number of sections but in no case would these make up more than a fraction of one percent of the rock. While white mica (assumed to be muscovite) is known to be present in a very small amount in some samples it was not detected by infrared spectroscopy, and is virtually impossible to calculate with any reliability due to a strong compositional colinearity with K-feldspar, illite and kaolinite which are present in significant proportions. Included amongst the minor phases which occur in at least some of the samples are zircon, barite, apatite and pyrite, all of which have been identified petrographically. Of these, only pyrite occurs locally in sufficient quantity to be identified and measured by both X R D and
28
P.K. HARVEY E T AL.
Fig. 1. Computed mineralogy log (Model A) for the section under study and showing the stratigraphic units discussed in the text. For clarity only, the major mineral groups are shown. The depth scale in arbitary. infrared. Of the other three minerals barite was detected by infrared, but both apatite and zircon were too low for the spectral methods.
Numerical modelling of the core sample mineralogy The estimation of a modal mineral assemblage from the chemical analysis of a sample requires the minerals in the assemblage to be chosen, and the compositions of those minerals to be defined. Given this information there are a variety of solution methods and strategies that can be employed to solve for the mode (Harvey et al. 1990, 1992; Lofts et al. 1994; Fang et al. 1996). For the modelling of the samples described here, the main minerals are quartz, feldspars (albite, K-feldspar), carbonates (calcite, dolomite, siderite), clays (kaolinite, illite) and the minor phases (zircon, barite, apatite, pyrite).
From the mineral data above, all the observed mineral assemblages can be established, and these, minor phases excluded, are summarized in Table 2; in all a total of thirteen different assemblages. From the chemical viewpoint the following components are available for modelling: SiO2, A1203, TiO2, Fe203, MgO, CaO, Na20, K20, MnO, P205, S, CO 2 and H 2 0 + , expressed in weight percent, together with Ba and Zr which were reported in parts per million. No other 'minor' elements are in sufficient concentration to be expected to form discrete mineral phases, or significantly alter the modal estimates of other mineral phases in which they might occur as trace lattice components. Zr and Ba are considered to occur only in zircon and barite, respectively. In addition, amongst the oxide components P205 almost certainly occurs at significant levels only in
29
THE ESTIMATION OF MODAL MINERALOGY
Table 2.
Observed mineral assemblages in the core samples (excluding minor phases).
Assemblage
l
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Silica Feldspars
* * * *
* *
* * * *
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
* *
*
* *
* *
Quartz Albite K-feldspar Carbonates Calcite Dolomite + Siderite Clays/Micas Illite Kaolinite
* *
* * * *
* * *
* * * * *
* * * *
13
*
* * *
* *
*
* *
*
* mineral detected in at least one of the core samples. Anhydrite and chlorite were not detected in any of the samples by the infrared (MINERALOG) technique. See report for further comments. + dolomite or ankerite. See text for explanation. apatite which has been identified petrographically. TiO2 poses a problem, and in the first instance is best calculated as rutile, though there is no evidence that this mineral actually occurs in any of the samples. TiO2 may also be present in one of the clay phases, and this problem is discussed later where there is good evidence that it actually occurs in different minerals in different parts of the section. Sulphur is assumed to be present only as a component of pyrite. Other minerals, such as gypsum or anhydrite are possibilities, though there is no evidence for any sulphates being present, and pyrite is the only identified sulphide. Manganese, which is only present at a very low level (maximum 0.75% MnO, 90% of measurements less than 0.18% MnO), was a d d e d to iron (as FeO) for purposes of computation. Manganese often substitutes for iron, and the significant correlation (at a = 0.05; r = 0.58) between the two elements in these data is consistent with this occurring here. Removing MnO leaves a total of 14 possible mineral phases and 15 chemical components to consider. Of the several strategies employed in the modelling of the mineral assemblages in this case history three simple methods are presented here. In each case the data were pre-processed to remove the minor phases rutile, apatite, barite, zircon and pyrite which were calculated out of each core analysis assuming ideal stoichiometric compositions. Provided the chemical analyses of the core samples are accurate this procedure gives excellent estimates for these minerals which cannot be matched by any direct measurement. Although treated here as a minor phase, pyrite does reach significant concentrations in a few samples; the variation in pyrite downhole is shown in Fig. 2, and is discussed later. With extraction of these minor minerals TiO2,
BaO, ZrO2, S and P205 were removed from the data matrix leaving SiO2, A1203, FeO, MgO, CaO, Na20, K20, CO2 and H 2 0 + to be distributed, as appropriate, between the important remaining mineral phases: quartz, albite, Kfeldspar, calcite, dolomite, siderite, kaolinite, illite and possibly smectite. The simultaneous estimation of all these minerals together would constitute a fully determined system for methods of inversion involving the solution of systems of equations.
Strategies for extraction of the main mineral phases: Models A, B, C To remove complications related to methods of solution a simple unconstrained and unweighted least squares method has been used throughout (Harvey, et al. 1990) for inverting the different models. One consequence of the lack of constraint is that mineral proportions may be negative, implying an insufficiency of a combination of elements with respect to a 'perfect' solution. Such negative estimates, while impossible, offer a guide to the fact that either the modelled assemblage is wrong, or one or more of the mineral compositions are in error. Clearly, such a solution is unacceptable. One approach, then, is to model a given composition with all likely minerals, and to reject those minerals which turn out negative. This is the basis of Model A, described below. Another approach is to model each given composition to all the mineral assemblages which are known to occur in the section (Table 2), and chose the best fit as the appropriate solution. This is the basis of Model B. For Model C the mineral assemblage obtained from the X R D analysis was taken as correct, and the given composition fitted to that assemblage. This latter approach, in principle,
P. K. HARVEY ET AL.
30
.....
360
9
'
i
9
"
'
i
'
9
'
i
9
,
,
I
'
'
9
' Unit
9
t
'
'
'
l
'
'
'
~
'
'
"
l
'
'
'
360
1
370
370
Pyrite
380
.~so
390
390
Quartz
4O0
.......
_: _~:~ "'~-~ ....
].... :--
~
~i~--~_~.:
,. 4O0
.:_
~_
........
410
41o
3 420
420 ......... ~z-~,
430
Py-/a) Py-(b)
,
9 440
'
-
-
430
Py-(m) Py-(x) _ ........
440
450
450
9
20
40
60
8O
'
]
20
100
360
'
"
'
I
40
'
*
*
Z
60
t
r
'
*
80
r
'
460
'
1O0
. ..
360
370
370
380
380
390
390
400
400
410
410
420
1
Unit4
420
430
430
440
440 I
450
Uni|5
450
460
460 0
20
40
60
80
100
0
20
40
60
80
tOO
Fig. 2. Pseudo-log showing the mineralogical variation of the core samples downhole for quartz, K-feldspar, albite and pyrite. Qtz-(a): quartz computed from Model A, Qtz-(b): ditto, for Model B, Qtz-(m): MINERALOG measurement of quartz, Qtz-(x): XRD measurement of quartz. Coding as for quartz for: pyrite (Py), K-feldspar (Kf) and albite (Ab).
removes the 'guesswork' out of the choice of mineral assemblage. M o d e l A. minerals
iterative removal o f n e g a t i v e
Solutions with negative compositions imply that there is an inconsistency in the postulated mineral compositions (as stated above) and a simple means of overcoming this is by removing the mineral from the analysis. Wholesale removal of all negative minerals in one pass,
however, cannot be justified because of the complex interaction of phases in a least squares model. With little or no formal justification one procedure we have found very effective is to remove the most negative phase and re-solve the system. If negative phases still occur the procedure is repeated until all phases are positive. The procedure is illustrated in Table 3 for sample K78. The least squares fit using all nine minerals is good but dolomite is slightly negative (a) at --0.21. Removing dolomite as one of the phases sends calcite slightly negative
31
THE ESTIMATION OF MODAL MINERALOGY
Table 3. Example of the successive removal of negativephasesfor sample K78. a Quartz Albite K-feldspar Calcite Dolomite Siderite Kaolinite Illite Smectite Std. Err.
79.81 0.21 5.42 0.01 -0.21 0.22 12.13 0.00 1.29 0.011
b
c
79.97 0.12 5.47 -0.12
80.05 0.00 5.30
0.21 12.35 1.14 1.22 0.057
0.13 12.44 0.81 0.96 0.067
XRD
MINERALOG
88 0 3 0 0 0 7 0 0
80 0 7 0 0 0 5 7 0
(a) unconstrained and unweighted least squares model. (b) as (a) but with dolomite (negative proportion) excluded. (c) as (b) but with calcite removed to give a fully positive solution. Corresponding XRD (X-ray diffraction) and Mlog (MINERALOG) estimates are given for comparison. (XRD includes 2% pyrite, Mlog 1%). Std. Err.: standard error (see text for calculation). (b). In a final stage calcite in removed (c) to give the final estimate. The mineralogical pseudo-log shown in Fig. 1 was produced using this model. For completion in Fig. 1, the trace minerals were added and the Model A derived mineralogy normalized to make the assemblages sum to 100%. The standard error given in Table 3 is a measure of the fit of the core and mineral chemistry and is computed between the original (input) chemistry, and the composition backcalculated from the derived (output) mineralogy (Harvey et al. 1990).
For each core sample a list of the minerals present had already been identified by X R D , petrography or infrared analysis. For this model the X R D mineral assemblage was chosen for each sample and then fitted accordingly. Poor fits, often with negative mineral estimates, identify a real incompatibility between the rock and mineral chemistry assuming that the phases are correctly identified by the XRD.
Model B. choice o f known mineral assemblages
Comparison of measured and calculated estimates of mineralogy
Thirteen possible parageneses for the core samples have been identified, within limits of detection, from the X R D , petrographic and infrared data. These are summarized in Table 2. Most assemblages contain five or six phases; only one (assemblage 3) contains over six (7), so that the number of minerals is generally at least two less than the number of chemical components. The procedure was to fit each sample to each of these possible assemblages. The optimum assemblage was then chosen using the following criteria:
Figs 2 through 4 summarize the variation in measured (XRD & M I N E R A L O G ) and computed (Models A & B) values for quartz, feldspars and pyrite (Fig. 2), carbonates (Fig. 3), and the clays (Fig. 4). A more detailed comparison may be made by examination of Table 4 which shows the correlations between all models and the physically derived measurements. In Table 4, based on 103 core samples, correlations > 0.19 are different from zero at a significance level of 0.05, and > 0.25, at a level of 0.01. For quartz, the best correlation is between Model A and the infrared ( M I N E R A L O G ) data; the relationship is linear (Fig. 5) and close to the 1:1 line. The agreement between the two is particularly good in the lower half of the section (Units 4 & 5), though in the upper part, below the limestone cap, the computed quartz estimates are almost consistently lower. Regression analysis of this relationship gives a slope of
(a) in virtually all cases this procedure yields a selection of potentially acceptable (nonnegative) assemblages; the one with the smallest standard error is then chosen; (b) but, if all possibilities gave at least one negative mineral proportion the assemblage with the smallest absolute negative sum was chosen.
Model C: fit to the individual mineral assemblage for each core sample
32
P. K. HARVEY ET AL. ,
9
,
~
.
9
.
~
,
9
,
360
370
Unit2
380
380
Umt
390
390
3
400
400
Ankerite / Dolomite
Siderite
4.10
41o 42O
420
..............
430 i
9
I
9
9
Sid-(a) 71
9
Sid- ( b) i
430
Dol-(a) Dol-(b)
440
44O
iI
Sid-(m) [
[ .....
Sid-(x)
- -
Dol-(m) : - - - Ank-(x)
j
450
f!
4(30
.
0
.
.
i
20
.
,
,
I
40
9
-
.
i
.
,
.
60
i
.
.
.
80
.............
_
.
.
I ,
0
.
,
i
20
,
,
,
i
40
,
,
450 .
t
'
'
460
80
60
1(30
36O
360
2%.~_
370
370
~ "
380
39O
4OO
411)
Total carbonates
Calcite
4~o 420
420 ;.m
Cal-(a)
................. 9 Carb-(a)
Cal.(b)
9
43O 9 9 - -
Cal.(m)
.....
Cal-(x)
i
450
9
20
40
60
80
0
i
20
,
,
,
i
40
,
,
430
Carb-(b)
440
- -
Carb-(m)
.....
Carb-~x)
,
i
60
,
.
.
i
80
450
.
,
.
460
10CI
Fig. 3. As Fig. 2 for the carbonates: siderite (Sid), Dolomite (Dol, but reported as Ankerite (Ank) for the XRD analysis); calcite (Cal) and total carbonate (Carb) which is taken as the sum of (siderite+ankerite/ dolomite + calcite).
1.03 and standard error of 2.36% quartz after removal of four outlying points. In view of this excellent relationship is of note that the correlation for quartz between the X R D and the infrared is slightly lower with the X R D measurements being generally higher than the infrared, often by several percent. Overall for quartz, all models perform reasonably well and show similar patterns of variation. It is not at all clear which set of data is correct! Of the feldspars, both albite and potashfeldspar are present in small quantities. Albite is virtually restricted to Units 2 and 3, with
estimates averaging between 7% and 9% for Models A and B, respectively. The infrared figures agree at 7.4%; the X R D average is lower at 2.6%. The highest linear correlation is again shown between Model A and the MINERALOG, and it is likely that these methods are giving close to the true result. For the calculated modes the albite concentration is constrained by the sodium concentration, and in the absence of any other sodium bearing mineral, an accurate estimate should be expected. With albite occurring in concentrations below 10% there are problems of sensitivity and detection limit with
THE ESTIMATION OF MODAL MINERALOGY
33
.,.,..,,...,...,
360
. . .
On, I 370
:~':.;
~80
:,(,...~:
9
Kaolinite
. L
4304204,040039~ i'~~; _
Total clays
Umt3
!;-' . ". . ~ '
-70
'~ L,-~
90 I
9>
~,~ ( ~v
' 3-11 / 89
[
98/11 4
.~~-
~
J
lb
DORSET
W E . .Y. M . .f ). I .I T . .I -. - I
70
~
SY0'0sz
Hamcliff Blackhead ~ Redcliff/ ran Point Y ~ I S" 2raRingstead Bay
/
-
_
7"---.~ (
~
WESSEX BASIN
t
[
WEALD SUB-BASIN
~
-s,,)
90
9 "~ Detention 1 ~ /..._-f
9
~
"~-~"--,,.,.~
~0
9 BletchingleyI ~
Collendean Farm 1
.
-
80-
SWANAGE
St.Alban's Head 70Sy00LSZ
10 I
Fig. 1. Maps showing the main structural features of the Wessex Basin (after Whittaker 1985) and the location of boreholes and Upper Jurassic exposures. (a) Boreholes in the Weald Sub-basin and position of Fig. l(b). (b) Details of the location of boreholes and outcrops in the Dorset area. between Weymouth and Swanage, which is at the edge of the Central Channel Sub-basin. Boreholes Encombe 1 (SY 9446 7785), 98/11-1 (SZ 1187 8386) and 98/11-3 (SZ 1329 8459) are on the up-thrown northern edge of the Central Channel Sub-basin, and borehole 98/11-4 (SZ 1187 8084) is in the Central Channel Sub-basin. Winterbourne Kingston 1 (SY 8470 9796) borehole is in the Dorset Sub-basin and Marchwood 1 (SU 3991 1118) is in the Mere Sub-basin. All of the other boreholes mentioned are from the Weald Sub-basin, a moderately deep graben in the eastern part of the Wessex Basin (Fig. 1). The Oxfordian Stage is represented in the lower part by mudstones of the Upper Oxford Clay Formation and in the upper part by the
Corallian Group, a complex succession of shallow-marine siliciclastics and carbonates which show marked lateral and vertical variation. The Kimmeridgian Stage (sensu anglico) of Dorset is represented by interbedded organicrich and organic-poor mudstones, with a few thin beds of fine-grained sandstone near the base and the top. These mudstones and sandstones comprise the Kimmeridge Clay Formation, and are generally of wide lateral extent. They can be correlated across the Wessex Basin and into the Wash area and Humberside using outcrops, wireline logs and borehole cores (Gallois & Cox 1974; Cox & Gallois 1981; Penn et al. 1986; Melnyk et al. 1994, 1995). The Portlandian Stage is represented by marine silty and clay-rich
CORRELATION OF WIRELINE LOGS WITH OUTCROP dolomites deposited in a moderate water-depth (Portland Sand Formation) overlain by a shallow and non-marine carbonate ramp system which comprises the Portland Stone Formation and Lulworth Beds (Coe 1996).
Field and laboratory methods for reproducing wireline log trends g a m m a ray logging
Two types of wireline gamma ray sondes exist, the conventional one which records the total natural radiation, and the spectral gamma ray sonde which separately records gamma rays emitted from 4~ 232Th or 238U and their decay products (Serra 1984). The main uses of gamma ray logs are: (i) as an indicator of lithology; (ii) to correlate the wireline signatures between boreholes; (iii) to correlate separate wireline runs within one borehole. The fact that the gamma ray tool is run in all boreholes makes it the key wireline tool for any attempt to make correlations between outcrop and the subsurface. Field gamma ray logs can be constructed using hand-held portable gamma ray spectrometers, which were originally developed and used for uranium ore exploration (Adams & Gasperini 1970). Following the lead of Ettensohn et al. (1979), total gamma ray logs have subsequently been used for surface to subsurface correlation of sedimentary strata (Chamberlain 1984; Cowan & Myers 1988; Slatt et al. 1992; Van Buchem et al. 1992). More recently, portable gamma ray spectrometers have also been used to study the distribution of K, U and Th in sedimentary rocks, and as a tool for stratigraphical correlation between rock exposures (Dypvik & Eriksen 1983; Myers & Bristow 1989; Davies & Elliott 1996; Hesselbo 1996; Parkinson 1996; Bessa & Hesselbo 1997). Previous spectral gamma ray studies on the Upper Kimmeridge Clay Formation in Dorset have been completed by Myers (1987) and Myers & Wignall (1987), who took spectral gamma ray measurements using an Exploranium GR256 on the wave-cut platforms. They utilized these data for a sedimentological and stratigraphical interpretation of organic-rich mudstones. Talwar et al. (1992) completed a study of the gamma ray spectrometry of the Corallian Beds (Oxfordian) at Bran Point,
67
Dorset using a Scintrex Scintillation Counter (SCC) spectrometer. There are two problems with the work of Talwar et al. (1992). Firstly, they appear to have used an exceedingly short sampling time of only 3-6 s, which would result in significant errors; a count time of greater than 60 s for sedimentary rocks is usual (Lovborg & Mose 1987; Parkinson 1996). Secondly, their correlation with two boreholes from the North Dorset and Wiltshire area show little similarity because the lower two-thirds of the Oxfordian strata examined in the boreholes is older than any of the rocks which they illustrate from Bran Point, and thirdly they did not take into account any of the unconformities in the Oxfordian succession (Coe 1992, 1995). Gamma ray logging field procedure. Two portable gamma ray spectrometers have been used and compared in the work reported here: a geoMetrics GR310 (manufactured 1980) and an Exploranium GR320 (manufactured 1996). Both tools use thallium-doped sodium iodide detector crystals. The Exploranium GR320 was calibrated in Toronto by Exploranium Ltd (Canada) and the geoMetrics GR310 was calibrated on the calibration pads at the British Geological Survey, Keyworth. A value for background radiation was measured 2 km offshore from Swanage, Dorset for each tool at the same time (Fig. 1). Detailed explanation of the calibration of portable gamma ray spectrometers is provided by Lovborg (1984) and Lovborg & Mose (1987). The geoMetrics GR310 provides separate measurements of either total gamma ray count, or diagnostic gamma radiation for either K, or U, or Th, and only allows count times of 1, 10, 100 and 1000s to be chosen. Source, detector and recorder are all housed in one unit 9 cm x 18 cm x 28 cm, weighing 3.4 kg. There are several advantages of the Exploranium GR320 for this type of stratigraphical study. Total counts and counts in the K, U and Th fields are all recorded during one counting period the length of which can be set by the user anywhere in the range 1 to 9999 s. The instrument carries out automatic gain stabilization, unlike the geoMetrics GR310 which has to be calibrated by the user. Automatic gain stabilization is important because portable spectrometers are prone to tool drift due to changes in temperature and humidity. The fact that the Exploranium GR320 stabilizes itself at regular intervals saves time and reduces the risk of errors due to incorrect manual stabilization. The inbuilt computer chip allows the spectra to be displayed and the amount of K, U and Th to be
68
Z.M. AHMADI & A. L. COE
a)
~
Mass of effective sample = 49 kg assuming a density of 2.8 g/cm3 )ept~ =
b)
'
I
Diameter = 84 c)C m.
~"
r
Cliff face Borehole Fig, 2. Sampled volume for a portable gamma ray spectrometer compared to a wireline gamma ray sonde. (a) Dimensions of the sampled volume for a portable spectrometer (modified from Lovborg et al. 1971). (b) Typical orientation and position of the sampled volume for the portable gamma ray spectrometer as used in this study. (c) Spherical sampled volume for a wireline gamma ray sonde in a borehole. This depends on the speed at which the tool is drawn up the hole, as well as the density of the rocks, but typically has a radius of 30 cm (Rider 1991). The sampled volume tends to a more ellipsoidal shape when the tool is drawn up the borehole faster.
calculated directly. The only disadvantage to this instrument compared with the geoMetrics GR310 is that it is bulkier and heavier. This spectrometer comprises two parts, a detector (11.4x39.4cm) and a recording/processing unit (24 x 10 x 25 cm) which have a combined weight of 8.4 kg. The effective sampling region of portable gamma ray spectrometers is shown in Fig. 2a. The dimensions in the figure are only approximate because the density value used by Lovbor~ et al. (1971) to calculate them was 2.8gcm-which is about 0.3-0.5 gcm 3 higher than most of
the sedimentary rocks in this study. Rocks with lower density and the same amount of natural radiation would result in a slightly larger effective sampling region. The most precise absolute values for a particular bed of greater than about 14cm in thickness are obtained by placing the tool on top of a flat bedding surface of at least 1 m diameter. Similar measurements made on beds with a thickness of less than 14 cm will obviously include some component of the underlying bed or beds. The aim of this study, however, was to compare the general trends of field gamma ray logs with wireline data. Therefore the detector was placed perpendicular to bedding (Fig. 2b) so that measurements made on all beds less than about 84cm thick will have been influenced by adjacent beds, as is the case in wireline logging (Fig. 2c). Where possible, all readings were taken on a relatively flat section of the cliff face, avoiding irregularities such as overhangs and corners to ensure that the same volume of rock contributed to each reading. Readings were only taken where the tool could be used at least 1 m above the base of the cliff, thus avoiding errors due to gamma ray contribution from rocks on the beach. Count times of 100s for the geoMetrics GR310 and 200 s for the Exploranium GR320 were used in this study. This resulted in theoretical tool precision errors of < 2.5% and < 1.5%, respectively, for the total count reading. Parkinson (1996) showed that, in practice, departures of measurement geometry from a true plane far outweigh instrument precision as a source of experimental error. In this study, it was found that readings taken along 20m of a bed vary by up to 7% for both the geoMetrics GR310 and the Exploranium GR320. This is probably due to slight lithological variations as well as differences in the volume of the effective sample size due to small undulations in the cliff face. A longer count time was used for the Exploranium GR320 because spectral data were also recorded. Radioactive decay of natural elements is a r a n d o m process, so shorter sampling periods give a greater statistical error. Specifically, the percentage statistical error varies with the number of counts collected: the higher the count, the more accurate the measurement. For typical needs, 1000 counts (3% error) is accurate enough (geoMetrics GR310,
Fig. 3. Composite field gamma ray log for the Upper Jurassic succession exposed between Furzy Cliff and St. Alban's Head, Dorset, measured using the geoMetrics GR310 portable gamma ray spectrometer, plotted against the wireline gamma ray log from borehole 98/11-4 (SZ 1187 8084). Gaps in the composite field log are due to lack of exposure or non-accessibility of the section with a portable gamma ray tool. See Fig. 1 for location of borehole and outcrop sections.
CORRELATION OF WIREEINE LOGS WITH OUTCROP
69
70
Z . M . A H M A D I & A. L. COE
CORRELATION OF WIRELINE LOGS WITH OUTCROP Operating Manual; Lovborg 1984). A longer count time had to be used for the Exploranium GR320 because it takes longer to record sufficient gamma ray counts in the K, Th and U windows than it does for the total gamma ray measurement. The spectral data recorded with the Exploranium GR320 are not discussed further in this paper. The measurement procedure used for both spectrometers was to take a reading once in every bed of less than 50 cm thick and every 3050cm in beds greater than 50cm thick. The geoMetrics GR310 was used to record total gamma ray readings throughout the best Upper Jurassic exposures in Dorset, resulting in 1124 total gamma ray readings with an average sample interval of 45cm over 503m (Fig. 3). Part of the Kimmeridge Clay Formation was selected to compare the results from the two spectrometers. Full spectral gamma ray data were thus recorded with the Exploranium GR320 at 824 sample points over 251 m of the Kimmeridge Clay Formation (average sample interval 30cm; Fig. 4). The average sampling distance of 30-45 cm is within the limits of the effective sampled volume for each spectrometer (84cm; Fig. 2; Lovborg et al. 1971) and each consecutive reading overlaps the previous reading resulting in a moving average, thus making it comparable with the wireline gamma ray tool as it is pulled slowly up the borehole.
Density logging Wireline density logs record the bulk density of rocks, by emitting gamma rays into the formation and recording the number of back-scattered gamma rays at a fixed distance from the source. The bulk density is a function of the density of the matrix and the density of the fluids in the pore space. Therefore any attempt to construct a field density log with the same character and resolution as the wireline density log has to take into account the density of the matrix and the density of the pore fluid. The vertical resolution for older single-detector tools is 40 cm and for more modern two-detector tools is 25 cm (Serra 1984).
Density logging laboratory procedure. Fresh rock samples of smaller than 3.1 cmx3.1 cmx3.7cm
71
representative of the majority of the beds in the Upper Oxford Clay F o r m a t i o n , Corallian Group and Upper Kimmeridge Clay Formation were collected for density analysis. These amounted to 116 samples over 90m of the Upper Oxford Clay Formation and Corallian Group (Fig. 5) and 260 samples over 280m of the Kimmeridge Clay Formation (Fig. 6). All the samples were dried in an oven at a temperature of less than 35~ prior to the measurements being taken. A Ruska Universal Porometer (model 1051-801) was then used to measure the volume and grain density of the samples. The density of each sample was then calculated using a single typical fluid density value of 1.06gcm -3 for pore fluids present within Upper Jurassic rocks of the Wessex Basin; this actual value was recorded at Palmers Wood 3 borehole (TQ 3655 5255) in the Weald Basin (pers. comm. P. Rowe). The raw density curves on Figs 5 and 6 show the density values calculated from the actual samples measured. To obtain the box curve, two further procedures were applied. Firstly, beds from which no samples had been obtained were assigned an average density typical for that particular lithology, calculated from the measured samples collected nearby. Secondly, the same density value was assigned to the whole thickness of the bed. It was noted that the sandstones of the Nothe Grit Formation and the Bencliff Grit Member (top of the Redcliff Formation) had lower density values than those seen on the wireline density logs. This was interpreted to be due to higher porosities of these rocks at outcrop than in the subsurface, resulting from dissolution of calcite cement. The density values of these beds were therefore corrected as follows: their average porosity in the subsurface was estimated by plotting typical density and sonic values on porosity evaluation log interpretation charts (Atlas Wireline Services 1985; Schlumberger 1994). The additional, secondary dissolution porosity that was calculated to be present in the rock samples was multiplied by the difference between the density of calcite and the pore fluid and added to the calculated total density for the samples. The box curve was then filtered using the Atlas Wireline Services field acquisition filter (Atlas Wireline Services 1992). This is an eleven point, Gaus-
Fig. 4. Comparison of the field gamma ray logs measured using the Exploranium GR320 and the geoMetrics GR310 portable gamma ray spectrometers, for that part of the Kimmeridge Clay Formation exposed between Hobarrow Bay and Chapman's Pool, Dorset (SY 896 790-SY 955 771). For detailed sedimentological and stratigraphical log of the section, for the definition of the bed group numbers which have partly been derived from the literature and for formalization of the following beds; Clavell's Hard Stone Band, Little Stone Band and Pectinatus Nodules, see Coe (1992). See Fig. 1 for location of outcrop sections.
72
Z.M.
AHMADI
& A. L. C O E ,~- o " o
~,..o
~
~
~-~o
~.~
~'~u~
~
~ ~
~.~=~ ~'~_
>
~
0.j o*-~
o
.-~-~ .~ . ~ ::s ~ " 0 ,,z=
~
0,.0
~
~9
~,. ~
~.~
.,..~
~
~
r~
~- .
N
u
~ ~ ~ 0 ~ o ~ "~
0
~..~ ~ " 0
~
~
0
~
~-'~
~
~
o
p?,~,.0
N [-"
~
~. .~ =~ ~,~
.~~=~ ~ ~ o ~ ~ ~~
CORRELATION
OF WIRELINE
LOGS WITH OUTCROP
73
~'~ ~
c~
0~, +-~ . ~
0.~ r'" ~.., r -~
..~
o "~ o
"~
~,~
U~g~~ -~
~-~-
~'~
~ ~
o
~
~
~
~ .~~
..~
~t"
~
~
'
9 ~
'~
o=
m :-:,r-,I ~ N~..~ = ~ , - ~ - ~ ~, o
o== r ~
"~
~
~
74
Z. M. AHMADI & A. L. COE
sian-weighted, moving-average filter. The total filter length used was 1.1 m. This results in a filtered field density curve with similar character and resolution to a wireline density log (Figs 5 and 6).
Surface to subsurface correlation
Upper Jurassic composite field gamma ray log The field gamma ray data from nine different locations along the Dorset coast were combined to produce a composite field gamma ray log for the Upper Jurassic strata of Dorset (Fig. 3). Comparison with the wireline gamma ray data from borehole 98/11-4, which are plotted at the same scale, show that the same general trends and wireline log patterns are present in both sets of data throughout the Upper Jurassic interval. Clearly distinguishable in both log signatures are the overall trends of decreasing and increasing response which are interpreted as representing long-term facies changes controlled by relative changes in sea-level (Coe 1992). For instance, the overall upwards decrease in gamma ray values for the pallasioides Zone of the Kimmeridgian to the anguiformis Zone in the Portlandian reflects the change from marine mudstones to carbonates interpreted as a long-term lowering of relative sea-level (Coe 1992, 1996). The one notable difference is that the Lower Kimmeridge Clay (baylei to autissiodorensis zones) is thicker in borehole 98/11-4 than in the outcrop section. This is due to the fact that the measurements for the Lower Kimmeridge Clay were made on exposures situated on the footwall of the Central Channel Sub-basin, where the succession is apparently complete but thinner.
Comparison of the geoMetrics GR310 and the Exploranium GR320 Figure 4 shows a comparison of the total gamma ray measurements taken with the two spectrometers over part of the Kimmeridge Clay Formation. The decreasing and increasing trends, amplitude of variation, and the shape of the peaks and troughs correlate very well. The main difference between the two signatures is the higher resolution of the Exploranium GR320 log, which results from the 30 cm average sample interval compared to a 45 cm average sample interval for the geoMetrics GR310. The correlation coefficient between the two field gamma ray logs over 245 m of the
Kimmeridge Clay Formation is 0.7 (Fig. 4) . This was calculated using Corpac, a signal correlation computer program (Globex Consulting Services, Ltd 1992) which is based on a simple mathematical inverse method to correlate two time series (in this case depth series) described by Martinson et al. (1982). The reason the correlation coefficient is not higher is because the Exploranium GR320 log has higher resolution, and because of the gaps in the data. Higher correlation coefficients are obtained if the two logs are correlated over shorter intervals which contain no gaps in the data.
Correlation of field and wireline gamma ray logs Upper Oxford Clay and Corallian Beds. The field gamma ray log shows, from the base, an overall upwards decreasing and then increasing trend in the gamma ray values, as do the logs in boreholes 98/11-4 and 98/11-3, reflecting the change in lithology from mudstones to sandstones and limestones, and then back to mudstones and iron-rich sandstones (Fig. 7). The Nothe Grit Formation is a better defined gamma ray low in boreholes 98/11-4 and 98/11-3 than in the field gamma ray log, probably because the sands are cleaner in the boreholes and the clays of the overlying Redcliff Formation contain a high percentage of carbonate in the outcrop section. Three prominent gamma ray peaks in the Osmington Oolite Formation can be seen on both the field gamma ray log and in 98/11-4 (Fig. 7). Over a wider geographical area the Corallian Beds are lithologically very variable, being comprised of shallow-marine sandstones and limestones. Sequence stratigraphical interpretation of the wireline logs using the number and character of the cycles does permit a correlation to be made across the Wessex Basin; however, the lateral lithological variability makes correlation based purely on the wireline log character difficult. Kimmeridge Clay Formation. The similarity between the field gamma ray logs produced by the two different spectrometers and the wireline gamma ray log from Encombe 1 borehole (approximately 1 km inland from the outcrops) is shown in Fig. 8. The data acquired using the smaller sample interval with the Exploranium GR320 spectrometer produces a higher resolution curve, despite the fact that the sampling interval is about one third of the effective sampling diameter of the tool (Fig. 2). Using the methodology for calculating correlation
C O R R E L A T I O N OF W I R E L I N E LOGS W I T H O U T C R O P
75
.0. 2 ~
t"r
I
Oo,0
gr ~t'q
qgoo oo
,9, , . ~ o o
~r/2
O,.~
~~
. ,.,,~
76
Z.M. AHMADI & A. L. COE
9
O
..=~ "-' .._, "0
0 0 0
0,-. ,,...~
0
~
~
.
g~
,~
o
~ 0 o "
N
C O R R E L A T I O N OF W I R E L I N E LOGS WITH O U T C R O P
77
o
~ 4 ~ . ~84
,~e-~N
~o
o
~.=_
2
O
~ .,..-,
O
~
78
Z.M. AHMADI & A. L. COE
coefficients described above, the correlation coefficient for the Exploranium GR320 field gamma ray log and the wireline log from the Encombe 1 borehole is 0.92, but it is only 0.82 for the geoMetrics GR310 field gamma ray log and the wireline log. Figure 9 shows the similarity between the geoMetrics GR310 field gamma ray log and wireline gamma ray logs from boreholes up to 170 km away (Fig. 1). There are several particularly prominent features, including the two gamma ray lows with a low amplitude of variation seen in the Collendean Farm (TQ 2480 4429) and Ashdown 1 (TQ 5005 3035) boreholes in the hudlestoni and wheatleyensis zones, which are often referred to as the 'Kimmeridge limestones' (Hancock & Mithen 1987). At outcrop, these two gamma ray lows with a low amplitude of variation are prominent thick homogeneous calcareous mudstone units (middle and upper part of bed 40 and the lower part of bed 44; Fig. 4). The two gamma ray lows in Collendean Farm 1 and Ashdown 1 (Figs 1 and 9) are probably more enhanced than those in 98/11-4 and the field gamma ray log because the sediments have an even higher calcium carbonate content. A higher quartz sand content is discounted because the lithology over the same intervals in the nearby Warlingham borehole (TQ 3476 5719) comprises argillaceous limestones and calcareous mudstones (Worssam et al. 1971). Prominent gamma ray lows on the field gamma ray log like those in the middle of autissiodorensis Zone, at the base of elegans Zone and near the top of scitilus Zone, are carbonate-rich cemented horizons. Similar sharp gamma ray lows in 98/11-4 and Collendean Farm 1 probably also relate to calcareous cemented horizons.
Correlation of field and wireline density logs Upper Oxford Clay and Corallian Beds. Production of an outcrop density log over this interval of mixed siliciclastics and carbonates is more problematic than that for the Kimmeridge Clay Formation. Processing of the data in a similar manner to that of the Kimmeridge Clay Formation resulted in a filtered density curve with very little variation. However, further processing of the data to take into account dissolved carbonate cement at outcrop, as described above, resulted in a curve which is more similar to the borehole density logs. The general trends seen on the filtered density log (Fig. 5) show a positive correlation with the wireline density from Marchwood 1 borehole
and to a certain extent with borehole 98/11-1. The Winterbourne Kingston 1 borehole density log is more difficult to correlate in the lower part due to the lack of variation on the large scale. Fig. 5 also shows the marked lateral and vertical variation of the Oxfordian strata between the wireline logs of 98/11-1, Marchwood 1 and Winterbourne Kingston 1. One notable example of this is the differences seen between the three wells for the density of the Nothe Grit Formation (or its equivalent) and the Osmington Oolite Formation.
Kimmeridge Clay Formation. Figure 6 shows the comparison between the processed field density log for the Dorset coast (filtered density log of Fig. 6) against the nearby Encombe 1 borehole, and the Bletchingley 1 (TQ 3622 4772) and Detention 1 (TQ 7478 4020) boreholes in the Weald Basin. The general trends and the character of all of these logs is remarkably similar. The four high peaks which straddle the pectinatus to hudlestoni zonal boundary in both the outcrop density log and Encombe 1 log represent more carbonate-rich cementstone beds. The distinctive increase in density seen in all the logs at the top of the lower third of the hudlestoni Zone represents at outcrop a change from interbedded organic-rich and organic-poor mudstones to a thick calcareous mudstone (Coe 1992). Similar lithological changes are interpreted to occur in the borehole sections. Conclusions (1) The geoMetrics GR310 and Exploranium GR320 gamma ray spectrometers can both be used to produce field gamma ray logs which are comparable with borehole gamma ray wireline logs. Whilst the newer Exploranium GR320 is more accurate and can be used to gather spectral data more quickly, the older geoMetrics GR310 does produce excellent data with repeatable and comparable gamma ray trends. The most comparable signal between hand-held spectrometers and wireline log tools is produced by using the hand-held spectrometer perpendicular to the bedding with a sample interval of 30 cm or less. Field gamma ray logs produced for the Kimmeridge Clay Formation can be used to positively correlate, often down to the bed (typically < l m ) but at least down to the bed group scale (typically 10 in), with wireline gamma ray data from nearby boreholes. Larger gamma ray features can also be correlated with boreholes as far as 170km
CORRELATION OF WIRELINE LOGS WITH OUTCROP away in the Weald Sub-basin. Field gamma ray and wireline gamma ray data for the Oxfordian show similar trends but complex local lithological heterogeneity may be misleading. The concepts of sequence stratigraphy (i.e. recognition of the metre to tens of metre scale cycles) considerably aid in making the correlation. This is because the interpretation relies on the recognition of wireline log trends rather than correlating similar lithologies, and requires identification of stratigraphic gaps and condensed intervals. (2) Small rock samples from outcrop can be used to produce a field density log. Some processing of the data is required to produce a signal which is directly comparable with the wireline tool. The method could easily be applied to small rock samples from core or washed cuttings. Excellent results comparable with the wireline signature were obtained for a thick succession of interbedded organic-rich and organic-poor mudstones and cementstones (Kimmeridge Clay Formation). Where the lithology varies more widely and shallowmarine sandstones and limestones (e.g. Corallian Beds) are present, it is necessary to take into account the differences in porosity between the borehole and outcrop section and apply a further correction factor to the outcrop density data. (3) The measurement and processing of the physical characteristics of rock exposures to produce a wireline log signature is invaluable in the understanding of boreholes where core is not available. The data can be readily used to supplement and enhance conventional litho- and bio- stratigraphical correlations between boreholes, and boreholes and outcrop. Z. Ahmadi was supported by a Durham University Research Studentship and an AAPG-PESGB Grantsin-Aid grant for field and laboratory studies. We thank Charlotte Martin and Toby Harrold for their assistance in the field, and Brian Turner for the loan of his geoMetrics GR310 gamma ray spectrometer. The Exploranium GR320 was purchased from a grant awarded to A. L. Coe from the Open University Research Development Fund. M. Oates of British Gas provided the wireline and biostratigraphical data from boreholes 98/11-1, 98/11-3 and 98/11-4, and H. Bailey of the British Geological Survey provided the wireline data for the onshore boreholes in the Wessex Basin. We would particularly like to thank N. Goulty for his constructive comments during the preparation of this paper and two anonymous referees are thanked for reviewing this paper.
79
References ADAMS, J. A. S. & GASPERINI, P. 1970. Gamma ray spectrometry of rocks, Elsevier, Holland. ATLAS WIREL1NE SERVICES. 1985. Log Interpretation Charts. Western Atlas International, Inc. ATLAS WIRELINE SERVICES. 1992. WDS advanced log evaluation - documentation. Western Atlas International, Inc. BESSA, J. L. & HESSELBO, S. P. 1997. Gamma ray character and correlation of the Lower Lias, SW Britain. Proceedings of the Geologists' Association, 108, 113-129. CHAMBERLAIN,A. K. 1984. Surface gamma ray logs: a correlation tool for frontier areas. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, 68, 1040-1043. COE, A. L. 1992. Unconformities within the Upper Jurassic of the Wessex Basin, Southern England, DPhil Thesis, University of Oxford. 1995. A comparison of the Oxfordian successions of Dorset, Oxfordshire, and Yorkshire. In: TAYLOR, P. D. (ed.) Field Geology of the British Jurassic. Geological Society, London, 151-172. 1996. Unconformities within the Portlandian Stage of the Wessex Basin and their sequencestratigraphical significance. In: HESSELBO,S. P. & PARKINSON, D. N. (eds) Sequence Stratigraphy in British Geology, Geological Society Special Publications No. 103, 109 143. COWAN, D. R. & MYERS, K. T. 1988. Surface gamma ray logs: A correlation tool for frontier areas: Discussion. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, 72, 634-636. Cox, B. M. & GALLOIS,R. W. 1981. The stratigraphy of the Kimmeridge Clay of the Dorset type area and its correlation with some other Kimmeridgian sequences. Report of the Institute of Geological Sciences, 80/4. DAVIES, S. J. & ELLIOTT,T. 1996. Spectral gamma ray characterisation of high resolution sequence stratigraphy: examples from Upper Carboniferous fluvio~leltaic systems, County Clare, Ireland. In: HOWELL, J. A. & AITKEN, J. F. (eds) High Resolution Sequence Stratigraphy." innovations and applications, Geological Society Special Publications No. 104, 25-35. DYPVIK, H. & ERIKSEN, D. O. 1983. Natural radioactivity of clastic sediments and the contributions of U, Th and K. Journal of Petroleum Geology, 5, 4094 16. ETTENSOHN, F. R., FULTON, L. P. & KEPFERLE, R. C. 1979. Use of scintillometer and gamma ray logs for correlation and stratigraphy in homogeneous black shales. Geological Society of America Bulletin, part II, 90, 828-849. GALLOIS,R. W. 8z Cox, B. M. 1974. Stratigraphy of the Upper Kimmeridge Clay of the Wash area. Bulletin of Geological Survey of Great Britain, 47, 1-16. HANCOCK,F. R. P. & MITHEN,D. P. 1987. The geology of the Humbly Grove Oilfield, Hampshire, UK. In: BROOKS, J. & GLENNIE, K. (eds) Petroleum Geology of North West Europe, Graham & Trot-
80
Z . M . AHMADI & A. L. COL
man, 161-170. HESSELBO, S. P. 1996. Spectral gamma ray logs in relation to clay mineralogy and sequence stratigraphy, Cenozoic of the Atlantic Margin, offshore New Jersey. In: MOUNTAIN, G. S, MILLER, K. G, BLUM, P., POAG, C. W. & TWlCHELL, D. C. (eds) Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program Scientific Results, 150. LOVBORG, L. 1984. The calibration of portable and airborne gamma ray spectrometers - theoo', problems and facilities, Report Riso-M-2456, Riso National Laboratory, Denmark. & MOSE, E. 1987. Counting statistics in radioelement assaying with a portable spectrometer. Geophysics, 52, 555-563. , WOLLENBERG,H., SORENSEN,P. & HANSEN, J. 1971. Field determination of uranium and thorium by gamma ray spectrometry, exemplified by measurements in the llimaussaq alkaline intrusion, South Greenland. Economic Geology, 66, 368-384. MARTINSON,D. G., MENKE,W. & STOFFA,P. 1982. An inverse approach to signal correlation. Journal of Geophysical Research, 87, 4807~4818. MELNYK, D. H., SMITH, D. G. & AMIRI-GARROUSSl,K. 1994. Filtering and frequency mapping as tools in subsurface cyclostratigraphy, with examples from the Wessex Basin, UK. In: DE BOER, P. L. & SMITH, D. G. (eds) Orbital Jorcing and cyclic sedimentary sequences, International Association of Sedimentologists, Special Publications 19, 35 46. , ATHERSUCH,J., AINSWORTH,N. & BRITTON, P. D. 1995. Measuring the dispersion of ostracod and foraminifera extinction events in the subsurface Kimmeridge Clay and Portland beds, Upper Jurassic, United Kingdom. In: MANN, K. O., LANE, H. R. & SCHOLLE,P. A., Graphic correlation, Society of Economic Paleontologists and Mineralogists, Special Publications, 53, 185-203. MYERS, K. J. 1987. Onshore-outcrop gamma ray spectrometry as a tool in sedimentological studies. PhD thesis, University of London. - - & BRISTOW,C. S. 1989. Detailed sedimentology and gamma ray log characteristics of a Namurian deltaic succession II: gamma ray logging. In: WHATELEY, M. K. G. & PICKERING,K. T. (eds), Deltas." Sites and traps for jbssil fuels, Geological Society Special Publications, 41, 81-88. & W1ONALL, P. B. 1987. Understanding Jurassic organic-rich mudrocks new concepts
using gamma ray spectrometry and palaeoecology: examples from the Kimmeridge Clay of Dorset and the Jet Rock of Yorkshire. In: LE~GETT, J. K. & ZUFFA, G. G. (eds) Marine Clastic Sedimentology - concepts and case studies, Graham & Trotman, London, 172-189. PARKINSON,D. N. 1996. Gamma ray spectrometry as a tool for stratigraphical interpretation: examples from the western European Lower Jurassic. In: HESSELBO, S. P. & PARKINSON, O. N. (eds) Sequence Stratigraphy in British Geology, Geological Society Special Publications, 103, 231-255. PENN, I. E., Cox, B. M. & GALLOIS, R. W. 1986. Towards precision in stratigraphy: geophysical log correlation of Upper Jurassic (including Callovian) strata of the Eastern England Shelf. Journal of the Geological Society, London, 143, 381-410. RIDER, M. H. 1991. The geological interpretation of well logs. Whittles Publishing, Caithness. SCHLUMBEROER 1994. Log Interpretation Charts. Schlumberger Wireline & Testing, Houston, Texas. SERRA, O. 1984. Fundamentals qf well-log interpretation 1. The acquisition of logging data. Developments in Petroleum Science 15A. Elsevier, Holland. SLATT, R. M., JORDAN. D. W., D'AGOSTINO, A. E. & GILLESPIE, R. H. 1992. Outcrop gamma ray logging to improve understanding of subsurface well log correlation. In." HURST, A., GR1FFITHS, C. M. & WORTHINGTON, P. F. (eds) Geological Applications of Wireline Logs H, Geological Society Special Publications, 65, 3-19. TALWAR, A. D., HENDERSON, A. S. & HART, M. B. 1992. Simple gamma ray response of the Upper Jurassic from the Dorset coast - a preliminary investigation using the scintillometer profile technique. Proceedings of the Ussher Society, 8, 70-72. VAN BUCHEM,F. S. P., MELNYK,D. H. & McCAvE, [. N. 1992. Chemical cyclicity and correlation of Lower Lias mudstones using gamma ray logs, Yorkshire, UK. Journal of the Geological Society, London, 149, 991-1002. WmTTAKER, A. (ed.) 1985. Atlas of Onshore Sedimentary Basins in England and Wales: Post-Carboniferous Tectonics and Stratigraphy. Blackie, Glasgow. WORSSAM, B. C., IVIMEY-COOK, H. C. 1971. The stratigraphy of the Geological Survey Borehole at Warlingham, Surrey. Bulletin of the Geological Survey of Great Britain, 36, 1-146.
Quantitative lithology: open and cased hole application derived from integrated core chemistry and mineralogy database M. M. H E R R O N & S. L. H E R R O N Schlumberger-Doll Research, Old Quarry Road, Ridgefield, C T 06877-4108, USA
Abstract: A new quantitative lithology interpretation is based on elemental concentrations of silicon, iron, calcium and sulfur available from logs. The lithology interpretation is founded on an integrated chemistry-mineralogy core database comprising over 400 samples from many wells of predominantly sand and shaly sand composition located on four continents. The lithological components include 'clay', which is the sum of all clay minerals; 'carbonate', which is the sum of calcite and dolomite; "anhydrite', which is the sum of anhydrite plus gypsum; and 'sand' or 'quartz-feldspa~mica', which is the remainder of the formation essentially constituting the sand fraction. The new interpretation demonstrates that the elements aluminium alone or a combination of silicon, calcium, and iron provide a much more accurate estimation of clay than either gamma ray or its individual components potassium, thorium and uranium. Calcium alone or calcium and magnesium are used to determine carbonate concentrations. Calcium and sulfur can be used to estimate the anhydrite fraction. Having estimated the total clay, carbonate, and anhydrite fractions, the remainder of the formation is assumed to be composed quartz, feldspar, and mica minerals. Examples of the new lithology interpretation are provided for core data and also for geochemical log data from both open and cased hole environments.
The accurate determination of formation lithology from common geophysical logs is hindered by a lack of sensitivity coupled with nonunique responses to the minerals that reside in sedimentary rocks. The interpretation of lithology for the purpose of wireline petrophysical evaluation or geological characterization primarily consists of estimating fractions of shale, sand, and carbonate. Nuclear logs, either gamma ray, photoelectric factor, and/or a combination of neutron and density are the most commonly used logs for lithology interpretation, A desire for improved accuracy in Ethological description led to the introduction of several generations of nuclear spectroscopy logs. Recent developments in open and cased hole logging have made it possible to obtain accurate concentration logs for the elements silicon, calcium, iron, sulfur, titanium, and gadolinium at relatively low cost and high logging speeds (Herron 1995). A new lithological interpretation has been developed to capitalize on these new logging capabilities. It is founded on an extensive database of core chemistry and mineralogy. The new interpretation provides quantitative estimates of: total clay, which is the sum of all clay minerals; carbonate, which is the sum of calcite and dolomite; anhydrite, which is the sum of anhydrite plus gypsum; and quartz-feldsparmica (Q F-M), which is the remainder of the formation essentially constituting the sand frac-
tion. The clay, carbonate, and quartz-feldsparmica portions of this interpretation have been presented previously (Herron & Herron 1996). This paper provides a brief introduction to the new geochemical logging capabilities in both open and cased holes and a detailed examination of the new core-based interpretation.
Elemental concentration logs The recently developed technique to estimate elemental concentrations from a single, inducedneutron gamma ray spectrometer (Herron 1995) is an adaptation of a geochemical oxides closure model already employed in the computation of elemental concentrations from multiple nuclear sondes (Hertzog et al. 1987; Schweitzer et al. 1988; Grau & Schweitzer 1989; Grau et al. 1989). The most significant modifications are: (1) the elimination of aluminium and potassium as necessary inputs to the geochemical closure model, thus considerably reducing the number of wireline sondes necessary to produce elemental concentrations of potassium; (2) a change in the elemental associations of iron. Figure 1 presents examples of elemental concentration logs from the new processing using data
HERRON, M. M. & HERRON,S. L. 1998. Quantitative lithology: open and cased hole application derived from integrated core chemistry and mineralogy database. In. HARVEY,P. K. & LOVELL,M. A. (eds) Core-Log Integration, Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 136, 81-95
81
82
M. M. H E R R O N & S. L. H E R R O N 200
3OO
4O0
500 e-
600
7OO
[}
800
900 0
50 0
20 40 0 10 20 0 10 20 0 2 4 0 20 40 Calcium wt% Iron + .t4AI ~% Sulfur wt% Titanium wt% Gadolinium ppm
Silicon wt%
Fig. 1. Openhole elemental concentrations from the Elemental Capture Spectroscopy (ECS; Mark of Schlumberger) sonde.
x 104
1.01
7-
r-.
.,....
1.03
.v p,.
O..
g~
1.05
1.0"/
][ 0
50 0 Silicon wt%
w ,
~,
|
20 40 0 10 20 0 10 20 0 2 4 0 20 40 Calcium wt% Titanium wt% Iron + 14AI wt% Sulfur wt% Gadolinium ppm
Fig. 2. Cased hole elemental concentrations from the (RST; Mark of Schlumberger) Reservoir Saturation Tool.
from an open hole Elemental Capture Spectroscopy (ECS; Mark of Schlumberger) sonde. This is a nuclear spectroscopy device which uses a standard AmBe source and a BGO detector. It is combinable and can log at up to 540 m hr -l (1800 fthr-~). Chemical concentrations measured on
core samples are shown for comparison. Two points should be made when examining the data. The first is that since the uncorrected prompt capture yield for iron contains gamma rays from both Fe and A1, the log Fe should be approximately equal to Fe+0.14A1. Accordingly, the
QUANTITATIVE LITHOLOGY
'~176wo,:-.
/1
I
- /
~
~
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.......... r
'O01we"/
Well6 ~ o ' o ~
I Well 7
"o /
Well i
I/:"
oL~ ." .
~176 w~176/ 0
100 200 Gamma Ray
Well 10
0
100 200 Gamma Ray
0
100 200 Gamma Ray
0
100 200 Gamma Ray
Fig. 3. Synthetic gamma ray (computed from Th, U and K concentrations) plotted against total clay (kaolinite, illite, smectite, chlorite and glauconite) measured on the same sample for 12 datasets. Although GR crudely correlates with total clay, the slopes and offsets vary widely from well to well.
core points plotted for c o m p a r i s o n are Fe+0.14A1. The second point is that the log concentrations agree well with core data. A second example is provided from a cased hole Reservoir Saturation Tool (RST; Mark of Schlumberger) log acquired from a well in Venezuela (Fig. 2). This example is processed using new elemental standards to derive the far detector capture yields (Roscoe et al. 1995), and corrections are made for casing and a 3.8cm cement annulus. The results show good agreement between log concentrations and the sparse core data.
tion coupled plasma mass spectrometry, for whole rock elemental concentrations of silicon (Si), aluminium (A1), iron (Fe), calcium (Ca), magnesium (Mg), sodium (Na), potassium (K), phosphorus (P), titanium (Ti), manganese (Mn) and chromium (Cr), expressed as oxides, plus Loss on Ignition (LOI) representing total volatiles, H20 +, H 2 0 , sulfur (S), organic carbon, thorium (Th), uranium (U), gadolinium (Gd) and boron (B). A synthetic core gamma ray (GR) computed from core chemistry using the gamma ray response is given by equation (1) G R = 4 T h + 8 U + 16 K
Core database The development of the new quantitative lithology interpretation begins with a core database that contains chemistry and mineralogy measurements on over 400 core plug samples from numerous wells on four continents. The wells are diverse in age and geographic location, but all are predominantly sands and shaly sands. To analyse the samples, rocks were crushed and split with a microsplitter into chemistry and mineralogy fractions. The chemistry fraction was analysed at X-Ray Assay Laboratories using XRay fluorescence, neutron activation and induc-
(1)
where Th and U concentrations are in ppm and K concentrations are in wt% (Ellis 1987). The mineralogy fraction was analysed using a new Fourier Transform-Infrared (FT-IR) procedure which simultaneously analyses the mid-IR and far-IR frequencies. The mid-IR procedure was described in Matteson & Herron (1993). Since that time the number of mineral standards has been increased to 26 with approximately the same level of accuracy (better than +2 wt %). The mineral standard set includes quartz, albite, anorthite, K-feldspar, muscovite, biotite, kaolinite, illite, smectite, chlorite, glauconite, calcite,
84
M. M. HERRON & S. L. HERRON o 1~176 9 dP
% ~ 9 9 9
e 9 1 4 90 ~
10 20 Thorium ppm
0
e"
9
0
5 Uranium ppm
2.5 5 Potassium wt%
loo
+t
_~ so o
t 9
.,'.;
+/
00
10 20 Aluminum wt%
o
0
1 Titanium wt%
.t .
5 Gadolinium
10
20
40
loo[ r t o
25 Silicon wt%
50
0
15
Iron wt%
30
0
Calcium wt%
Fig. 4. Comparison of individual chemical elements that can be measured by logging against total clay for Well 3. A1 shows a strong positive correlation that is mirrored by the negative correlation with Si.
dolomite, siderite, ankerite, magnesite, aragonite, gypsum, anhydrite, hematite, barite and opal. Total clay is the sum of kaolinite, illite, smectite, chlorite and glauconite. Although there are significant amounts of mica, another layered silicate, they are not included in the total clay fraction. At high clay concentrations there is sometimes interference between illite and mica phases. Exploring elemental relationships
The most complex aspect of the new lithology interpretation is the computation of the clay mineral fraction. In the logging world, clay, or more often volume of shale, is most frequently estimated from the gamma ray log. However, there are many type of clay minerals with widely differing compositions and log responses, so shale estimates often carry large uncertainties. The estimation is further degraded by the many non-clay minerals which contribute significantly to the gamma ray.
Gamma ray and clay With the core database, it is possible to evaluate the relationship between total clay determined by FT-IR and the computed gamma ray on a
porosity-free basis, as recently advocated by K a t a h a r a (1995). The relationship for core samples from 12 data sets is presented in Fig. 3. A line connecting the origin with 100% clay and 250 API is included for visual reference. As expected, gamma ray content generally increases as clay content increases. However, there are a number of characteristics in the clay-gamma ray plots that highlight the weaknesses inherent in this approach; many of these have been recently discussed by Bhuyan & Passey (1994) and Hurst & Milodowski (1994). The first major feature is the large range of slopes in the gamma ray versus clay plots which demonstrates the necessity for local calibration. For example, in Well 1, a linear trend predicts a maximum gamma ray value of about 100 API for the pure clay end member, whereas Well 2 would predict 500 API. For Well 12, a pure clay would have a gamma ray of only about 150 API. In several wells, either the data or an extrapolation of the data to zero clay indicate a near zero minimum gamma ray, but Well 4 has a minimum gamma ray of 30 API, and in Well 12 an extrapolation points to 70 API for minimum gamma ray. The difference between evaluating these plots and using only log data is that with core calibration the amount of clay is known, and it is possible to accurately extrapolate to
QUANTITATIVE LITHOLOGY
~5o ~r1~176" i I.=.
85
9
.
~ Jp
O0 e~ II
_r
o;=~'.;'10"< " " 20
w
0
Thorium ppm
--
5 10 Uranium ppm
2.5 Potassium wt%
0
100,
}
I.,../)--:-.
.=" -o-'
50
06
lb Aluminum wt%
20
o
i
0
_.
5 Gadolinium
T'aanium wt%
10
100,
-% ~149
0
f
I
-
~
25 50 Silicon wt%
O~
0
9
15 Iron wt%
30
0
20 40 Calcium wt%
Fig. 5. Comparison of individual chemical elements that can be measured by logging against total clay for Well 5. A1 again shows a strong positive correlation with clay. The negative correlation with Si is slightly perturbed by high Fe siderite samples. ,100]
.
~
.fi" :-
~
9
~0
I.%',, 10
Thorium ppm
20
~5oI '~:~"""
0
2.5 5 Potassium wt% o o
9
ee
9 9 e~po
d.'t' t
lb
Aluminumwt*/,
20
0
100
i
5 10 Uranium ppm
k,..'
100, ,
~~'
0
1 2 Titanium wt*/, ....
0
5 Gadolinium
0
20
10
. 9 00
u." 0
"4.
25 Silicon wt%
50
~ 0
15 Iron wt%
30
Calcium wt%
40
Fig. 6. Comparison of individual chemical elements that can be measured by logging against total clay for Well 6. A1 shows a strong positive correlation. The anticorrelation with Si is significantly perturbed by carbonates.
86
M.M. HERRON & S. L. HERRON
comparison of clay with aluminium. In Well 3, aluminium displays a strong relationship with total clay. The remaining elements in this figure are some that can be obtained by prompt thermal neutron capture spectroscopy logging devices. The two elements remaining in the second row of the figure are titanium and gadolinium. These elements are commonly enriched in shales, but they show only a loose correlation with total clay. The third row holds the key to a new technique for estimating clay. It begins with silicon, which is a major constituent of rock forming minerals. Although silicon is commonly associated with quartz, it is actually the second most abundant element after oxygen in both sandstones and shales. Because it is a major element, its abundance is not affected by trace minerals, and concentrations form a smooth continuum between high silicon sandstones and medium silicon shales. For reference, quartz has 46.8 wt% silicon. The next element is iron, which has numerous associations, including heavy minerals such as siderite, pyrite, hematite, and magnetite and the clay minerals illite, chlorite, glauconite and some smectites. High concentrations of the heavy iron minerals can interrupt the smooth relationship between silicon and clay content. The final element is calcium which is mainly associated with the carbonate minerals calcite and dolomite. The low calcium concentrations indicate the absence of carbonate minerals in Well 3. The same type of comparison between total clay and elemental concentrations is presented in Fig. 5 for Well 5. For this well, none of the individual elements (Th, U and K) contributing Seeking an elemental alternative to natural gamma ray is any better correlated with clay than is total gamma ray. In contrast, One goal of this study is to identify an aluminium again shows a tight correlation with alternative, less subjective approach to determining clay content using elemental data available clay content. Silicon again shows a strong from nuclear spectroscopy logging devices. The negative correlation with clay, but there are two data points which clearly deviate from the technology exists to measure elemental concenmajor trend. These two samples contain 13 and trations from natural radioactivity (Th, U and 38 wt% siderite (FeCO3) as reflected by the two K), neutron activation (AI), and capture gamma high iron points. As in Well 3, the near absence ray spectroscopy (Si, Ca, Fe, Ti, Gd and S). of calcium reflects the absence of calcite and Figure 4 shows a comparison of clay content with all available logging elements (except sulfur) dolomite. A final example of the element-clay comparfor Well 3. The three components of natural gamma ray; Th, U, and K, are presented in the isons is presented in Fig. 6 for Well 6. In this first row. Thorium and uranium show wide well, thorium and potassium exhibit positive scatter and little correlation with clay. In this correlations with clay, but the degree of scatter well, potassium shows a strong correlation with precludes the use of these elements for accurate clay, but examination of data from four other clay prediction, especially at low clay contents. Aluminium again shows a strong positive correwells in the field reveals that this correlation breaks down entirely in sands containing less lation with clay. Silicon again shows a negative correlation with clay, but the impact of carbothan 25% clay. The second row of Fig. 4 begins with a nate minerals on the silicon--clay curve is much
zero clay. With only log data, one must choose a minimum and maximum gamma ray value without knowing the correspondence to real clay concentrations, and the picture is further complicated by porosity variations. For Well 11, the minimum gamma ray value observed on the log is about the same as the 50 API minimum computed for the core data. This value would normally be assigned to zero clay instead of the actual 25 wt% clay. Clearly, such a log interpretation would severely under-estimate the clay content in the well. The second dominant feature in Fig. 3 is the scatter in the data, particularly in Wells 1-10. In these wells, even if the observed correlation between gamma ray and clay were known, the scatter in the data would produce an uncertainty of as much as +20 wt% clay or more. For Wells 3, 5, 7 and 9, at levels of about 20% clay, observed gamma ray values span almost the full range from clean sand to shale. The relative error is particularly large in sands. A third and less common feature is that some wells exhibit a small dynamic range in gamma ray while clay content varies considerably. This is notable in Well 12 which is a typical offshore Gulf of Mexico example. It is also true in Wells 4 and 11. In spite of the problems outlined above, it would be possible to make good clay predictions in Wells 2, 11 and 12 if detailed and accurate core data were available. Without such a calibration, it is doubtful that the picks for GRmax and GRmi n from the log data would match the core calibration parameters.
QUANTITATIVE LITHOLOGY
100
a
w
87
r
Well I
.="/
Well5o
/
_~ s o
100 Well6
o/
-./ .
/
; Y
100
I Well9 /
Well8
/
.'.s/
Well1 2 ~
.
Aluminum wt%
00
Alumi10num wt%
20 0
10 ' 20 0 Aluminumwt%
Alumi1()num wt%
20
Fig. 7. Aluminium versus total clay for all 12 wells. The correlation with total clay is much tighter for aluminium
than for GR. In addition, the slopes are about the same and most wells show a near-zero offset.
more obvious 9There are many samples with high calcium reflecting calcite concentrations that range from 0 to 85 wt%. This mineral assemblage produces a ternary composition diagram in the silicon-clay plot with the vertices representing pure carbonate, clean sand, and shale. Summarizing the observations in Figs 4 through 6, it appears that aluminium is the best single elemental indicator of clay. Silicon shows a complementary anti-correlation to clay content, but the simple linear relationship between silicon and clay is distorted by carbonate minerals. The carbonate content is chemically represented by calcium and/or iron. These trends are typical of those observed in the other data sets. Having observed the strong relationship between aluminium and clay, it is useful to examine the data for all 12 wells, as shown in Fig. 7. In 10 of the 12 wells, the slope of the aluminium-clay plot is nearly constant. In 9 of the 12 wells, the intercept of the aluminium-clay linear relationship is essentially zero. Comparison between Fig. 7 and Fig. 3 shows that aluminium is a much better clay estimator than gamma ray in most wells. This is true even when a porosity-free core calibration is available for gamma ray, and it is especially true in the sands 9
The improvement of aluminium over gamma ray is marginal in Well 8, but it is significant for the cleanest sands. In Wells 11 and 12, the aluminium and gamma ray are comparable clay indicators if the core calibration is known. However, a log interpreter who equates the minimum gamma ray response with zero clay introduces a 20 to 25 wt% error in the clay estimation. Aluminium has an even more striking relationship with the sum of clay plus mica. This is demonstrated in Fig. 8. Improvements in the correlation with aluminium are most notable in Wells 7 and 8, and the effects are most obvious in the shales. The lines drawn in Fig. 8 represent a slope of 6.4 and the relationship for the first 10 wells has a correlation coefficient of 0.98. It is possible that some of the differences between Figs 7 and 8 are due to analytical interference between illite and mica phases in shales 9 The decision to include or exclude mica from the clay fraction depends on the application. Since micas do not contribute significantly to clay counterion conductivity, they are not generally included in saturation interpretation. On the other hand, like clays, micas can be detrimental to formation productivity. There are several reasons for the strong
88
M.M. HERRON & S. L. HERRON 100
5c
I~ +
100
....
~; + 50 /
,/,
tO |
lOO
/
~ 50 0
Well1 /
Well1 0 /
lO |
Aluminum wt%
20 0
Well 12
/ 1'0
Aluminum
wt% 20 0
1'0
Aluminum
wt% 20 0
,
10
Aluminum
.......
wt% 20
Fig. 8. Aluminium versus total clay +mica for all 12 wells shows an even tighter and more universal relationship than aluminium versus clay.
correlation between aluminium and total clay mineral content. Clays are aluminosilicates; aluminium is a major element in and an integral part of the chemical composition of virtually all clays. This is very different from the case of thorium and uranium which occur at trace (ppm) levels and are not structural components of the clays. Of course, the clay-A1 relationship is a simplified picture and is not expected to be perfect. Different clay minerals have different A1 concentrations and there are important nonclay minerals that contain aluminium.
Relationship between AI and Si, Ca, Mg and Fe Although aluminium is the best element for clay estimation, its measurement in a borehole is accomplished by induced neutron activation and currently requires a chemical source, two gamma ray spectrometers, and an independent measurement of formation capture cross-section, making it an expensive measurement. Fortunately, an alternative exists due to the complementary relationship between aluminium and the elements silicon, calcium, magnesium and iron. This relationship is illustrated in Fig. 9, which combines elemental data from all 12 data sets
into three plots. For samples containing more than 2 wt% organic carbon, the elemental data must be normalized to an organic-free matrix or else they will perturb the linear relationship. Earlier, Figs 4 to 6 showed that as clay increases, silicon decreases. Therefore, as aluminium increases, silicon decreases. In Fig. 9a, silicon is converted to SiO2 (by multiplying by 2.139) and subtracted from 100. Now, we see that as AI increases, 100-SiO2 also increases. In this presentation, carbonate minerals drive the data toward A1 of zero and ( 1 0 0 - SiO2) values of 100 wt%. We can use concentrations of Ca and Mg to compensate for the presence of calcite (CaCO3) and dolomite (CaMg(CO3)2). Fig. 9b shows that concentrations of A1 vary linearly when plotted against 1 0 0 - S i O 2 - CaCO3 - MgCO3 concentrations and that the additional terms remove almost all of the disturbance of that major trend. The few remaining outliers are predominantly siderite or pyrite, and they can be removed as 1.99Fe where the coefficient of 1.99 is optimized on these data. The trend in Fig. 9c can be used to estimate the aluminium concentration from A1 = 0.34(100 - SiO2 - CaCO3 MgCO3-1.99Fe),
(2)
.r
89
QUANTITATIVE LITHOLOGY
20[a
I' b
o 'ot
C
/
;
~
o
06
5"0
100
100 - Si02
0
00
50
100
100 - Si02- CaCOzMgC03
0
O Q
50
100
100 - Si02- CaCOsMgCOs- 1.99Fe
Fig.
9. Aluminium is estimated from the other major elements in sedimentary rocks. (a) A1 vs 100-SIO2 shows a clear trend that is disturbed primarily by carbonates. (b) A1 vs 100 SiO2-siderite and dolomite shows a very tight trend that is disturbed only by siderite and pyrite rich samples. (c) When the high-Fe minerals are corrected for, A1 can be estimated from Si, Ca and Fe.
2~ We"' / "10I f ~< 0 U ;
Well 4
'
o
,
2~IWe,./,5
"
IlU'
2O
E < e
00
|
|
10 20 0 10 20 10 20 0 10 20 0 Aluminum Emulator Aluminum Emulator AluminumE m u l a t o r Aluminum Emulator
Fig. 10. Aluminium estimated from Si, Ca, Mg and Fe closely matches measured aluminium in all 12 wells. which produces estimates of A1 with a correlation coefficient of 0.99 and a standard error of 0.6 wt% A1. Figure 10 presents a comparison of measured A1 concentrations with those estimated from equation (2) for each of the 12 wells. Clearly, this is a robust means of estimating A1 from Si, Ca, Mg and Fe.
Quantitative lithology The strong correlation between aluminium and clay provides the cornerstone of the lithology
interpretation. This relationship can be quantified to estimate clay, and the elements calcium, magnesium, and sulfur can be used to estimate the other major mineralogical components. The mineralogical fractions defined here are different from the lithologies commonly used in log interpretation. The main difference is that a clay fraction rather than a shale fraction is computed. According to Bhuyan & Passey (1994), shales commonly have about 60 wt% clay minerals and 40 wt% Q - F - M . Using this ratio, a rock with 60 wt% clay is 100 wt% shale. The other difference
90
M. M. HERRON & S. L. HERRON 100 .........
.,
]Well 1
,~
/
01r ol00[Well5 " /
Well 4
Well 6
"
o /
./
./
jwey.
IWe"7/
Iwe"
0[/r
'O01we"9/
l/. 0
50 1O0 0 Estimated Clay
50 100 Estimated Clay
50 1O0 0 Estimated Clay
50 1O0 Estimated Clay
Fig. 11. Clay estimated from Si, Ca, Mg and Fe plotted against total clay for all 12 wells is a near duplicate of Fig. 7.
is that the values determined here are all on porosity-free (or matrix) basis, and they are weight rather than volume fractions.
minimum of 1.3 for Well 10. If we solve for clay plus mica (Fig. 8) instead of clay, we obtain the following equation:
Estimating clay
Clay + Mica = 2.20(100- SiO2-
The two major points from the preceding section are that A1 correlates well with clay content and that aluminium concentrations can be estimated from Si, Ca, Mg and Fe. The next logical step is to estimate clay content from Si, Ca, Mg and Fe using the form of equation (2). The problem is set up to determine clay content by optimizing the slope. Samples from Wells 11 and 12 are excluded from the optimization because, as seen in Fig. 7, the relationship between aluminium and clay differs significantly from the relationships observed in Wells 1 through 10. The new clay algorithm is: Clay = 1.67(100 - SiO2 - CaCO3 M g C O 3 - 1.99Fe),
(3)
which has a correlation coefficient of 0.94 and a standard error of 6.9 wt% clay. The slope of 1.67 obtained here is representative of the combined datasets. Slopes optimized on individual datasets range from a maximum of 2.0 for Well 1 to a
C a C O 3 - M g C O 3 - 1.99Fe),
(4)
with a correlation coefficient of 0.97 and a standard error of 6.5 wt%. Figure 11 presents measured clay content and estimates from equation (3) for all 12 wells. The estimated clay concentrations are in good agreement with the measured values for Wells 1-7, 9 and 10. They are almost the same as the estimates from aluminium shown in Fig. 7. For most of the first ten wells, the clay estimates portrayed in Fig. 11 constitute an improvement over those attainable from gamma ray. The scatter in the estimate is drastically reduced, particularly at the low clay concentrations where clay estimation is most critical. This is especially clear in Wells 1-7 and 9 and 10. In Well 8, the estimate of clay shows a less spectacular effect relative to gamma ray, but it does offer slight improvement in the clean sands. In this well, an estimate of clay plus mica would clearly be superior to gamma ray estimates. Equation (3) is a general algorithm for
QUANTITATIVE LITHOLOGY
91
estimating clay from elemental data. It has broad applicability and does not require picks of minimum and maximum values. Unlike neut r o n - d e n s i t y separation, equation 3 is not affected by the presence of light hydrocarbons or gas. Although the slope would vary if optimized on individual datasets, the overall slope of 1.67 in equation (3) produces a good clay estimate. For Wells 11 and 12 the clay estimated from equation (3) agrees with the measured clay in the cleanest samples but under-estimates the clay content of the shales. The cleanest samples in these two wells have 20 and 28 wt% clay, and it is not obvious which way the data would trend in cleaner rocks. This is the same trend observed for these two wells in the comparison of aluminium versus clay. The problem with the interpretation of clay from A1 or from Si, Ca and Fe in Wells 11 and 12 is basically the same as the problem with interpreting gamma ray. Inherent in both interpretation schemes is the presumption that nonclay minerals do not interfere. For most wells, this is true for aluminium. However, Wells 11 and 12 are characterized by feldspar-rich sands. This is true to a lesser degree for Well 4. In fact, for all three of these wells, there is an anticorrelation between clay and non-clay aluminosilicates (feldspars plus micas). The high feldspar content of the sands can be either authigenic as in Well 11 or detrital as in Well 12. In spite of vast geological differences, Wells 11 and 12 show similar patterns in terms of aluminium vs clay. This suggests that a common algorithm might exist to interpret clay content in these wells, and if so, it might be broadly applicable to feldspar- or mica-rich sands. The relationship determined by least absolute error optimization on the combined Well 11 and Well 12 datasets is:
feldspathic sands, so the application of equation (5) requires some external knowledge.
Clay2 = -20.8 + 3.1 (100 - SiO2 -
Here, the non-zero offset of - 7 . 5 wt% accounts for the small calcium contribution from plagioclase feldspar in sandstones, and the offset and
C a C O 3 - M g C O 3 - 1.99Fe)
(5)
This differs from equation (4) by modifying the slope and introducing an intercept. The results for Wells 11 and 12 are compared to measured clay in Fig. 12. Data from Well 4, which also has moderately feldspar-rich sandstones, are included as different symbols; this well was not included in the optimization. Equation (5) for feldspar-rich sandstones gives reasonable results for clay contents in the reservoir rocks despite the fact that these wells are from very different geological environments. Using the geochemical data alone, it is not possible to identify such
loo ;g/
~, 5
50
0 ~0
50 1 oo Estimated Clay2
Fig. 12. Clay estimated from equation (5) for feldsparrich sands and shales vs measured clay for Wells 11 and l 2 (o) and Well 4 (+). Estimating carbonate The second c o m p o n e n t in this lithological description is the carbonate fraction. The carbonate fraction will be determined from calcium, but first we need to consider the calcium concentration which we obtain from log data. Pure calcite (CaCO3) formations have Ca concentrations of 40 wt%, and this concentration is accurately reflected by log data. A complication arises in dolomites (CaMg(CO3)2) because magnesium has not normally been detected by spectroscopy logs. As a result, the log calcium concentration in a pure dolomite is also 40 wt% (see Hertzog et al. 1987 and Roscoe et al. 1995 for detecting Mg from logs). This is equivalent to saying that the Ca detected by logs equals C a + 1.455Mg, an expression that equals 40 wt% in either pure calcite or dolomite. Using the core data base, calcite plus dolomite concentrations were optimized as a function of (Ca + 1.455 Mg) to produce equation (6): Calcite + Dolomite - 7.5 + 2.69(Ca + 1.455Mg). =
(6)
/ ,/ o
o 50 1 oo Estimated Calcite + Dolomite
Fig. 13. Calcite plus dolomite estimated from equation (6) vs measured calcite plus dolomite for all twelve wells.
92
M.M. HERRON & S. L. HERRON
oo[
o
so
0
0 50 100 0 50 100 E~imated Clay wt% Estimated Carbonate wt%
0 50 100 Estimated Q-F-M wt%
Fig. 14. Comparison of estimated and measured quantities of clay, carbonate, and quartz-feldspar-mica on samples from all 12 wells.
slope (2.69) are balances to provide the correct answer in pure carbonate. The carbonate estimate from equation (6) closely approximates the sum of calcite plus dolomite from all 12 wells (Fig. 13) with a correlation coefficient of 0.98. A distinction of calcite from dolomite is possible with the inclusion of magnesium (Hertzog et al. 1987; Roscoe et al. 1995).
Estimating quartz-feldspar-mica The third component of the new lithological description is the sand fraction composed primarily of quartz, feldspars and micas ( Q - F M). This fraction is determined by subtracting the clay and carbonate fractions from 100 wt%. Figure 14 shows the estimated and measured concentrations of clay, carbonate, and quartzfeldspar-mica for all 12 wells. In the reservoir rocks, where clay content is less than 30 wt%, the agreement between measured and estimated concentrations is remarkably good for all components. In the shales, particularly where clay exceeds 50 wt%, the interpretation tends to under-estimate clay and over-estimate Q - F - M . Obviously, the clay algorithm could be optimized to give more accurate estimates in shales. The carbonate estimates are good over the entire dynamic range.
Estimating anhydrite This three component lithological description is easily modified to accommodate formations containing significant amounts of anhydrite or gypsum. The anhydrite estimate precedes the carbonate estimate to separate carbonate calcium from anhydrite calcium. Two estimates of anhydrite are made, one from sulfur and one from calcium, according to stoichiometric relationships where the sulfur concentration in anhydrite is 23.55 wt. % and the calcium concentration is 29.44 wt.%.
Anhl = S/23.55
(7)
Anh2 = Ca/29.44.
(8)
The final anhydrite estimate is the minimum of these two to account for the possibility of nonanhydrite sources of either sulfur or calcium. The anhydrite computation precedes the carbonate and clay estimate's and the anhydrite calcium is subtracted from the total calcium prior to the other lithological computations. When solving for anhydrite, the Q - F - M fraction is determined by subtracting the clay, carbonate, and anhydrite fractions from 100 wt%. Fig. 15 presents a comparison of anhydrite measured by FT-IR and anhydrite using calcium and sulfur from a single well in West Texas. 40 35 30 E ~=25 (3.
(-920 +
e15 -E
"O
~r 1 0 < 5 I
I
I
A
10 20 30 Estimated Anhydrite wt%
40
Fig. 15. Comparison of estimated and measured quantity of anhydrite on a single dataset.
Application to log data The ultimate goal of this study is to identify an objective, robust, and efficient means of estimating lithology from spectroscopy logs. The two simultaneous developments that have made this possible are the determination of elemental
QUANTITATIVE LITHOLOGY concentrations from induced gamma ray spectroscopy logs and the derivation of the lithology algorithms presented above. To apply these relationships using the data from Figs 1 and 2 requires that the clay algorithms be modified to account for the known aluminium interference in the iron measurement. Equations (3), (4) and (5) for computing clay or clay plus mica become: ClayL = 1.91(100 -- SiO2 - CaCO3 - 1.99FeA1) (9) Clay + MicaL = 2.43(100
-- SiO2 -
(10)
CaCO3-1.99FeA1)
Clay2L = -- 18.5 + 3.34(100-SiO2-- CaCO3 - 1.99FeA1)
(11)
where the L subscript designates the application to log data. FeA1 designates the quantity that would be detected as iron by a spectroscopy device and is equal to Fe + 0.14A1. The clay, carbonate and Q - F - M fractions calculated using the Fig. 1 open hole spectroscopy data from Well 8 are presented in Fig. 16. Also shown are the core clay, carbonate and Q F - M fractions determined from the F T A R mineralogy. The agreement between core and log data is quite good, in spite of the fact that
93
Well 8 is probably the worst example of the A1clay relationship. The interpretation of the cased hole spectroscopy logs from Well 3 (Fig. 2) is presented in Fig. 17. The agreement between core and log data is quite spectacular considering that these measurements are made with a ll~in, diameter tool through casing and cement. Conclusions
The quantitative lithology presented here has been optimized on core data from numerous wells from around the world. The lithological fractions of clay, carbonate, anhydrite, and quartz-feldspar-mica are ideally suited for the elemental concentration logs of silicon, calcium, iron, and sulfur, which can be acquired by single, induced gamma ray spectroscopy logs. These elemental concentration logs could be available in both open and cased hole. The strength of this elemental approach to estimating lithology lies in the use of major element chemistry as opposed to trace element chemistry which can be so easily impacted by sediment diagenesis, depositional environment, or the spurious introduction of small amounts of heavy minerals. The elements used are major element contributors to the rockforming minerals. Their concentrations in a given mineral are relatively stable, and the
20("
40(
=...... w
9
E
60(
80( l_ t-t
A
100(
=
120(
F"-"
1400
160C 0
50
Clay, wt%
1 O0
0
50
Carbonate, wt%
1 O0
0
50
Quartz-Feld-Mica, wt%
1 O0
Fig. 16. Quantitative lithology logs for Well 8 using the openhole elemental concentration logs shown in Fig. 1. FT-IR core measurements are provided for comparison.
94
M.M. HERRON & S. L. HERRON x 10 4 1.01
! w
1.03
L
[1.05
B i
L 1.07
0
50 Clay, wt%
1 O0
~:" 0
i 50 Carbonate, wt%
O0
0
50 1 O0 Quartz-Feld-Mica, wt%
Fig. 17. Quantitative lithology logs for Well 3 using the cased hole elemental concentration logs shown in Fig. 1. FT-IR core measurements are provided for comparison. minerals in which they occur are generally abundant. The S i - C a - F e aluminium emulator gives a demonstrably superior clay interpretation compared to that available from gamma ray. Its strength lies in the near constant slope, small degree of scatter, and near zero intercept. It is also independent of fluid volume, type and density, rendering it free from gas or light hydrocarbon effects, unlike the neutron-density separation. The calcium log provides an unparalleled carbonate estimation. It provides carbonate quantification in complex lithologies. In heavy barite muds, it easily and accurately locates carbonate cementation at levels of 10 to 20 wt% which were previously undetected by conventional log interpretation. The sulfur log provides a very accurate estimate of anhydrite which is of greatest value in carbonate/evaporate lithologies. While the relationships presented here have demonstrated a large degree of universality, each algorithm can be further optimized on a field or regional basis to give improved lithological estimates.
References BHVVAN, K. & PASSEY, Q. R. 1994. Clay estimation from GR and neutron~tensity porosity logs,
-
paper DDD. In: 35th Annual Logging Symposium Transactions: Society of Professional Well Log Analysts, pp. D1 15. ELLIs, D. V. 1987. Well Logging for Earth Scientists. Elsevier, New York. GRAU, J. A. & SCHWEITZER, J. S. 1989. Elemental concentrations from thermal neutron capture gamma-ray spectra in geological formations. Nuclear Geophysics, 3, 1 9. --, ELLIS, D. V. & HERTZOa, R. C. 1989. A geological model for gamma-ray spectroscopy logging measurements. Nuclear Geophysics, 3, 351-359. HERRON, S. L. 1995. Method and apparatus for determining elemental concentrations for "/ ray spectroscopy tools, U.S. Patent 5,471,057. & HERRON,M. M. 1996. Quantitative lithology: An application for open and eased hole spectroscopy. In. 37th Annual Logging Symposium Transactions: Society of Professional Well Log Analysts, pp. E1 14. HERTZOG,R. C., COLSON,L., SEEMAN,B., O'BRIEN,M., SCOTT, H., McKEoN, D., WRA~GHT,P., GRAU, L, ELLlS, D., SCHWEITZER, J. & HERRON, M. 1987. Geochemical logging with spectrometry tools, SPE-16792. In. 62nd Annual Technical Conference and Exhibition Proceedings: Society of Petroleum Engineers. HURST,A. & MILODOWSK1,T. 1994. Characterization of clays in sandstones: Thorium content and spectral log data, paper S. In: Sixteenth European Formation Evaluation Symposium: Society of Professional Well Log Analysts. -
QUANTITATIVE LITHOLOGY KATAHARA, K. W. 1995. Gamma ray log response in shaley sands. The Log Analyst, 36, 50--55. MATTESON, A. & HERRON, M. M. 1993. Quantitative mineral analysis by Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy, Society of Core Analysts Technical Conference, August 9 11, 1993, SCA 9308. RoscoE, B., GRAU, L, CAO MINH, C. (~; FREEMAN, D. 1995 Non-conventional applications of through-
95
tubing carbon-oxygen logging tools, paper QQ. In: in 34th Annual Logging Symposium Transactions: Society of Professional Well Log Analysts. SCHWEITZER, J. S., ELLIS, D. V., GRAU, J. A. & HERTZOG, R. C. 1988. Elemental concentrations from gamma-ray spectroscopy logs. Nuclear Geophysics, 2, 175 181.
The comparison of core and geophysical log measurements obtained in the Nirex investigation of the Sellafield region A. K I N G D O N , S. F. ROGERS, C. J. E V A N S & N. R. B R E R E T O N
British Geological Survey, Keyworth, Nottingham, NG12 5GG, UK
Abstract: The Sellafield region, west Cumbria, is the focus of one of the most thorough geological investigations in the United Kingdom. The Sellafield Site is defined as an area immediately around the potential repository, extending 6.5 km north-south by 8 km eastwest. Twenty six deep boreholes were drilled within the area up to the end of 1995, with a total depth of approximately 28 km. Most of these boreholes have been continuously cored, a total of over 17 kilometres of core, with average core recovery well in excess of 90%. All boreholes were logged with a comprehensive suite of geophysical logs, including many state of the art tools. Laboratory physical property analysis of hundreds of sample cores has been carried out. Pilot studies were carried out to compare and contrast datasets and to investigate the relationships between the different data scales. Various techniques, including fractal analysis and Artificial Neural Networks, were tried in order to explore the relationships of these data at a variety of measurement scales. The pilot study was conducted in two stages: (1) evaluation of the primary controlling factors of the physical properties; (2) testing the validity of 'Up-scaling'. The rocks of the Borrowdale Volcanic Group provided the most challenging problems due to the physical properties being dominated by fracturing and associated alteration zones. Relationships between data types at different scales were established suggesting that the extrapolation of properties derived from core and wireline logs across three-dimensional seismic grids would allow an understanding of the properties throughout a threedimensional volume. Nirex is responsible for the development of a deep geological repository for solid, intermediate level and some low-level radioactive wastes. Following preliminary geological investigations of two sites, an area near Sellafield, west Cumbria, was chosen in 1991 for further study. The Nirex science programme aimed to assess the suitability of the Sellafield site as the host for the repository. Such an assessment required, among other things, an understanding of the geology and hydrogeological characteristics of the area. The Sellafield region in west Cumbria, England was the focus of one of the most detailed site investigations projects ever undertaken. This investigation aimed to characterize the geology and hydrogeology of the site to determine whether the site at Sellafield showed sufficient promise of meeting regulatory targets to permit Nirex to submit a planning application for a deep repository. An underground Rock Characterization Facility (RCF) had been proposed in order to allow more detailed characterization of the geology and hydrogeology of the area using direct observations from underground
excavations and to allow in situ experiments on rock and groundwater behaviour. These measurements were required to provide information on ground conditions that could only be obtained from an underground facility and to test models of the geology, hydrogeology and geotechnical characteristics and behaviour of the rocks. In the course of the Sellafield site investigations, data at a range of scales from microscopic to regional have been collected. The large volume of data available from the Nirex investigations presents problems with respect to the estimation of properties at the very large scales required by performance models. In most practical applications, the scale of the sample measurements is not directly comparable with the scale required for the model estimates needed for the calculations. It is important to evaluate the scale of the sample data and the scale required for the final estimates and to apply some correction to the sample scale, if they are different. This corrective process is generally termed 'up-scaling'. In the context of Sellafield, physical property parameters important to the
KINGDON, A., ROGERS, S. F., EVANS, C. J. & BRERETON,N. R. 1998. The comparison of core and geophysical log measurements obtained in the Nirex investigation of the Sellafield region. In: HARVEY,P. K. & LOVELL,M. A. (eds) Core-Log Integration, Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 136, 97-113
97
98
A. KINGDON E T AL.
Fig. 1. Location of the Sellafield boreholes and the potential repository zone.
construction of underground vaults required, on the scale of tens of metres may only be measured on core samples at the scale of centimetres or from geophysical logging of the boreholes at a scale of a few metres. The difficulty of extrapolating properties using data from varying scales makes it difficult to use data derived at one scale, for example borehole core, to another, such as a threedimensional seismic survey. In the context of the Sellafield investigations, parameters that are important to tunnelling, such as indices of rock strength need to be derived at one scale and then extrapolated to another scale. Techniques to allow this to be undertaken must have therefore to be both derived and tested. This paper examines the possible techniques for comparing data derived at three separate scales: borehole core (centimetre scale), geophysical borehole logs (metre scale) and threedimensional seismic survey data (10 metre scale). In particular, mathematical techniques were studied that examine relationships between data scales; thus demonstrating the validity of the methodology of 'up-scaling'. This study largely concentrated on the Potential Repository Zone (PRZ) an approximately four square kilometre area near the village of
Gosforth. The key task of this study was to define an index of rock properties derived from geophysical log measurements down each of the boreholes in the PRZ. This index was then used to extrapolate those properties across a volume, as sampled by the three-dimensional seismic survey, aiming to allow prediction of rock properties at any location within that volume.
Location and geological setting The Sellafield site is in west Cumbria, England and situated between the coast of the East Irish Sea and the Lake District National Park. A map of the area is shown as Fig. 1. Up to the end of 1995 twenty-six boreholes were drilled within the area as part of the site investigation. The geology from each borehole has been fully described ( Nirex 1993; 1995a,b). The regional basement in the Sellafield area is the Borrowdale Volcanic Group (BVG) which consists of a complex group of Ordovician tufts, lapilli tufts and acidic lavas with local intermediate and basic intrusions, and volcaniclastic sediments. (Millward et al. 1994). The BVG was deposited as a largely sub-aerial volcanic system formed by an island arc on the southern margin of the Iapetus Ocean. The BVG is unconform-
THE NIREX INVESTIGATION OF THE SELLAFIELD REGION ably overlain by a south-westerly thickening Carboniferous Limestone and Permo-Triassic succession. The Permo-Triassic forms the subcrop across most of the Sellafield area. The BVG and (where present) the Carboniferous Limestone are unconformably overlain by the Brockram, a Permian fluvial breccia conglomerate with up to cobble sized clasts. The upper part of the Brockram near the coast passes laterally into the St Bees Shale and Evaporite (Nirex 1993). The St Bees Evaporite comprises dolomite and anhydrite, and the St Bees Shale is a laminated sandstone, siltstone and claystone formation. The St Bees Shale is conformably overlain by the dominantly fluvial St Bees Sandstone (Barnes et al. 1994) of Triassic age. This is a sandstone and claystone, with the claystone increasing markedly down succession, particularly in the North Head Member at the base. The St Bees Sandstone is overlain by the Triassic aeolian Calder Sandstone which forms the subcrop in the PRZ area. The easternmost of the Sellafield boreholes (9A and 9B) were drilled into outcropping BVG with the Permo-Triassic succession outcropping to the southwest of these boreholes. This succession thickens towards the southwest reaching a thickness of 1700m at the Irish Sea coast. In the PRZ area there is 400 to 500 m of sedimentary cover overlying the basement. The Permo-Triassic succession occurs on the eastern margin of the East Irish Sea Basin, an extensional basin associated with prolonged east-west extension resulting in the dominantly north-south faulting seen today (Jackson et al., 1995).
Data sources High quality geological and geophysical data have been acquired across the Sellafield region during the site investigation. All twenty-six boreholes have been geophysically logged using comprehensive suites of state of the art tools, including borehole imaging. In addition, the boreholes have been extensively cored, allowing continuous detailed geological and discontinuity description to be undertaken. Detailed gravity and magnetic survey data has been acquired across the Sellafield region, as well as twodimensional seismic data. The geology of the PRZ area has been the subject of a highly detailed investigation. Up to the end of 1995 eleven boreholes (Boreholes 2, 4 & 5; RCF1, 2 & 3, RCM1, 2 & 3; PRZ2 & 3) were drilled within an area measuring only 1200 m by 800 m across the ground surface. All penetrated to the BVG, the deepest borehole
99
penetrated to 1600m below ground level. All boreholes have been cored from within the St Bees Sandstone succession to terminal depth within the BVG, with total core recovery in excess of 95% (close to 100% in some of the later boreholes). In addition, a high quality trial three-dimensional seismic survey has been acquired across part of the PRZ area. Data acquired within the PRZ area therefore allows particular scope for both deriving detailed rock properties and up-scaling between different datasets.
Deriving characteristic rock properties The first stage of this project involved the derivation of the average rock properties in each borehole, for each of the major formations in the Sellafield area. These average properties were then used to determine whether a particular formation was essentially constant across the area or whether there were significant regional and/or local variations in the rock properties. Where significant variations in rock properties were found the possible causes for the variation were examined. This exercise was first carried out on a regional scale and then concentrated in more detail upon the PRZ area. Rock properties were studied by comparison of geophysical borehole logs from across the area. Geophysical logs were chosen because of the consistent way that the data was acquired, both in terms of techniques and sampling rates. This allows for easy comparison between boreholes some distance apart. The main characteristics of the rock properties studied were identified by statistical and graphical techniques of data comparison.
Stud), o f velocity Although many rock properties have been measured at various scales, compressional velocity is one of the few to have been measured at all scales, from core to seismic scale. It was therefore chosen as the most representative property for analysis as an example of the average rock property behaviour. The compressional velocity of a rock formation is controlled by the matrix density, the porosity and the fluid composition. Compressional velocity data for each of the three data scales were derived by different techniques. Core scale data for each of the main rock types were provided by laboratory testing on core samples. Wireline log scale data were derived from sonic velocity logging. Larger scale
100
A. KINGDON ET AL.
Fig. 2. Percentage frequency histogram of bulk compressional velocity for the main stratigraphic units of the PRZ.
data were derived directly from the two way transit velocities from seismic survey information. Figure 2 shows a frequency histogram of bulk compressional velocity. This shows the velocity distributions for the three rock types present in this area (the St Bees Sandstone, Brockram and BVG) in the PRZ. The statistics are derived from the total geophysical logging measurements in each borehole from within the area. The mean velocity of the St Bees Sandstone is shown to be between 3.5 to 4.5 kms -l, the Brockram between 4.5 to 5.5 kms -1 and the BVG between 6.0 to 7.0 km s 1. Variations in velocity within the range for the individual rock type are caused by differences in the properties of the materials. This study aimed to identify these differences and to attempt to understand their origin. More detailed studies of the nature of the velocity distributions have been made for two rock types: the St Bees Sandstone and the BVG. This was done initially on a regional scale and subsequently more locally in the PRZ area. The Brockram is of a fairly consistent thickness across the Sellafield Region (approximately 100m) and shows remarkably homogeneous properties. As a consequence, no further attempt has been made to characterize variation in rock properties for this lithology.
Regional studies of velocity The regional pattern of velocity was studied using graphs of midpoint depth against mean formation velocity for each borehole. The midpoint depth of a formation is defined as the point equidistant between the top and base of the sampled section of a formation, regardless of whether the borehole had sampled the entire thickness of the formation. This allows comparison of the compressional velocities between boreholes without any overprinting of the effects of velocity changes within the formation. The mean velocities have been derived from geophysical logs of the formation and are expressed on the graph as kilometres per second. Figure 3 is a graph of midpoint depth against velocity for the St Bees Sandstone in each of the boreholes in the Sellafield region where the formation is present. Figure 4 shows the same data types for the BVG. Boreholes are shown using different symbols depending on whether they fall inside or outside the boundaries of the PRZ area. Also plotted on the graph are typical core sample data that have been pressurized under laboratory conditions to simulated depths.
Results of studies of velocity against midpoint depths. Figure 3 shows that mean compressional
THE NIREX INVESTIGATION OF THE SELLAFIELD REGION
Fig. 3. A graph of midpoint depth against compressional velocity for the St Bees Sandstone.
Fig. 4. A graph of midpoint depth against velocity for the Borrowdale Volcanics Group.
101
102
A. KINGDON ET AL.
velocity of the St Bees Sandstone increases with midpoint depth in a smooth curve. This exponential increase in velocity with depth is well documented as being caused by decreasing effective porosity due to increased overburden pressure (Birch 1960). The results from the core samples also demonstrate that increasing depth results in an increase in compressional velocity. The velocity results from the core samples is somewhat lower than the velocities from equivalent bulk depths derived from geophysical logs in the boreholes. This is a consequence of the samples being tested whilst dry (i.e. the pore space was air filled rather than saturated with water). Figure 4 shows a plot of midpoint depth against compressional velocity for those boreholes in the Sellafield region where the BVG is present. This plot shows a relatively complex pattern in comparison with the St Bees Sandstone. Most boreholes show a mean velocity over the BVG interval of between 5.0 to 5.5 km s l.The boreholes in the PRZ area (with the exception of borehole PRZ3) showing a distinct clustering of mean velocities. Three boreholes 9B, 8B and PRZ3 show significantly lower mean velocities. The first two of these boreholes penetrate a short distance into the BVG. Detailed logging of the Borehole 8B core (Nirex 1995a) suggested that the top section of the BVG is highly altered, which was the only part of the BVG sampled in this borehole. In the case of Borehole 9B, which was drilled where the BVG outcrops at surface, the rocks will have been affected by recent weathering. As these effects will have had a significant influence on rock properties of these two boreholes, the data are not comparable with the other boreholes and they have not therefore been included in the study of the average rock properties of the deep BVG. In the case of borehole PRZ3, where the BVG is covered by a thick Permo-Triassic succession, the difference could not be readily explained in this way and the BVG velocities from this borehole are therefore seen to be significantly anomalous. An independent quality assurance check of the geophysical logging of Borehole PRZ3 did not indicate any systematic error in the acquisition and processing stages. Borehole PRZ3 was targeted to intersect a fault, Fault F1, in the BVG and it is likely that the mean velocity results from this borehole reflect a large proportion of 'faulted rock'. The velocities of the available core samples in the BVG are slightly higher than the wireline derived mean formation velocities, despite the core samples again having been tested whilst dry. This is inferred to be due to the porosity of
the material being sufficiently small that the compaction effect is not as significant. Of greater significance to the properties of the core samples is the fact that core tests were by definition carried out on samples of intact rock. The properties of these samples therefore varies from the bulk rock sampled by geophysical logs, which includes the effects of non-intact and fractured rock. This suggests that the variations of the bulk rock properties from those of intact rock may be a consequence of the discontinuities within the rock mass.
Local studies gf velocity More detailed analysis of the bulk rock velocity properties for the boreholes in the PRZ region was carried out using box and whisker plots. Box and whisker plots (Figs 5, 6 and 7 and 11) are a graphical technique which permits an overview of a complete data distribution, excluding only anomalous data at the extremes of the distribution. This permits the statistical comparison of almost the entire data distribution between all the boreholes. The variation in the range of data as well as average properties can therefore be assessed. Figure 5 shows the symbols used to describe different parts of the data distribution on box and whisker plots. Figure 6 is a box and whisker plot of the velocity distributions of the St Bees Sandstone for the boreholes in the PRZ. The column on the right-hand side of this diagram shows the combined properties for all the boreholes. The quartile range of the velocity for all the PRZ boreholes is between 3.6 and 4.4 kms 1. The bulk rock properties from all boreholes are essentially consistent between all the PRZ boreholes. This indicates that there is little regional variation in the bulk rock properties of the St Bees Sandstone in this area. Two additional datasets are also displayed on this plot, the core properties and the faulted rock properties. Core properties were derived from laboratory tests on intact core samples. Laboratory testing of the properties of the fault rock was difficult as fault rock is by definition nonintact. The fault properties shown here were therefore derived from geophysical log measurements. The standard geophysical log measuring increment of 6 inches (15.24cm) means that statistically valid samples are hard to obtain from faults with limited borehole intersections. Therefore properties were only derived for faults with borehole intersections greater than 50 centimetres. The core sample seismic velocities are seen to be much lower (interquartile range for all
THE NIREX INVESTIGATION OF THE SELLAFIELD REGION NUMBER OF POINTS
NUMBER OF POINTS
103
NUMBER (')F" POIN'IS
95%
_
UPPER QUARTILE
UPPER QUARTILE
UPPER QUARTILE
MEDIAN
MEDIAN
MEDIAN
MEAN
MEAN
MEAN
LOWER QUARTILE
LOWER QUARTILE
LOWER QUARTILE
-
5%
FAULT PROPERTIES
BULK PROPERTIES
CORE PROPERTIES
Fig. 5. Key to the symbols used on a box and whisker plot.
5.0 1596
1378
?-7 10
1647
9
22
2411
2506
75
2293
2428
1627
18
2645
2605
9
2475
23611
121
59
4.5-
I
~'~ 4.0--
r~
I
tI
3.5-
3.0--
I ,.,
I ,.,
I -
I ~
i ~
i .~
i .~, i ,~
i ~.~ i ~
i ,0,, i ~.
I
BOREHOLE NAMES
Fig. 6. Box and whisker plot of compressional velocity for the St Bees Sandstone Group. boreholes 3.4 to 3.8 k m s -1) than those of the bulk rock as they were tested on dry samples (see above). The fault data are also somewhat lower (interquartile range for all boreholes 3.3 to 3.9 k m s 1). Whilst the interpretation of these two
datasets was hampered by the small number of sample points and the sampling bias, it is clear that the properties of fault rock are significantly different to the bulk rock. This can be seen in the 'total column' which includes the summed data
104
A. KINGDON E T AL. 7.0
7238 85 t l i
5482 378 76
4950 104 75
168
389 27
3878 77
3@66 118
2911 23
14188 43
1480 28
3046 119
6.0
5.0"
4.0'
B
34896 1002 262
tt ti
I
3.0
BOREHOLE NAMES
Fig. 7. Box and whisker plot of compressional velocity for the Borrowdale Volcanic Group.
Fig. 8. Cross-plot of density against neutron porosity fo the St Bees Sandstone Group showing depth as the z-axis.
THE NIREX INVESTIGATION OF THE SELLAFIELD REGION for all boreholes. As can be seen in Figure 7 most boreholes in the PRZ area shows a consistent set of bulk rock velocity (interquartile ranges between 5.0 to 6.1 kms-1). Only borehole PRZ3 displays significantly different properties with lower values (interquartile range 4.5 to 5.0 kms-l). Comparison of the three measurements for each borehole provided important evidence to the controlling mechanism for bulk rock properties. Whilst core derived intact rock properties showed somewhat higher velocities than the bulk rock properties in almost all cases, the fault derived velocity values were significantly lower than the equivalent bulk rock properties and showed greater variability. The difference between bulk rock and intact rock is, by definition, the discontinuities of which fault rock was the only measurable example. Hence the discontinuities must be the dominant controlling factor on the bulk rock properties of the BVG. In the case of borehole PRZ3 the velocity measurements showed a very localized anomaly, consistent with the targeting of the borehole into a faulted zone.
Causes of variataions of rock properties in the St Bees Sandstone The compressional velocity distribution of the boreholes described above shows that the
105
velocity profile of the St Bees Sandstone largely reflects the depth of burial and there is therefore an increase in average velocity to the south-west where the midpoint depth of the formation is greater. Figure 8 shows a typical cross plot of percentage porosity against density of the St Bees Sandstone from Borehole 2. The depth of each point is displayed as the z-axis (the colouration of the points in Fig. 8). The diagram shows that most of the data plots along a line, with density increasing as porosity decreases and depth increases. This distribution is caused by compaction (due to increasing overburden pressure) leading to decreasing porosity with depth. Some variations from this simple distribution are seen. In order to understand the anomalous points, the effects of variations in lithology had to be quantified. Figure 9 shows the densityporosity cross plot for the same data but with the z-axis now showing the gamma-ray count from each point. This clearly shows the effects of lithological change as higher gamma counts occur in those parts of the distribution which do not follow the simple trend. This is because these zones are not clean sandstone but contain a significant proportion of claystone. These two diagrams therefore indicate that the dominant control on the bulk rock properties of the St Bees Sandstone was depth of burial and lithological variation.
Fig. 9. Cross plot of density against neutron porosity for the St Bees Sandstone Group showing gamma ray as the z-axis.
106
A. KINGDON E T AL.
Fig. 10. Cross plot of shallow resistivity against neutron porosity for the Borrowdale Volcanic Group.
Fig. 11. Box and whisker plot of gamma ray for the Borrowdale Volcanic Group.
THE NIREX INVESTIGATION OF THE SELLAFIELD REGION
107
Causes of variations of r o c k properties in the Borrowdale Volcanic Group Figure 8 showed that whilst the BVG showed fairly homogeneous properties between boreholes across most of the P R Z area, there is significant variation of properties within each borehole. The nature of these variations was therefore investigated further using an example borehole. Figure 10 shows a neutron porosity against shallow resistivity cross plot with gamma ray counts as the z-axis. Two main clusters are seen on this graph. The bulk of data points are shown to be highly resistive, low porosity with a low gamma ray count. These values represent the properties of the intact rock. In addition a smaller cluster of points with low resistivity, higher porosity and high gamma ray counts are also seen. The higher gamma ray counts are probably caused by the alteration minerals found around discontinuities within the rock mass. This data acted as a further indication that the dominant control over the bulk rock properties of the BVG are the nature of the discontinuities within the rock mass rather than the intact properties of the rock itself. In an attempt to quantify the effects of the properties of the faults on the bulk rock properties a box and whisker plot of the gamma ray counts for the BVG of the P R Z boreholes was produced (Fig. 11). In most of the boreholes with a statistically significant sample of fault rock, the gamma ray response is approximately 5 API higher in the fault rock than in the bulk rock. This can be seen most clearly in the total (all boreholes) column on the right-hand side of the diagram. This is not an ideal presentational medium because a fault in an already low gamma ray formation may have a lower count than high gamma background elsewhere in the borehole. Variations in the condition of the boreholes will also significantly affect the results. The data for Borehole RCM3 is dominated by a single large fault close to the top of the BVG where low gamma is recorded because of poor hole conditions (the caliper increases from 6 to 16 inches through this fault). Despite these problems the diagram does clearly show that gamma ray counts are higher in fault zones than in bulk rock.
Data scales and up-scaling Relating physical properties derived from one scale to another represents a significant problem. Prediction of the rock properties through a given
Fig. 12. A diagrammatic fractal distribution: the Sierpinski Gasket.
volume, such as those sampled by the trial 3-D seismic survey are important for successful engineering design of tunnels, shafts etc. The P R Z area has eleven deep boreholes drilled by Nirex, and several drilled previously by British Steel and its precursors, and yet less than one five millionths of the total volume of the P R Z has been directly sampled by coring. In order to scientifically justify the up-scaling of known properties (derived from either direct measurements on core or indirect measurements from geophysical logging tools) it is important to demonstrate that at least over a small but significant part of the scale, properties are comparable. If this can be done then 'up-scaling' of data can be seen as a legitimate concept, although it should be treated with caution.
Fractals A true fractal relationship is a relationship between two variables that does not change with scale. Whilst it is unlikely that any relationship is truly fractal in a natural system, if a relationship could be demonstrated over a number of orders of magnitude then this could be used to justify up-scaling of data from one scale to another. Figure 12 shows a diagrammatic fractal relationship, the Sierpinski Gasket. Each size of triangles is related to the next largest and next smallest size of triangles by the same scale and geometric relationships, up to the limits of page size in one extreme and print resolution in the other. An attempt was made to study discontinuities in the Sellafield area at two separate scales: distances between individual discontinuities measured directly from the core and distances between seismically resolved faults. This was
108
A. KINGDON ET AL.
Fig. 13. Log-log plot showing fractal distribution of borehole discontinuities in borehole 8B.
done firstly to assess whether fracture distributions were fractal at each scale and then to see whether any link between data at the two scales could be established.
Discontinuity separation Various techniques have been derived to study the fractal dimension for a distribution of naturally occurring phenomena. This study was carried out using the Spacing Population Technique (after Harris et al. 1991) which is both straight forward and applicable to the type of data to be examined. The basic dataset for this study was the borehole discontinuity log, produced for Nirex by Gibb Deep Geology Group (GDGG) from direct measurement of the core. This lists, for each borehole, all the occurrences of faults, veins, joints and other discontinuities, ordered by depth. All discontinuities with a non-structural origin were removed, such as bedding features, stylolites in the Carboniferous Limestone and those fractures in the core that were induced by the drilling process.
Methodology The Spacing Population Technique is based on cumulative frequency distributions derived incrementally from large (infrequent) to small
(frequent) events. In this case, classes of 0.1 m to 100m were used as applicable to borehole discontinuity spacing, covering three full log cycles. In order to analyse the data an approximate geometric progression was used to divide the data up into frequency classes suitable for log-log output. The cumulative frequency data wwere plotted as a log-log plot. To be considered fractal the distribution had to plot as a straight line (showing that the relationship is scale invariant and conforms to the following function):
y=ax - D where: y = probability (cumulative frequency); a = a prefactor; x = the discontinuity spacing; D = t h e line gradient (i.e. the fractal dimension). For a distribution to be considered fractal the data should be linear across at least one order of magnitude.
Results of fractal analysis Figure 13 shows a cumulative frequency log-log plot for Borehole 8B, which gives the results of the fractal analysis of borehole discontinuities in this borehole. Some of the limitations of the fractal technique are demonstrated by this dataset. Whilst natural fractals should be proved
THE NIREX INVESTIGATION OF THE SELLAFIELD REGION
109
Fig. 14. Log-log plot showing fractal modelling of seismic scale faults for the base Carboniferous.
to exist in any relationship over several orders of magnitude, any single measurement technique may only characterize a subset of this total range. The limits for identification of fractal patterns are often therefore controlled by limitations in the sampling method. In this study for instance the core fracture dataset was reliant on the human eye to identify individual fractures. Very closely spaced fractures lead inevitably to highly broken core and poor core recovery, so that such zones are preferentially undersampled. Rock, heavily fractured by localized, closely spaced events is essentially indistinguishable from large fractures and will behave in a similar way. Major fault systems have not been sufficiently sampled by boreholes to permit fractal analysis at this scale, whereas the threedimensional seismic survey only identifies faults either by 'significant' offset of marker lithological contacts or directly where the thickness of fault-rock is sufficient to cause a velocity contrast. Also the Sellafield Site boreholes cannot be labelled a random unbiased dataset, as some of the boreholes were specifically targeted at some of the major faults in the region. The borehole 8B fracture set shows a clear fractal relationship over two orders of magnitude, i.e. at fracture spacings from 20cm to 10m, with a regression coefficient of R 2= 0.9996, very close to a perfect straight line.
Fractal events at the seismic scale Large events, such as major faults, although
sampled by boreholes, occur only infrequently and the dataset is statistically insignificant in any one borehole. Therefore another measurement technique must be used to sample the larger faults. An obvious alternative method is to examine faults identified from a two-dimensional seismic grid. This dataset was used in this study for a comparison with the borehole derived results. It was important to make clear at this stage that these were not identical datasets simply measured at different scales. Seismic reflection profiles (and in particular widely spaced two-dimensional seismic data) tend to resolve only large scale fault zones rather than distinguishing individual minor fault strands such as those which would be delineated from borehole core.
Methodology In order to get an acceptable level of coverage of fault features with a common resolution, offshore seismic reflection data from near the Sellafield site were used for this study. Unlike boreholes, which essentially sample a onedimensional environment, the interpreted seismic fault maps used in this part of the study were two-dimensional in character. The dataset in this case were fault maps stored in a database of faults derived from V U L C A N software modelling of the regional structure. A different sampling technique was used in order to develop cumulative frequency data. In this case a two-dimensional 'box counting' method was applied. This was done by overlaying the maps to be studied with grids of
110
A. KINGDON ET AL.
Fig. 15. Log-log plot showing fractal modelling of seismic scale faults for the base permo-trials.
square boxes. These boxes each had sides of length d and the number of boxes containing fault features was counted (given as Nd). The exercise was repeated several times with boxes of progressively shorter side length d (i.e. the grids become finer). The number of filled boxes (Na) was plotted on a log-log plot against box size dimension (d). If the relationship between the two variables is fractal it produces a straight line of gradient - D , which should be in the range 1.0 < D < 2.0 (Hirata 1989)
Results of fractal modelling of seismic scale
faults Two different seismic base maps of the East Irish Sea basin were studied (Nirex 1995b); The base Carboniferous (Fig. 14) and Base Permo-Triassic (Figure 15). Both showed very clear fractal patterns over the scale range from 200m to 1 km, with regression coefficients of R 2= 0.999 in both cases. Fractal patterns have been demonstrated over two different scale ranges for discontinuity spacing events. The regression coefficient for both sets of events was very close to one (i.e. a completely fractal pattern). However the scaling exponents, sometimes known as the fractal dimension, differ suggesting that fracture spacing is a scale dependent parameter. These relationships provide evidence that up-scaling of discontinuity events from features measured in core and at the seismic scale are valid within
Fig. 16. An idealized artifical neural network.
their respective scale ranges. It is also possible to debate that if up-scaling is valid over both these ranges there may be the possibility of establishing a relationship between the different fractal equations and thus defining an up-scaling function all the way from micro fracture scale to major faulting.
Neural network modelling Artificial Neural Networks (ANNs) are a computer modelling technique that work in a manner analogous to the processes of a mammalian brain. They are based on simple linear processing elements which interact to form
THE NIREX INVESTIGATION OF THE SELLAFIELD REGION
111
Fig. 17. Results of neural network modelling for RCFl: zonation of fracturing from actual and predicted fracture frequency.
Fig. 18. Results of neural networks modelling for RCF2: zonation of fracturing from actual and predicted fracture frequency.
complex non-linear behaviour. A N N s can 'learn' to recognize patterns in data and develop their own generalizations. A diagrammatic model of an idealized artificial neural network is shown in Fig. 16. Fracture frequency measured from borehole core was not easy to predict with any degree of accuracy from conventional geophysical log measurements. Whilst borehole imaging tools go some way to addressing this issue, it was not always possible to distinguish between features such as bedding features and discontinuities.
Neural networks may allow another approach in identifying fracture frequency.
Multi-layer preceptron This study used a type of A N N called a multilayer preceptron (MLP) to model the relationship between core derived fracture frequency and geophysical log measurements. The MLP consists of a series of simple processing elements (nodes) connected to one another. In operation the node receives several
ll2
A. KINGDON ET AL.
inputs which it sums. The strength of the node's response is proportional to the sum of the inputs. Nodes are placed in layers such that each node from one layer is connected to every node in the next layer. These connections are weighted and weights are changed according to the relative importance accorded to each layer. Input data are fed through the network and compared with the output data. Discrepancies between the input and output datasets result in changes in the weighting in connections. Over a number of iterations the network 'learns' which inputs have the greatest effect on output. This type of ANN, where data are fed through the network and error fed back, is known as a feed forward back-propagating network.
Use of artificial neural networks in this study Artificial neural networks were used in this study to attempt to model fracture frequency from conventional geophysical log inputs. Fracture frequency was derived from the borehole discontinuity logging file, binned at intervals of one metre. The two datasets were not immediately analogous because fracture frequency had been calculated per metre whereas geophysical logs conventionally sample at 0.1524m (6 inches). Geophysical logs were filtered using a twelve point moving average filter using BGS WELLOG software. Data were then interpolated to a one metre value and extracted in EXCEL 5.0 for manipulation. Six geophysical logs were used as input for this study: density, neutron porosity, gamma ray, shallow resistivity, compressional velocity and shear velocity. The fracture frequency data were also subject to some biasing and were therefore subjected to a five point moving average filter. These were also exported from BGS WELLOG software to EXCEL 5.0. Neural network modelling for this study used Neural Connections V1.0 software from SPSS. Various network topologies and statistical test were applied to validate the results. The software selected the network topology, usually the X-3-1 layout (X nodes in the input layer, three hidden layer nodes and a single output node).
Network training Training was highly important to the performance of a neural network. Although it was possible for ANNs to generalize and infer noise obscured properties, the network response was better where it has been trained by high quality data. In this exercise data from boreholes in the PRZ area were used to model the fracture
Fig. 19. Comparison of RMR and wireline logs for borehole RCF2.
frequency values for BVG sections in boreholes RCF1 and RCF2. The training dataset consisted of the following data segments 840-1015 mbRT (metres below the rotary table datum) from RCF1, 525.5-750 mbRT from RCF2 and 732.5-932.5 mbRT from RCF3. The data were run through a network in its natural order and then randomized to compare the performance of the network.
Results of neural network analysis Figures 17 and 18 show the results of the neural network analysis for boreholes RCF1 and RCF2. This dataset shows clearly both the uses and the limitations of using ANNs for modelling. Whilst in some parts of both boreholes, the actual fracture frequency had been modelled with some accuracy, in others the modelling had not adequately resolved the distribution. The actual fracture frequency was shown at the top of both diagrams with zones of similar levels of general fracturing marked by a black line. The bottom diagram shows the A N N predicted results, again with a black line marking the zones of similarity. Comparison of both boreholes shows that the models were good at distinguishing the background level of fracturing in the boreholes. The biggest problems in the models were at the data extremities. Although this technique was not perfect it does again give clear indications that the fracture frequency data
THE NIREX INVESTIGATION OF THE SELLAFIELD REGION derived from core can be up-scaled to be modelled by geophysical logs.
Comparison of RMR and conventional wireline logs The rock mass rating (RMR) is an industry standard rock quality and strength index derived from direct measurement of the physical attributes of the core and is completely independent of wireline log measurements. This measurement allows an accurate assessment of rock strength, but is labour intensive and therefore expensive to collect. R M R is calculated for whole and partial core runs and is reported for Boreholes RCF1, RCF2 and RCF3 in 3 m intervals. Figure 19 shows the results of a comparison of R M R with two conventional wireline log measurements from the same borehole over a given interval. The degree of correlation between these two sets of measurements is high despite the wholly different derivation and supports upscaling of the wireline log data from a measurement scale of 15cm to at least 3 m by simple arithmetic averaging.
Conclusion Whilst neither the fractals nor the artificial neural network derived models showed exact matches with the core derived data from which they were extrapolated, both showed that there was considerable scope for the belief that using the correct criteria, it is possible to up-scale data to match both wireline and seismic scale data. The Rock Characterization Facility (RCF) proposed at Sellafield requires detailed rock properties to be derived from boreholes and extrapolated across a wider area to allow for prediction of the likely tunnelling parameters. Where three-dimensional seismic survey data are available across an area, it should be possible to derive rock properties at a borehole scale and extrapolate them across a three-dimensional volume to give an accurate prediction of the nature of the RCF site. This was dependent upon a detailed knowledge of the rock properties and accurate correlation of core and seismic properties. The concept of up-scaling parameters derived at one scale to another may be feasible but needs
113
considerable more research to prove valid. If suitable algorithms can be derived, then extrapolation of geophysical parameters derived from geophysical logs or cores, across a three-dimensional seismic grid, should allow detailed prediction of the properties for that volume of the rock mass.
References BARNES, R. P., AMBROSE, K., HOLLIDAY, D. W. & JONES, N. S. 1994. Lithostratigraphic subdivision of the Triassic Sherwood Sandstone Group in West Cumbria. Proceedings of the Yorkshire Geological Society, 50, 51-61. BIRCH, F. 1960. The velocity of compressional waves in rocks to l0 kilobars, Part 1. Journal of Geophysical Research, 65, 1083-1102. CHADWICK,R. A., KIRBY, G. A. & BAILY,H. E. 1994. The post-Triassic structural evolution of northwest England and adjoining parts of the East Irish Sea. Proceedings of the Yorkshire Geological Society, 50, 91-103. CHAeLOW, R. 1996. The geology and hydrogeology of Sellafield : an overview. Proceedings of the NIREX seminar, 11 May 1994. Quarterly Journal of Engineering Geology, 29, Supplement 1. HARRIS, C., FRANSSEN, R. & LOOSVELD, R. 1991. Fractal analysis of fractures in rocks: the Cantors dust method-comment, Tectonophysics, 198, 189197. HIRATA,T. 1989. Fractal Dimension of fault systems in Japan: fractal structure in rock fracture geometry at various scales. Journal of Geophysical Research. 94, 7507-7514 JACKSON,D. I., JACKSON,A. A., EVANS,D., WINGEIELD, R. T. R., BARNES,R. P. & ARTHUR, M. J. 1995. United Kingdom offshore regional report. the geology of the Irish Sea. British Geological Survey. MILLWARD, O., BEDDOE-StEPHENS, B., WILLIAMSON, I. T., YOUNG, S. R. & PETTERSON, M. G. 1994. Lithostratigraphy of a concealed caldera-related ignimbrite sequence within the Borrowdale Volcanic Group of west Cumbria, Proceedings of the Yorkshire Geological Society, 50, 25-36. NIREX, 1993. The Geology and hydrogeology of the Sellafield area, Volume 1: The Geology. Nirex report 524. NIREX, 1995a. The Geology of the Sellafield Boreholes Nos. 8A and 8B. Nirex report 638. NIREX, 1995b. Sellafield geological and hydrogeological investigations. Factual report-compilation of maps and drawings, Volume 1 of 2. Nirex report SA/95/ 02.
Forward modelling of the physical properties of oceanic sediments: constraints from core and logs, with palaeoclimatic implications C. LAUER-LEREDDE, 1'2, P. A. PEZARD, 1'3, F. TOURON 4 & I. D E K E Y S E R 2 t Laboratoire de Mesures en Forage (ODP), IMT, 13451 Marseille cedex 20, France 2 Centre d'Oc~anologie de Marseille, CNRS (URA 41), Universitd d'Aix-Marseille H, 13288 Marseille cedex 09, France 3 Laboratoire de POtrologie Magmatique, CNRS (UPRES A 6018), CEREGE, 13545 Aixen-Provence cedex 04, France 4 Gafa Entreprises, 16 Boulevard Notre-Dame, 13006 Marseille, France
Abstract: A new methodological approach based on the analysis of core data, logs and highresolution electrical images of borehole surfaces (FMS) is developed in order to improve the study of oceanic sediments from physical properties. This approach is tested on data obtained in the context of the Ocean Drilling Program (Japan Sea, Leg 128, Hole 798B). The downhole measurements and FMS images exhibit a cyclic pattern reflecting variations in oceanic surface productivity combined with continental aeolian supply due to palaeoclimatic changes. On the basis of m-scale physical measurements, cm-scale FMS images and measurements on core, the objective is to deconvolve the variations in sedimentary supply of oceanic and continental components through time and to compute the intrinsic formation factor versus depth. The latter topic is approached in two ways: first by conventional log analysis, then with a new iterative forward modelling method. In the second case, the low frequency electrical resistivity log (SFL) is modelled using a numerical modelling code (Resmod2D e:) in order to obtain an accurate formation electrical resistivity model (Rt), where individual beds are derived from FMS images. An analytical routine is also used to model the natural gamma-ray measurement (CGR). While the conventional log analysis allows deconvolution of the sedimentary supplies, the forward modelling leads to a greater resolution and accuracy in more precise sediment characterization, such as that obtained from the derivation of the formation factor.
Unlike the core material, downhole logs provide continuous high resolution records. The logs reflect the physical and chemical variability of the drilled sequence. Several logging tools based on widely varying physical principles (electric, acoustic, nuclear . . . . ) are used. The logs offer different perspectives about changes in sediment composition. Hence, extracting sediment characteristics or palaeoclimatic information from downhole logs appears as a promising field of application. The principal limitation on integrating logging data for sedimentary and palaeoclimatic studies is the absence of a generally applicable method to transform logging data into reliable sediment physical properties or palaeoclimatic data. The major objective of this study is to develop a new methodological a p p r o a c h using, in combination, logging, coring data and highresolution electrical images (FMS) to derive the detailed structure of near sea-floor sediments. The method is tested on data obtained in the
context of the Ocean Drilling Program (ODP) at Oki Ridge in the Japan Sea (Leg 128 Hole 798B). Core data are first used to construct a mineralogical model of the sedimentary formation at Site 798. Classical log analysis is then applied to deconvolve the different sedimentary inputs and to compute a continuous formation factor (FF), which offers a tool to describe the sediment pore structure. However, this approach is limited by the vertical resolution of each sensor, that is half a metre on average for traditional downhole measurements (e.g. logs). An original approach combining analytical and numerical modelling is proposed here to perform a small scale analysis of downhole logs through the computation of the formation factor.
Geological setting at Site 798 Site 798 (37~ 134~ is located in the southeastern Japan Sea, about 160km north of the western coast of Honshu. The site is
115 LAUER-LEREDDE,C., PEZARD,P. A., TOURON,F. & DEKEYSER,1. 1998. Forward modelling of the physical properties of oceanic sediments: constraints from core and logs, with palaeoclimatic implications. In: HARVEY,P. K. & LOVELL,M. A. (eds) Core-Log Integration, Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 136, 115-127
116
C. LAUER-LEREDDE E T AL.
Fig. 1. Location map of the area surrounding Hole 798B.
positioned over a small sediment-filled graben on top of Oki Ridge, in 911.1 m water depth (Fig. 1). A 517m thick sediment sequence of late/early Pliocene to Holocene age was drilled; diatomaceous ooze, diatomaceous clay, silty clay, clay, and siliceous claystone are the predominant sediments. The primary drilling objective at this site was to obtain a complete Neogene sequence of pelagic-hemipelagic sediments deposited above the local carbonate compensation depth (CCD), currently near 1500 m, in order to obtain a detailed description of the sedimentary input at the site. The strategically positioned location and the high avera/~e sediment accumulation rate (about 12 cm ka -~) at Site 798 are ideal to study the local sedimentology in relation to global palaeoclimatology. This site is of great interest for two prevailing sedimentary supplies are defined from smear slides observations (Ingle et al. 1990) and FMS images (Fig. 2). The upper 300 m of FMS images (late Pliocene/Pleistocene) are characterized by rythmic changes between dark, laminated, diatom- and organic carbon-rich conductive intervals, and light-coloured, nonbioturbated to bioturbated, clay-rich, resistive intervals (F611mi et al. 1992). To investigate the sedimentary origin of these cycles, Dunbar et al. (1992) analysed a total of 913 samples for biogenic opal content (Fig. 3): major features of the opal record are a general trend of increasing opal fraction with depth, and cyclic variations between high and low values at a period of approximately 40 ka. The opal content varies between 3 and 43 Wt% in the upper 320m. DeMenocal et al. (1992) also analysed contiguous samples over three intervals located between 100 and 320 mbsf (metres below sea
Fig. 2. Formation MicroScanner (FMS) micro-resistivity images from the ODP Hole 798B (from 200 to 300 mbsf). The images are azimuthal traces of the four pads pressed along the borehole wall. Black represents low resistivity, and white, high resistivity.
FORWARD MODELLING OF OCEANIC SEDIMENT PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Core
SVL (Ohm m)
Opal
recovery _
o~
~o
(wt%) 20 30
117
0.45
40
so
loo
0.55
0.65
100
OPAL (%) II0
10
.
lo
,,0
110
120
120
130
130
100 I
s
140
m
140
8 150 200 i
150
Fig. 4. Correlation between the SFL log and opal percent measured on core in ODP Hole 798B (after DeMenocal et al. 1992).
I
No data 2so
300
Fig. 3. Weight percent biogenic opal versus depth in ODP Hole 798B (after Dunbar et al. 1992).
floor). These samples were analysed for major sediment composition: biogenic opal content varies between 5 and 40%, and terrigenous silts and clays, between 40 and 80%. Core-log correlations were established using ash layers identified in core photographs and Formation MicroScanner T M (FMS) images. High opal values result in low gamma ray, bulk density, grain densities, and resistivity log values. There is a close correspondance between the SFL and the opal data (Fig. 4). Low opal content is balanced by increases in terrigenous sediment, and this is recorded by high gamma ray log values (DeMenocal et al. 1992). Core-log comparisons therefore demonstrate that log cycles reflect variations in terrigenous sediment supply and diatomaceous opal. Diatom tests are
the dominant opaline component throughout the upper 300m; radiolarians and silicoflagellates contribute in a minor way to the opal flux (Ingle et al. 1990). The periodicity of the sedimentary cycles was estimated with standard-power spectral analysis method (Imbrie et al. 1984): the power spectra of the gamma-ray (SGR) time series showed a peak at about 40 ka, probably a climatic expression of the 41ka 'Milankovitch-type' cyclicity (DeMenocal et al. 1992). This suggested that the earth obliquity was the driving factor of climate and sedimentary supply in this region over the last 3 Ma. The diatomaceous sediments of the dark facies, and the terrigenous-rich signature of the light-coloured lithofacies suggested that these cycles also reflect variations in oceanic surface productivity combined with continental aeolian dust from central Asia, as a consequence of palaeoclimatic changes. The terrigenous mineralogy assemblage is similar to that of Chinese loess, a probable up-wind source of the aeolian dust. The Chinese loess deposits may indicate a linkage between glacial climate and Asian aridity (Kukla et al. 1988), so the periodic increases in terrigenous concentration may reflect the downwind propagation of this signal.
118
C. LAUER-LEREDDE E T AL.
Table 1. Chosen physical properties fop" mah7 components Phase Continental
Component
Densit~r gcm -
PEF ba e 1
CEC meq gq
Illit e Chlorite Kaolinite Smectite Quartz
2.50 2.60 2.42 2.12 2.65
3.5 6.3 1.83 2.04 1.8
0.1-0.4 0.05-0.4 0.03-0.15 0.8-1.5 0
Table 2. Clay composition re[erred to 100 Wt% clav.fi'action Zones* (mbsf) Za (200 220) Zb (220~ 225) Zc (225- 260) Zd (260 280) Ze (280-300)
Illite (%)
Chlorite (%)
Kaolinite (%)
Smectite (%)
85 80 90 85 80
10 10 10 10 5
0 10 0 5 10
5 0 0 0 5
*The studied interval was split into five zones, each with a constant clay mineralogy, on the basis of Dersch & Stein data (1992}.
Core and log data This work is focused on a 100-m-long interval (from 200 to 300 mbsf) because of the wellexpressed cyclicity over this segment (Fig. 2). Mineralogical model
In the following study, the sediment physical properties and the main mineralogical components are used to compute the relative proportions for oceanic and continental supplies, and to determine the formation factor (FF). A first order mineralogical model of Hole 798B is deduced from smear slide observations of dominant lithologies, and from previous sediment composition studies. The oceanic input, essentially diatoms, is associated with opal, on the basis of Ingle et al. (1990), DeMerlocal et al. (1992), and Dunbar et al. (1992) works. The continental one is deduced from Dersch & Stein (1992) core analyses at Site 798. In order to get information about the composition of the terrigenous sediment fraction, Dersch & Stein (1992) determined the average amounts of quartz and clay minerals. The entire sequence is characterized by quartz amount ranging between 5 and 20%. In the upper 413m, the clay fraction is dominated by illite with values between 60 and 88% and chlorite, between 0 and 27%. Calcareous components are either absent or poorly preserved,
and carbonate contents average less than 4% between 200 and 455 mbsf. In this section, volcanic ash layers are thin and scarce. The continental input is therefore assumed to be composed at this site of four clay minerals (illite, chlorite, kaolinite, and smectite) and quartz. Six components are consequently taken into account in this study, and characterized by three physical properties: density (g cm 3), photoelectric-effect (ba e q ) and cation exchange capacity (meq g l). The reference values for each of these components (Table 1) are chosen from the literature (e.g. Grim 1968; Fertl & Frost 1980; Juhasz 1981; Caill6re et al. 1982; Drever 1982; Schlumberger 1994). Our objective is to obtain information on oceanic and continental supplies, rather than on the relative fractions of the main mineral components.The proportions of each element for the continental phase are, however, needed in order to estimate the physical properties of this phase. A short interval from 200 to 300 mbsf (1.7 to 2.5 Ma) was chosen as a first step of this analysis. This interval was divided in five zones characterized by average clay fractions (Table 2), on the basis of previous analyses (Dersch & Stein 1992). This division in zones allowed to simplify the mineralogical model still further, and to reduce the number of unknowns: for example, the continental phase is constituted with only three elements (illite, chlorite, quartz) for zone C (Table 2). The sediment averages
FORWARD MODELLING OF OCEANIC SEDIMENT PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Natural G a m m a Ray CGR (API) 200
20
40
Electrical Resistivity
B u l k density
(fl m)
(g ce-l)
60
0.4
0.5
0.6
0.7
1.4
1.6
Photoelectric effect (ba/e') 1.9 2.2
2,6
119
N e u t r o n Porosity
(%)
I
6O
I
70
I 'T'" I
8O
I~l
II
220
240
g
260
280
41 Fig. 5. Downhole measurements from 200 to 300 mbsf in ODP Hole 798B.
10% quartz for the whole interval, 50% clay between 200 and 260 mbsf and 60% clay between 260 and 300 mbsf (Ingle et al. 1990, Dersch & Stein 1992). The percentages of the continental phase are then deduced for each zone.
Downhole measurements
At the completion of coring operations at Hole 798B, four logging runs were completed from 70 to 518 mbsf. During the first phase, the phaser dual induction tool (DIT), the long-spacing digital sonic tool (SDT), and the natural gamma-ray spectrometry tool (NGT) were run (seismic stratigraphic tool string). The second phase consisted of the lithoporosity combination tool string including the lithodensity (LDT), compensated neutron (CNT-G) porosity, and natural gamma-ray spectrometry (NGT) tools. After the Formation MicroScanner T M (FMS) had been lowered downhole, the geochemical tool string, including an induced gamma-ray spectroscopy tool (GST), an aluminium clay
tool (ACT) and the NGT, was run (Ingle et al. 1990). The depths of investigation are sensordependant, and data are typically recorded at intervals of 15cm. The quality of the logs obtained is generally excellent: most of the logs reflect variations in biogenic opal production (diatomaceous) resulting from glacial-interglacial changes in surface productivity (Matoba 1984; Zheng 1984; Morley et al. 1986). Downhole geophysical logs (m-scale). The following analysis focuses on the resistivity (SFL) and natural gamma ray (CGR) logs from 200 to 300 mbsf in Hole 798B. These logs were selected because the resistivity is influenced both by the clay fraction and diatoms (oceanic productivity input), whereas the natural gamma ray is mainly sensitive to the clay fraction (aeolian continental input in this case). The CGR is often used to indicate downhole variations in clay minerals content, because it reflects gamma-ray radioactivity from the decay of potassium and thorium which are common elements in clay mineral structures (Hassan et al. 1976). The
120
C. L A U E R - L E R E D D E E T AL.
CGR may then serve as a proxy of variations in terrigenous aeolian component.
Deconvolution o f cont&ental and oceanic inputs
Throughout the studied depth interval, the highest CGR value corresponds to the highest bulk density values (Pb), the highest resistivity values (R0), and the lowest porosity values (~b) (Fig. 5), reflecting a high terrigenous content relative to the biogenic supply. Terrigenous clays have high K and Th contents and relatively higher density and lower porosity than sediment with higher opal content: the clay particles filling the pores induce a lower porosity, hence a higher resistivity. Porosity is, to a first order, proportional to the inverse square-root of resistivity (Archie 1942). The sediments rich in diatomaceous opal commonly have high porosities because of the intrinsically high porosity of diatoms themselves. These cycles are also apparent in the recovered sediment record: the high gamma-ray, high density, high resistivity, and low porosity levels correspond to the massive clay-rich intervals, whereas the low density, low gamma-ray, low resistivity, and high porosity units correspond to the darker, diatom-rich intervals.
The aim is to analyse the downhole measurements in order to deconvolve both oceanic and continental inputs. The model of the formation consists of only two known inputs in unknown proportions. Bulk and matrix densities (Pb, Pma, g CC-1) and photoelectric effect (Pef, ba e-1) were chosen to define proportions of the two components. Whereas Pb responds primarily to porosity, the Per responds primarily to rock matrix (lithology). The combination of Pb and the Pef, the photoelectric absorption cross-section (Schlumberger 1994), is:
High-resolution (cm-scale) electrical images. The Formation MicroScanner TM (FMS) creates a picture of the borehole wall by mapping its electrical conductance using an array of 16 small and pad-mounted electrodes on each of four pads (Ekstrom et al. 1986; Luthi & Banavar 1988; Pezard et al. 1990). FMS data are recorded each 2.5 mm as the tool moves up the borehole. The vertical resolution of individual features is about a centimetre. The tool can, however, detect thinner features, provided they have sufficient resistivity contrast to the surrounding matrix. The images registered with the FMS show qualitative conductivity changes, particularly due to the different physical properties of the beds (for example porosity, resistivity of pore fluid or the presence of clays). The electrical images obtained at Hole 798B (Fig. 2) resolve the cyclicity of sedimentary processes at the site extremely well. Light (dark, respectively) colour is related to the continental (oceanic) input.
Log analysis The downhole logs and core measurements, associated with the proposed mineralogical model, are used here to determine variations in sedimentary inputs, and to compute the formation factor.
U = Pef x Pb
(1)
and obeys a linear mixing law such as: U=~
Uf-~-(1--(~) Uma
(2)
where U, Uf, and Uma are for example the photoelectric absorption cross-sections of the media, pore fluid and matrix, respectively. As our matrix consists of a mixture of two inputs (oceanic and continental) with relative weight fraction (#o and #c) and photoelectric absorption coefficients Uo and Uc: Uma =/to Uo + #c U~= Pef • Pma
(3)
The relation necessary to solve for these two unknowns is the closure relation of partial fractions: l=#o+#c
(4)
The solution can most easily be seen in terms of the matrix representation of the set of simultaneous equations: A=R Y
(5)
where A is the vector of measurements, R is the matrix of known coefficients, and Y is the vector of unknown volumes. The porosity and density logs are first used to compute the matrix grain density Pma. The wet bulk density Pb is related to the porosity through a simple mixing law: Pb = Pwqb + Pma (1 -- qb)
(6)
where Pw is the density of seawater. On the basis of our preliminary mineralogical model which consists of six major components (opal, illite, chlorite, kaolinite, smectite, quartz),
FORWARD MODELLING OF OCEANIC SEDIMENT PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Uo and Uc are computed for the five zones previously determined (Table 2) as follows: Uo = Pef(opal) • Pma(opa,)
u~ = L #i • Pefi • Pmai
(7)
(8)
i=1,5
with ~i as weight percentage of the component i in the continental phase. The system resolution leads to the weight fraction of both oceanic and continental phases.
Computation o f the f o r m a t i o n f ac t or The electrical resistivity of saturated sediments is usually quoted in terms of a formation factor (FF) to remove the effect of the pore-fluid resistivity, because the grains themselves are considered as insulators (Archie 1942): FF = Ro Rw-1 = Cw Co 1
(9)
where Ro (respectively Co) is the resistivity in 12 m (conductivity in S m -1) of the porous medium, and Rw (respectively Cw), the resistivity (conductivity) of the pore-fluid. The formation factor of the porous medium depends on the intrinsic geometry of the pore channels, and therefore describes the manner in which the grains are arranged in a sedimentary formation (Winsauer et al. 1952). Archie's equation is generally considered to apply satisfactorily to clean sands. The presence of clay minerals, however, has a detrimental effect on Co computations: the capacity of a clay to exchange cations at the pore-mineral interface induces the presence of a surface conductivity term (Waxman & Smits 1968). A resistivity model taking into account the effects of dispersed clays was proposed by Waxman & Smits (1968) and Waxman & Thomas (1974): Co = (Cw+ BQv ) FF -1
(10)
Qv=pma CEC (1-~)qb -1
(11)
where B represents the equivalent conductance of clay-exchange cations (S m 2 meq-1), as a function of salinity and temperature, Qv describes the cation exchange capacity or CEC (meq g-a) per unit pore volume (meq cm 3), and Pma (g cm-3) is the matrix grain density of the sediment. In the following, the successive stages of the computation of the formation factor are detailed.
121
Cation exchange capacity. Values of CEC can be measured directly on rock samples, but not directly in situ. Several attempts have consequently been made to derive CEC from existing logs. Previously developed CEC or Qv estimates from well-logs based on the spontaneous potential curve (Smits 1968; Johnson 1978), dielectric constant (Kern et al. 1976), reservoir porosity (Lavers et al. 1974; Kern et al. 1976; Neuman 1980) and gamma ray (Koerperich 1975; Clavier et al. 1977; Johnson 1978) have been discussed. For this study, the correlation between the natural radioactivity from K and Th elements (CGR) and the CEC was selected. Most shale are radioactive due to the presence of K 4~ in the potassium-bearing clay mineral illite. A correlation between gamma ray counts and CEC may then be expected. Johnson (1978) showed such a correlation for formation containing largely illite and kaolinite where the relatively high gammaray count of the illite corresponded to high potassium content thus making it an excellent shaliness indicator. Scala (see Clavier et al. 1977) found a strong correlation between gamma ray count rate divided by the porosity and Qv. In other words, gamma ray log can be used in some cases and after calibration on core as a substitute of the CEC measurement. On the basis of Scala data, we estimated the proportionality constant between the two quantities as follows: CEC = (0.005) CGR
(12)
The computed values of CEC are then converted into Qv using (11). To check the validity of (12), an analytical maximum and minimum CEC are estimated with CEC values from Table 1 in each zone (Table 2). Using the relative proportions of each clay mineral, an estimate of the CEC of the clay assemblage can be computed, using a linear summation.
Formation factor. Waxman & Thomas (1974) found that B can be related to an exponential function of the conductivity, and Juhasz (1981) proposed the following expression: B = -(1.28) + (0.225)T-(0.0004059)T 2 (13) 1 + Rw kz3(0.045T--0.27) where T is the temperature in ~ and Rw the fluid resistivity in f~m. The mean value of B obtained for Hole 798B from (13) is 3.8 S m2meq -1. Continuous FF values versus depth may then be evaluated from (10).
122
C. LAUER-LEREDDE ET AL.
Fig. 6. Log analysis results. (a) Grain density; from core (solid squares) and computed (solid line) (b) Opal fraction from core (after Dunbar et al. 1992) and computed. (c) Computed continental sedimentary fraction. (d) Computed CEC (derived from CGR) and Qv values. (e) Computed formation factor from definition (dash) and of Waxman & Smits (1968) (solid).
Results Grain density. The computed matrix density (Fig. 6a) exhibits a high degree of variability. The matrix density reflects the varying clay and diatom contents. Diatoms tend to have low densities, sometimes lower than 2.0g cm -3, whereas clay minerals have densities ranging as high as 2.80g cm -3 (Johnson & Olhoeft 1984). The estimated values and the core measurements are in general agreement over the interval, although fine-scale correlations between the two quantities are difficult. This difficulty results mainly from the discrepancy between the core and log measurements themselves. One of the problem with gaseous sediment is that the core recovery is often fragmented and the section is expanded and disturbed, leading to differences between the core and log depth-scales (e.g.
Hagelberg et al. 1992). Hence, measurements on core cannot been compared readily with downhole logs. Oceanic and continental fractions. The agreement between the reconstructed opal fraction curve and core measurements from Dunbar et al. (1992) is very good throughout the section (Fig. 6b), although more measurements in the upper part would be desirable for a better comparison. The major variations are well in phase: for example, Dunbar et al. measured an abrupt decrease of opal content at about 269 and 287 mbsf, and our estimated values present the same feature. Moreover, fine variations appear in the reconstructed opal fraction curve. The amount of computed opal is however overestimated, especially in the upper part (about 20%). This last point might originate in the
FORWARD MODELLING OF OCEANIC SEDIMENT PHYSICAL PROPERTIES mineralogical model: the oceanic input is assumed to be entirely opal, whereas other components are also present. For example, we considered as insignificant the biogenic carbonate component, although oceanic intervals are enriched in foraminiferas, essentially in the upper 250 mbsf. Also, the values of the physical properties chosen for this first-step model are only reference values. The true values for the components at Hole 798B are not known exactly. An additional cause of the difference between core and computed opal might be the methods chosen by Dunbar et al. (1992) to measure the opal content. They used a timeseries dissolution technique and a one-step dissolution method. In general, the results from both techniques are comparable, but the onestep method tends to yield opal contents consistently lower by 5 to 10% in enriched samples. As measurements on core for the continental fraction was not available, a precise comparison to validate our model was not possible. The computed values ranging between 40 and 90% (Fig. 6c) are in agreement with the measurements of Ingle et al. (1990). Moreover, the reconstructed continental fraction curve is characterized by a significant increase in clay content between 278 and 286 mbsf, as suggested by the increase in gamma-ray, bulk density and resistivity (Fig. 5). Cation exchange capacity. The computed CEC and Qv logs (Fig. 6d) follow the variations of clay abundance and are restricted to analytical boundaries. The proposed proportionality constant fits well. Guo (1990) measured the CEC of several loess samples from China. The CEC ranged between 0.07 and 0.28 meq g 1, which is within the range of the present results. Formation .factor. The formation factor derived
from the Archie formula is lower than that derived from Waxman & Smits formula (Fig. 6e), particularly in high resistivity zones. The data set can be represented by a regression similar to that proposed by Winsauer et al. (1952), and such as F F = a ~ .... , with a =1.45 and m = 2.38 (Fig. 7). This result is in the range typical of marine sediment. In a similar approach, Henry (1997) analysed clay-rich sedimentary samples for CEC from the Barbados wedge (ODP Site 948), similar to those from Oki Ridge: the electrical resistivity varies from 0.5 to 0.8 f~ m, the porosity is larger than 50%, and the grain densities measured on samples are close to 2.80 g cm 3. The CEC measured on core by Henry (1997) ranges between 0.2 and 0.5 meq g-i
123
Fig. 7. Formation factor versus porosity plotted on double logarithmic scale. Jackson et al. (1978) and Taylor Smith (1971) results are displayed (A, B, C, D, E; F). The present data (G) define a trend described by: FF = 1.45qb-2'38.
and the relationship F F = 1.24qb 2.31 is close to that from Oki Ridge. Taylor Smith (1971) analysed samples from Mediterranean Sea clays and found a m value close to 2.20 (Fig. 7). The results of Jackson et aI. (1978) show that the exponent m depends entirely on particle shape for unconsolidated sands (Fig. 7). Similar measurements on assemblages of shell fragments, kaolinite particles, and marine illite clays produce similar values of m (close to 2.0), suggesting that the platey nature of the particles within clays controls the relationship between FF and qb. The high value of m derived for Oki Ridge sediments is then in agreement with similar results in formations with large amounts of clays (Jackson et al. 1978), especially illite. The results obtained for Oki Ridge sediments are also typical with regard to the large spread of F F values. This spread reflects the change in shape of particles in relation to the supplies cyclicity. High values of FF correspond to the continental input, i.e. clays, whereas low values of FF correspond to the oceanic input. As a conclusion, the simple mineralogical model used here appears as well adapted to the description of sedimentary formations with high porosities (greater than 60 %) and clay content. These first results also demonstrate that the computation of the oceanic and continental
124
C. LAUER-LEREDDE ET AL. C G R (API) --- computed - - measured
200
30 tl%[
I
50 I
C G R model (API) 30 I
I
~
I
50 i
S F L (f2 m) ... computed - - measured I
II
I 4
0.5 1
]
0.7 I
Rt model (fi m) 0~5 I
[
I
0.7 I
FFs ... from raw logs -- from modelled logs t
II
2.5 ;ll=1
3.5 [
4,5
205
"-~21q
l
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Fig. 8. Forward modelling results. (a) Computed and measured gamma ray values (CGR). (b) Formation natural gamma ray, from K and Th, model expressed in terms of CGR. (c) Computed and measured electrical resistivity values (SFL). (d) Formation electrical resistivity model (Rt). (e) Formation factor as determined from downhole measurements and the numerical model
fractions using the photoelectric absorption cross section (U) is in agreement with core measurements and, so, might be used to predict the core data. Nevertheless, the vertical resolution of the downhole logs and the computed formation factor is rather poor in some zones, especially in the upper part of the section. A new forward modelling method is therefore proposed in the following to improve the vertical resolution and derive more accurate Rt, CGR and FF profiles. Forward
model
The aim is to obtain an accurate formation resistivity model (Rt) from the numerical modelling of the electrical resistivity log (SFL), constrained by the high-resolution electrical images of borehole surfaces (FMS). A statistical
method is also used to model the natural gamma ray data (CGR). This study is restricted to a 20 m-long interval (200-220 mbsf/1.6 to 1.9 Ma).
Numerical modelling Modelling code. Resmod2D ~ is a newly developed two-dimensional finite element numerical code. It allows modelling of the response of electrical resistivity downhole probes, such as the Spherically Focused tool (SFL). In brief, a formation resistivity model composed of horizontal sedimentary beds (layers) with fixed thicknesses and resistivities, is entered in the code in order to compute the response of the probe in front of this formation. The resistivities of the model are referred to as 'true', whereas the computed resistivities (so the simulated response of the tool) are referred to as 'apparent' because
FORWARD MODELLING OF OCEANIC SEDIMENT PHYSICAL PROPERTIES in an inhomogeneous formation, it depends on the resistivity of the bed next to the probe and also that of the adjacent formations. The measure of the resistivity by the SFL is therefore lower than the true resistivity. Res&tivity modelling. Using Resmod2D :t:, a formation resistivity model (Rt) is created on the basis of cm-scale electrical images (FMS) for bed thickness and m-scale electrical log (SFL) for individual bed resistivity. The layer boundaries are determined from FMS images by distinct colour contrasts; the gradual transitions are disregarded here. This initial model is then processed with Resmod2D ~ to simulate the SFL tool and compute a theoretical resistivity log (SFLc). By comparison between SFLc and SFLm, the formation model is modified step by step (resistivity values and frame). Thickness changes as well as layer additions in the iterations are constrained by FMS images. This process is iterated until the best fit between SFLc and SFLm is obtained. Each processing lasts about four hours for an evaluation every 5 cm and over a 20 m-long interval (from 200 to 220 mbsf). Natural gamma ray modelling. A statistical method is used to model the natural gammaray tool in an analytical manner. The aim is to determine the natural gamma activity of each layer defined in the resistivity model. This simple method is based on an exponential attenuation of the gamma ray flux versus depth (Ellis 1987). Using the lithological frame established for the resistivity model, and the natural gamma ray measurements (CGRm), an initial model is established to estimate the C G R (CGRc). By comparison between CGRc and CGRm, the model is modified step by step and the chosen model corresponds to the best fit between CGRc and CGRm. Results Formation electrical resistivity and gamma ray models. The chosen models, obtained after about 80 iterations, correspond here to a near-perfect fit between the measured and computed values (Figs 8a, 8c). The initial Rt model took into account the major layers seen on the FMS images, not the discrete ones. The SFLc then presented the major variations of the SFLm but not the small ones. In order to reproduce these small events and to take the gradual transitions into account, the basic frame was refined by adding small layers. Whereas the initial models were composed of 47 layers, the chosen ones are
125
made of 76 layers, the smallest one measuring 8 cm and the greatest, 90cm. In order to validate the models, several precision and robustness tests were run. For example, the error E between the downhole logs and the computed theoretical logs was computed using Whitman (1989) method: E(%) + 100 (10 El~
E l o g = ~l Z i=l,U
1)
(log(mi) -- log(ci)) 2
(14)
(15)
N
where N is the number of records for the chosen downhole log, and mi (respectively ci) is the value of the record i for the downhole log (for the computed log). This estimated error is on the order of 1 % for the SFL, and 3 % for the CGR. Due to the integration of high-resolution FMS results, the models (Figs 8b, 8d) have a much better resolution than the raw logs (Figs 8a, 8c). Whereas the logs show essentially three continental events between 200 and 220 mbsf, the models show the same main three events, but also several small ones. For example, while the SFL seems rather linear over the first five metres, the Rt model brings out an alternance of minor troughs and peaks suggesting little changes in lithology, such as clay content decreases corresponding to the troughs. Whereas other lowresistivity units seem to be massive on the SFL, they are composed of several fine layers in the model. The high-resistivity units, related to colder periods, are characterized in the raw log by two or three regular peaks, whereas the model displays a much more irregular profile. The major peaks are more pronounced and the contrast is greater: the peak at about 211.15 mbsf has a value of 0.58 f~ m for the raw log, and 0.80 f2 m for the model. Moreover, the transition from the low-resistivity interval upward into the high-resistivity one is rather gradual for the raw log, whereas the model seems to show that a sharp boundary is present at the base of the high-resistivity unit, suggesting an abrupt initiation of each glacial period. All these features revealed by the models are confirmed by core observations (Ingle et al. 1990): the vertical lithologic variations within the dark/light cycles are remarkably constant. The dark-coloured intervals are either thinly to thickly laminated and finely bedded. These intervals generally possess a well-defined and sharp base that grades upward into light-coloured/high-resistivity sublayer (Ingle et al. 1990); the lower portion of the light-coloured intervals is commonly gradational
126
C. LAUER-LEREDDE ET AL.
and mostly obliterated by bioturbation. The determination of the boundaries in the model seems therefore to be relatively accurate. Formation factor, The formation factor is computed for the modelled logs (Rt and CGR) on the basis of the method presented in the log analysis section. The results for the F F model are similar to those for the Rt model. The F F model has a better resolution than the F F computed from logs, as the former displays small events not detected by the latter (Fig. 8e). The major peaks are also more pronounced: the peak at about 211.15 mbsf has a value of 3.48 for the raw log, and 4.62 for the model. Changes between glacial and interglacial periods also present the same characteristics as the Rt model (sharp transition from dark laminated interval upward into lightcoloured interval, and gradual transition from light interval upward into dark one).
Conclusions The first results of the method using the raw logs show that the proposed mineralogical model is well representative of the sediment from ODP Hole 798B. The photoelectric absorption crosssection (U) allows differentiation and computation of the oceanic and continental fractions. The vertical resolution of the raw logs and of the computed formation factor curve being however poor in some zones, a new forward modelling method is proposed in this paper to improve this study. The m-scale electrical log (SFL) and the natural gamma ray log (CGR) are modelled using cm-scale electrical images (FMS) to define and map high-resolution layers, The first results show that the Rt, C G R and F F models are more precise than the Rm, C G R and FF obtained from log analysis, insofar as the models bring out small layers not detected by the raw logs. The modelling approach allows the study of changes from oceanic to continental supply hence from interglacial to glacial periods: the continental input tends to increase abruptly from warm periods to colder ones suggesting abrupt initiation of glacial cycle, whereas it seems to decrease gradually from cold to warmer periods. This study provides a continuous description of changes in intensity of the different sedimentary sources within the analysed interval. While FMS images reveal the presence not only of large-scale layers but also of thin (short) events, the numerical modelling enhances the nonlinearity of m-scale logging devices, stressing
for example the importance of cm-scale resistive beds on the response of m-scale logs. This case study, which now requires additional measurements on core to further improve the precision of the method, could become a parallel method to obtain meaningful physical properties and palaeoclimatic data from future sites. This work was carried out by the main author with financial support from the French 'Minist~re de la Recherche et de l'Enseignement Sup6rieur'. The authors wish to acknowledge the contribution of GaYa Entreprises (Marseille) for the use of the forward modelling code Resmod2D". They also wish to thank S. Brower (LDEO) for providing the logging data, C. Robert (COM, Marseille) and the two anonymous reviewers for their helpful comments.
References ARCHIE, G. E. 1942. The electrical resistivity log as an aid in determining some reservoir characteristics. Petroleum Transaetions of the AIME, 146, 54-62. CAILLERE, S., HENIN, S., RAUTUREAU, M. 1982. Min{ralogie des argiles. 2. Classification et nomenclature. Masson, Paris. CLAVIER, C., COATES, G. • DUMANOIR, J. 1977. The theoretical and experimental bases for the dualwater model for the interpretation of shaly sands. Society of Petroleum Engineers 52nd Annual Fall Technical Conference of AIME, Denver. DEMENOCAL, P. B., BRISTOWJ. F. & STERN,R. 1992. Paleoclimatic applications of downhole logs: Pliocene Pleistocene results from Hole 798B, Sea of Japan. Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, Scientific Results, 127/128, 393407. DERSCH, M. & STEIN, R. 1992. Pliocene-Pleistocene fluctuations in composition and accumulation rates of Polo-marine sediments at Site 798 (Oki Ridge, Sea of Japan) and climatic change: preliminary results. Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, Scientific Results, 127/128 (1), 409-422. DREVER,J. I. 1982. The geochemistry of natural waters, Prentice-Hall, New Jersey. DUNBAR, R. B., DEMENOCAL, P. B. & BURCKLE, L. 1992. Late Pliocene-Quaternary biosiliceous sedimentation at Site 798, Japan Sea. Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, Scientific Results, 127/128 (1), 439~455. EKSTROM, M. P., DAHAN, C. A., CHEN, M.-Y., LLOYD, P. M. & Rossl, D. J. 1986. Formation imagining with microelectrical scanning arrays. Transactions of the Society of Professional Well Log Analysts, 27th Annual Logging Symposium, Paper 88. ELLIS, D. V. 1987. Well logging/or earth scientists. Elsevier, New-York. FERTL, W. H. & Frost, E. 1980. Evaluation of shaly clastic reservoir rocks. Journal of Petroleum Teehnology, 31, 1641 1646. FOLLMI, K. B., CRAMP, A., F(SLEMI, K. E., ALEXANDROVlCH, J. M., BRUNNER, C., et al. 1992. Darklight rhythms in the sediments of the Japan Sea:
FORWARD MODELLING OF OCEANIC SEDIMENT PHYSICAL PROPERTIES preliminary results from Site 798, with some additional results from Sites 797 and 799.
Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, Scientific Results, 127]128 (1), 559-576. GRIM, R. E. 1968. Clay mineralogy. Second Edition, Mac Graw Hill Book Company, New York. Guo, Z. T. 1990. Succession des paleosols et des loess du
Centre-Ouest de la Chine: approache micromorphologique. PhD Thesis, University of Paris 6. HAGELBERG, T., SHACKELTON, N., PISlAS, N & The Shipboard Scientific Party 1992. Development of composite depth sections for Sites 844 through 854. Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, Initial Reports, 138, 79-85. HASSAN, M., HOSSIN, A. & COMBAZ, A. 1976. Fundamentals of the differential gamma-ray log. Transa c t i o n S P W L A , 17th A n n u a l L o g g i n g Symposium, Paper H, 1-18. HENRY, P. 1997. Relationship between porosity, electrical conductivity and cation exchange capacity in Barbados Wedge sediments. Proceedings of
the Ocean Drilling Program, Scientific Results, 156.
IMBRIE, J. J., HAYS, J. D., MARTINSON, D. G., MCINTYRE, A., MIX, A. C., MORLEY, J., PISIAS, N. J., PRELL, W. L. • SHACKLETON,N. J. 1984. The orbital theory of Pleistocene climate: support from a revised chronology of the marine oxygenisotopic record. In: BERGER,A., IMBRIE,J., HAYES, J., KUKLA,G. & SALTZMAN,B. (eds), Milankovitch and Climate, Part L Dorrecht, Holland, 269-305. INGLE, J. C., JR., SUYEHIRO,K., VONBREYMANN,M. T., et al. 1990. Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, Initial Reports, 128. JACKSON,P. D., TAYLORSMITH,D. & STANFORD,P. N. 1978. Resistivity-porosity-particle shape relationships for marine sands. Geophysics, 43, 12501268. JOHNSON W. 1978. Effect of shaliness on log response. Canadian Well Logging Society Journal, 10, 2957. JOHNSON, G. R. & OLHOEFT, G. R. 1984. Density of rocks and minerals. In:: CARMICHAEL,R. S. (eds)
CRC Handbook of Physical Properties of Rocks. Boca Raton, FL (CRC Press, Inc.), 3, 1-38. JUHASZ, I. 1981. Normalised Qv - - the key to shaly sand evaluation using the Waxman-Smits equation in the absence of core data. Transaction SPWLA 22nd Annual Logging Symposium, Paper Z. KERN, J. W., HOYER, W. A. & SPANN, M. M. 1976. Low porosity gas sand analysis using cation exchange and dielectric constant data. Transaction of the Society of Professional Well Log Analysts, 17th Annual Logging Symposium, Paper PP, 17 p. KOERPERICH,E. A. 1975. Utilization of Waxman-Smits equations for determining oil saturation in a low-
127
salinity, shaly sand reservoir. Journal of Petroleum Technology, 27, 1204-1208. KUKLA, G., HEELER, L., MING, X., CHUN, X. T., SHENG, L. T. & SHENG, A. Z. 1988. Pleistocene climates in China dated by magnetic susceptibility. Geology, 16, 811-814. LAVERS,B. A., SMITS,L. J. M. & VANBAAREN,C. 1974. Some fundamental problems of formation evaluation in the North Sea. The Log Analyst, 12, 1-10. LiiTH1, S. M. & BANAVAR,J. R. 1988. Application of borehole images to three-dimensional geometric modelling of eolian sandstone reservoirs, Permian Rotliegende, North Sea, American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, 72, 1074-1089. MATOBA, Y. 1984 Paleoenvironment of the Sea of Japan. In: OERTLI, H. J. (ed.) Benthos '83 2nd
International Symposium on Benthic Foraminifera, 409-414. MORLEY, J., HEUSSER, L. & SARRO, T. 1986. Latest Pleistocene and Holocene paleoenvironmnet of Japan and its marginal sea. Palaeogeopraphy, Palaeoclimatology, Palaeoecology, 53, 349-358. NEUMAN, C. H. 1980. Log and core measurements of oil in place. Journal of Petroleum Technology, 32, 1309-1315. PEZARD, P. A., LOVELL, M & The Ocean Drilling Program Leg 126 Shipboard Scientific Party 1990. Downhole images: electrical scanning reveals the natur of subsurface oceanic crust. EOS, 71, 709 SCHLUMBERGER 1994. Log interpretation charts. Schlumberger Wireline & Testing, Houston. SMITS, L. J. M. 1968. SP log interpretation in shaly sands. Society of Petroleum Engineers Journal, 8, 123-136, Transaction of AIME, 243. TAYLOR SMITH,D. 1971. Acoustic and electric techniques for sea-floor sediment identification. Proceeding Symposium on engineering properties of sea-floor soils and their geophysical identification, Seattle, Washington. WAXMAN, M. H. & SMITS, L. J. M. 1968. Electrical conductivities in oil-bearing shaly sands. Society of Petroleum Engineers Journal, 8, 107-122. - & Thomas, E. C. 1974. Electrical conductivities in shaly sands--I. The relation between hydrocarbon saturation and resistivity index; II. The temperature coefficient of electrical conductivity. Journal of Petroleum Technology, 6, 213-225. WINSAUER,W. O., SHEARtN,H. M., MASSON, P. H. & WILLIAMS, M. 1952. Resistivity of brine-saturated sands in relation to pore geometry. Bulletin of the American Association of Petroleum Geologists, 36, 253-277. WHITMAN, W. 1989. Inversion of normal and lateral well logs. The Log Analyst, 30, 1-11. ZHENt, H. H. 1984. Paleoclimatic events recorded in clay minerals in loess of China. In."PECSI, M. (ed.)
Lithology and Stratigraphy of Loess and Paleosols. Geographic Research Institute.
Lithological classification within ODP holes using neural networks trained from integrated core-log data G. W A D G E 1, D. B E N A O U D A 1, G. FERRIER l, R. B. WHITMARSH 2, R. G. ROTHWELL
2 & C. M A C L E O D
3
1Environmental Systems Science Centre, University of Reading, PO Box 238, Reading RG6 6AL, UK 2 Southampton Oceanography Centre, University of Southampton, Empress Dock, European Way, Southampton S014 3ZH, UK 3Department of Earth Sciences, University of Wales College of Cardiff, PO Box 914, Cardiff CF1 3 YE, UK Abstract: Neural networks offer an attractive way of using downhole logging data to infer the lithologies of those sections of ODP holes from which there is no core recovery. This is best done within a computer program that enables the user to explore the dimensionality of the log data, design the structure for the neural network appropriate to the particular problem and select and prepare the log- and core-derived data for training, testing and using the neural network as a lithological classifier. Data quality control and the ability to modify lithological classification schemes to particular circumstances are particularly important. We illustrate these issues with reference to a 250 m section of ODP Hole792E drilled through a sequence of island arc turbidites of early Oligocene age. Applying a threshold of > 90% recovery per 9.7 m core section, we have available about 50% of the cored interval that is sufficiently well depth-matched for use as training data for the neural network classifier. The most useful logs available are from resistivity, natural gamma, sonic and geochemistry tools, a total of 15. In general, the more logs available to the neural network the better its performance, but the optimum number of nodes on a single 'hidden' layer in the network has to be determined by experimentation. A classification scheme, with 3 classes (claystone, sandstone and conglomerate) derived from shipboard observation of core, gives a success rate of about 76% when tested with independent data. This improves to about 90% when the conglomerate class is split into two, based on the relative abundance of claystone versus volcanic clasts.
Within the Ocean Drilling Program (ODP), one c o m m o n application of d o w n h o l e logs is to c o m p l e m e n t and calibrate measurements m a d e on cores and to fill in the gaps left by incomplete core recovery. Below the range of the Advanced Piston Corer (typically about 200 m sub-bottom) core recovery is rarely m o r e than about 50% for sediments and 40% for basement rocks ( O D P 1990). D o w n h o l e logs make measurements at ambient temperatures and pressures and sense a volume a r o u n d the borehole greater than the core itself. Such measurements provide a continuous stream of in situ data on the wall rocks and borehole fluids. The above figures for typical core recovery are aggregate values. Our knowledge of the exact depths of recovered core samples is, in general, worse than these figure imply. In the ODP, coring advances in steps of about 9 . 7 m (the length of individual core barrels). Unless core recovery for this 9.7 m interval is complete we do
not k n o w the exact sub-bottom depth of the core samples that are recovered, though we may assume their relative original positions are preserved. Thus, at the limit, a continuous 1.5 m section recovered from a 9.7 m core may have originally come from the top or the b o t t o m 1 . 5 m interval. A g r i n i e r & A g r i n i e r (1994) showed that the best estimate of the position within finite limits of any arbitrary length of core sample is given by Euler's Beta distribution. This can be given as a probability density function of position in terms of the lengths of core, section and the n u m b e r and positional order of core sample. Therefore, d o w n h o l e logs play an even more important part in filling the gaps in our knowledge of rock sequences for which there is incomplete core recovery. If we can identify the characteristic ranges of combined log values that correspond to different lithologies penetrated by the hole then we have a means of assigning lithological class labels to the
WADGE,G., BENAOUDA,D., FERRIER,G., WHITMARSH,R. B., ROTHWELL,R. G. & MACLEOD,C. 1998. Lithological classification within ODP holes using neural networks trained from integrated core-log data. In: HARVEY,P. K. t~ LOVELL,M. A. (eds) Core-Log Integration, Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 136, 129-140
129
130
G. WADGE E T AL.
total interval from the downhole logs. We show how this can be done for ODP data when we can assign the lithological classes from those sections where we do have 'complete' core recovery and extend the classification to the full hole. Our approach has been to develop software that supports a general user in completing this task. There are a number of methods by which such a classification scheme can be driven (e.g. discriminant functions, principal components analysis and cluster analysis; Doveton 1994). We have chosen to use classifiers based on artificial neural networks, principally because of their ability to cope with complex non-linear problems. Also, neural network classifiers have been shown to be of value for lithological classification of downhole logs in hydrocarbon exploration wells, in many cases with superior results to other techniques such as discriminant analysis (Baldwin et al. 1990; Rogers et al. 1992; Wong et al. 1995). Goncalves (1995) reports similar findings for ODP data. This paper has three main sections. Firstly we present the main factors involved in the classification task. These are how the problem is defined, the constraints imposed by the data available and how to validate the results and assess performance. Next we describe how we have implemented the neural network method on our computer system. Finally, we present classification results from ODP Hole 792E. The succession represented in this hole is a complex sequence of island arc lithologies that is a good test of the general usefulness of the technique.
ODP lithological classification The lithologies encountered in ODP holes are usually deep-sea sediments and oceanic crustal rocks and are generally distinct from those encountered during drilling in sedimentary basins underlain by continental crust. Deep sea sediments are often relatively unconsolidated and rich in carbonates and/or silica or composed of terrigenous or volcanic detritus; they may be underlain by a basaltic basement. Porosity is typically high, with ubiquitous saturation by sea-water. The classification framework of Mazzullo et al. (1987) is widely employed for sediments by ODP. The highest-level division is into granular and chemical sediments. Granular sediments are subdivided into pelagic, neritic, siliciclastic, volcaniclastic and mixed sediments and chemical sediments into carbonaceous, evaporites, silicates/carbonates and metalliferous sediments. Below this level classes are based on principal names (e.g. ooze, chalk) together with major or minor modifiers (e.g. nannofossil,
foraminiferal). This nomenclature is applied by the shipboard petrologists when the cores are split and each 1.5m section of recovery is described individually on the Visual Core Description sheets in freehand. This description may show some variation from one petrologist to another. From this initial detailed visual description a more generalised sequence of graphical codes (from a total of about 50) are assigned to each interval of core to denote a lithological class label (e.g. T6=sandstone; C34= foraminiferal chalk) so that a composite graphical log (Barrel Sheet) of all the core recovery can be drawn for publication in the Initial Report series of ODP publications. Beyond this the shipboard scientists can, and sometimes do, erect other, non-standard but complementary, classification schemes, perhaps based on local variation of the sediment. Within the ODP there is no official archived digital version of the lithological classification of core. Hence working on core classification off the ship requires digital recoding of the shipboard scheme(s). The neural network approach is a supervised classification scheme. It requires that a sufficient number of training examples of the logs from each separate lithological class be made available for the algorithm to learn the character of that class. Two general rules apply here. First, if there are too few samples within a class then those samples will not fully represent the distribution of values that the classifier might meet through the whole borehole. Second, the number of samples presented to the classifier from each class should be approximately the same. If the number of samples from one lithology presented to a neural network classifier is much greater than for the other classes then the network will tend to bias its classification in favour of this class. This problem becomes serious whenever the logs do not provide a clear separation of the lithological classes. The quality of log samples used to train the classifier is also important. In addition to checking for spurious outliers we use three logs for quality control. Samples exceeding any of the threshold values for the caliper, density correction and geochemical factor logs are not used for supervising or testing the classifier. Classification choice
The choice of what classification to attempt is of vital importance. The ideal is to have a set of lithological classes that best represents the geological information required from the hole and which produces distinctive responses in the
ODP LITHOLOGY USING NEURAL NETWORKS suite of available downhole logs. The usual starting point will be the principal-names level of shipboard classification of the core. Classes with very few member samples may need to be amalgamated with other classes. The lithological information required from the hole may not be the most obvious. For example, a hole may penetrate a succession of oozes above siliciclastic rocks lying on a basaltic basement. Classifying such a tripartite division should be trivially easy and the real problem of interest may be in the second-order variability, say, distinguishing volcanic from non-volcanic rocks in the siliciclastic sequence. In this case the classification task can be constrained by choice of depth interval. Alternatively, the need to change the class labelling given to the core samples to best fit the problem may only become apparent after an initial attempt at classification. Merging and splitting of classes may be required. There is a clear general need for more than one classification scheme to be tested and for the editing facilities to support that need. There is no guarantee that the recovered core, and hence any classification scheme based on it, is fully representative of the lithologies in the missing intervals. Examples of preferential recovery of, say, clays relative to sands are well-known. At the extreme a relatively common lithology may not be recovered at all. It is more likely that a lithology only ever exhibits low recovery and hence cannot be matched to specific depth intervals and used with confidence to train the classifier. This problem of a missing class(es) can be partly addressed using exploratory data analysis of the logs themselves. If it is clear that some populated area of log-space is not represented by the current classes then a search can be made to identify the missing class.
131
sub-populations are used to train and test the performance of the classifier (e.g. discriminant analysis) and the classification rates of the two classifiers can now be compared.
Implementation of a neural network method
System design The quite complex processing chain implicit in the above discussion is best handled by a computer system designed for the job. We have designed such a system, the essential elements of which are shown in Fig. 1. The computing platform is a Sun Sparcstation and the graphical user interface is designed using PV-WAVE visualization software. There is a separate development environment for designing the neural networks that the user does not see, but which can create portable networks (as C code) that can be retrained. The user must define the problem by choosing appropriate depth intervals, lithological classes, logs and a neural network. The results of running the network are displayed graphically and in terms of relative performance of the classification rate. There are three main functional components to the system. These are shown in Fig. 2 and are described in detail in the following sections.
Performance measures Having trained a neural network classifier, some way of assessing its performance is required. The standard way to do this is to take a separate subpopulation of core-classified samples from the same general population and classify it independently with the network. The goodness of fit of the two classifications (classification rate) gives a measure of how well the network classifier performs relative to the visual description classification. If this performance is thought satisfactory then the network can be run on the full problem interval. What is 'satisfactory' in this context is best left to the geologist. One, albeit relative, benchmark by which to judge satisfactory performance is to compare with another classification technique. Again, the same
Fig. 1. Schematic structure of our computer system to derive lithological logs from ODP core-log data.
132
G. WADGE ET AL.
Fig. 2. Functional schematic of the way data is explored, selected and classified in our method.
Log data exploration The purpose of log data exploration is to enable the user to become familiar with the data before making explicit choices. The ability to plot logs against depth and cross plots of one log against another is standard. In our system there is also the ability to display simultaneously, selected sample populations both in terms of their depth and their position in log space. This is done by manipulating a graphical cursor. It is a valuable facility for deciding whether some 'extreme' values in a cross plot, say, correlate with a specific bed or are scattered throughout a sequence. Principal components analysis and unsupervised cluster analysis are also available for any selection of samples and logs. These exploratory analytical functions help decide the following: (1) what is the effective dimensionality of the log data (i.e. how many distinct classes will the data support)?; (2) at what depth intervals do the most representative samples lie?; (3) are any samples obviously not represented by core intervals with good depth matching?
Data selection Explicit selections of depth interval, logs and classes must be made. As we show later, the
neural networks tend to perform better with as many 'useful' logs as possible and hence the default is to use all logs. However, some logs may only be available for restricted depth ranges. Hence the choice would be between fewer logs or more logs for a reduced interval. Class selection is a more complex issue. There are two main requirements: to be able to edit a classification, to create a new classification scheme and to give each such scheme source information; who created it, when and how. Editing can involve merging and splitting classes and assigning new labels. Thus a library of classifications can be created. Class labels are assigned at each log sampling interval, nominally every 15 cm. The shipboard petrologists also log sedimentary and structural discontinuities some of which form class boundaries. In one ideal situation, each thick (> > 15 cm) sedimentary bed would be of uniform lithological character with sharp boundaries and have contrasting neighbours giving the logs the character of step functions across the boundaries. This ideal is the basis of log segmentation algorithms (e.g. Vermeer & Alkemade 1992) which seek to segment the borehole into uniform intervals to which single (lithological) labels can be attached. This can be helpful in constraining classes in intervals of incomplete core recovery. The data selection process creates a Log-Class File (Table 1), whose values are used directly by the neural network classifier.
Neural network classification Samples from the Log-Class File are separated into class populations and counted. The total of the smallest population is then used to select samples for training and testing. Classes with larger p o p u l a t i o n s are subsampled evenly throughout their range to give a total equal to that of the smallest class. Each same-size class population is then split into two sub-populations by alternate sampling to give training and testing sample populations for each class. The log values of these populations are then examined graphically to check that; the distributions of the training and testing samples are similar, and that the distributions of the core-classified samples are representative of the whole interval under investigation. If these conditions are not met then other data selections must be made. The neural network used is the feed-forward back-propagation type which is standard for classification problems. The selection of logs and classes constrains the structure of the network. The input layer consists of one node for each log and the output layer consists of one node for
ODP LITHOLOGY USING NEURAL NETWORKS
133
Table 1. Representative part of a L O G - C L A S S file with 4 classes. Only 3 o f the logs are shown. There is no sample classified as Conglomerate 2 in this selection shown
SGR
CGR
A1203
26.6793 26.8207 26.6378 12.6669 12.1269 11.7988 12.1286 11.8547 11.7594
24.7285 25.1096 25.287 9.3789 8.8892 8.7609 8.1325 7.9513 7.9992
21.4907 20.9049 20.0691 23.0037 21.9625 21.4303 19.5016 18.8318 17.9526
-
each class. There is at least one other, 'hidden', layer of nodes between the input and output layers with weighted connections between nodes of different layers. The number of hidden nodes is not externally constrained and can be changed to suit a particular problem. The other network parameters are rnainly related to the weightings applied to the connections. These can be tuned to improve performance, but detailed optimization of neural networks is a complex issue. Our strategy is to make available a limited number of default networks initially and optimize individually applied networks later. Once the network has been selected it begins training with the prepared training data by selecting samples, at random, and presenting their log values to the input layer of the network. The effect of these values propagates through to the output layer where the 'error' between the network node values and the 'correct' values is then propagated back through the network, thereby changing network weightings. In this way the network, after hundreds to thousands of learning cycles, improves its ability to recognize classes until no further improvement is achieved and the network is said to be trained. The trained network can now be tested by presenting each of the test samples to the network once, and recording how close the network result is to the correct classes. The network gives proportional values for each class within the range 0-1, whereas the core-derived class labels are binary (0 or 1). The network results are thus essentially probabilistic. We express the test result as a thresholded classification rate. For example, at a user-defined threshold of 70% probability, a test result of 0.76 sandstone, 0.20 siltstone and 0.04 claystone for a sample with class values of 1,0,0 would count as a correct classification, though not at a threshold of 80%. 92 such correct results out of 100 test samples, for example, would give a classification rate of 92%. If the
Clay
Sst
Cong 1
Cong2
1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
outcome of the training and testing cycle is considered satisfactory then the network can be applied to the full interval under consideration.
Application to Hole 792E Hole 792E of the ODP was drilled in the IzuBonin foreare sedimentary basin in 1989 (Taylor et al. 1990). The primary objective of drilling at Site 792 was to understand the stratigraphy of the forearc and the temporal variations in sedimentation and volcanism that controlled it. About 800m of sediment were drilled above volcanic (andesite) basement, including rocks of Pleistocene, !ate Pliocene, Miocene and early Oligocene age. The lower part of this section is a more volcaniclastic-rich sequence. The interval between 482-732 m below sea floor (mbsf) is the focus of this study and comprises a large part of Unit IV, a sedimentary succession of early Oligocene age (Fig. 3). Overall, Unit IV is composed of vitric sandstone (58%), sandy pebble-granule conglomerate ( 10%), silty claystone (9%), nannofossil-rich silty claystone (5%), claystone (4%), siltstone (4%), nannofossil c l a y s t o n e ( l % ) , clayey siltstone (1%), sandy mudstone (1%) and sandy siltstone (1%). This unit is interpreted by Taylor et al. (1990) as a rapidly deposited turbidite blanket in an oversupplied basin or distal fan. The pumice clasts of some of the coarse sandstones and conglomerates indicates contemporary volcanism but most of the andesite and dacite clasts are probably the result of erosion from the arc volcanoes. Core recovery
Hole 792E had a recovery of 48.2% of total possible core length. Recovery for the 482-732 mbsf interval was 79.1%. However, as discussed
134
G. WADGE E T AL. Downhole
Fig. 3. Summary graphical log of the stratigraphy of the 482-732 mbsf interval of ODP Hole 792E (after Taylor et al. 1990). The symbols represent: Inverted 'T'= nannofossil ooze, dashes=claystone-siltstone, check = sandstone, dot-ellipse=conglomerate. Grain sizes are represented by c=claystone, s=siltstone, fs = fine sandstone, cs = coarse sandstone and g = gravel/conglomerate.
earlier, many individual cores contained only a fraction of the full core length and hence cannot be matched to the logs with confidence. We have used only individual cores that have greater than 90% recovery to form the basis of our classification. These 13 out of 26 cores (Fig. 3) therefore represent a useable recovery of 50%. Each of these cored intervals have had their depth assignments normalized to 100% recovery after closing any gaps between core sections. Notice that we have no matched core for the interval 617-655 mbsf. Five lithological classes based on shipboard visual description were used in the 482-732 mbsf interval: claystone, silty/sandy claystone, muddy siltstone/sandstone, siltstone/sandstone and gravel/conglomerate. One of these five classes was initially assigned to each (0.15m) log interval. A number of thin (< 0.15 m) , mainly claystone, beds were ignored in this process. However, the claystone and muddy siltstone/ sandstone classes had so few samples (8 and 37, respectively) that they were both merged with the silt/sandy claystone class. For simplicity the remaining three classes were called claystone, sandstone and conglomerate.
measurements
The sediments in Hole 792E are well-indurated. The borehole was close to cylindrical for much of its depth with a diameter < 3 0 c m , and conditions made for good-quality logs. There is reasonable correlation between the log values and shipboard core measurements except for SiO2 content. The tools (sensors) used that are relevant to this study were Resistivity (DEL), Sonic (LSS), Natural Gamma (NGT), Geochemistry (GST and ACT) and Lithodensity (HLDT) and they acquired data in 4 logging runs, that were then depth-matched. Seventeen log parameters were considered for use in the classification: spectral gamma, computed gamma, radioactive potassium, thorium and uranium, deep, medium and shallow resistivity, density, photoelectric effect, sonic velocity and the oxide contents of calcium, silicon, iron, titanium, potassium and aluminium. Unfortunately, no density correction and photoelectric effect measurements are available below about 550 mbsf. We removed low-quality log data that exceeded any of the following thresholds for the three quality-control logs: Caliper (29.5cm Density Correction (0.1 gm cc l) and Geochemical Factor (800). These thresholds were determined empirically by e x a m i n i n g the log distributions. This reduced the number of samples available by about 3%. Within the 482-732 mbsf interval Taylor et al. (1990) and Pratson et al. (1992) observed the following relationships between log and core: (1) Natural gamma spectrometry shows that potassium is the dominant radioactive source mineral and is inversely related to values of resistivity, velocity and density, and in some cases, grain size (482-500 and 555-585 mbsf). Uranium and potassium contents are generally negatively correlated. Beds with high mud contents have high values of potassium content and natural gamma. (2) Above about 515 mbsf the sequence has a bimodal character with high resistivity/ velocity/density - low natural gamma beds alternating with beds of opposite character. Below this depth the logs lose their high frequency nature and generally have raised resistivity/velocity/density values. (3) There is correlation between upward-fining sandstone/conglomerate beds and a sawtooth response of resistivity in the 540-590 mbsf interval. Of particular importance is the reduction in resistivity at 587 mbsf, where the base of a large conglomerate bed
ODP LITHOLOGY USING NEURAL NETWORKS Table 2.
Networkperformance results
Network Number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
135
Network Structure 1-717-3 15-15-3 15-15-3 15-15-4 4-8-4 5-15-4 6-15-4 11-10-4 15-02-4 15-04-4 15-06-4 15-08-4 15-10-4 15-12-4 15-14-4 15-16-4 15-18-4 15-20-4 15-25-3 15-30-3 15-25-10-3 15-25-20-3
Depth Interval (mbsf)
Classification Total
Clay
Sst
Cong (1)
482-550 482-550 482-732 482-732 482-732 482-732 482-732 482-732 482-732 482-732 482-732 482-732 482-732 482-732 482-732 482-732 482-732 482-732 482-732 483-732 482-732 482-732
88.4 85.5 75.8 90.0 78.1 80.0 81.9 86.3 71.9 82.5 83.1 86.1 86.9 86.9 88.1 86.9 89.4 88.1 78.0 76.6 80.2 78.8
87.0 87.0 83.5 92.0 85.0 82.5 87.5 85.0 87.5 90.0 85.0 87.5 90.0 90.0 85.0 92.5 92.5 90.0 86.8 79.1 84.6 82.4
78.3 73.9 59.3 80.0 47.5 52.5 67.5 65.0 92.5 47.5 60.0 85.5 62.5 72.5 72.5 70.0 72.0 77.5 57.1 69.2 72.5 65.9
100 95.7 84.6 87.5 82.5 85.0 72.5 95.0 12.5 92.5 87.5 75.0 95.0 85.0 95.0 85.0 95.0 85.0 90.1 81.3 83.5 87.9
also marks the d o w n h o l e increase in smectite concentration and magnetic susceptibility.
Performance of different neural networks There is no one single neural network that will work for all classification problems. The basic type used here, whose structural variants we now discuss, is a back-propagation network with a single hidden layer and a sigmoidal activation function at each node. As part of the preprocessing for neural network training the data from each log that are input to the network are normalized to the range 0-1. Logs with large potential ranges, such as the resistivity tools, may be best converted to a logarithmic scale first. However, the resistivity values of Hole 792E did not show a very great range and this was not done. As was discussed earlier, the number of nodes in the input and output layers is at least partly determined by the nature of the data and the problem to be solved; the number of nodes in the hidden layer is chosen to optimize performance once the input and output layers are fixed. In the performance results reported in Table 2 we use a convention in which a 15-10-4 network means 15 input nodes (downhole logs), 10 hidden nodes and 4 output nodes (lithological classes).
Rate(%) Cong(2)
100 97.5 100 100 100 95.5 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 97.5 100
There are 17 logs available for the interval 482-550 mbsf, but only 15 (no density and photoelectric logs) were considered for the full interval between 482-732 mbsf. Using the basic rock type classification, the 482-550 mbsf interval has 98 claystone, 164 sandstone and 46 conglomerate samples available for training and testing. Network 1 (Table 2) then, is a 17-17-3 network used for 482-550 mbsf that gives a total classification rate of 88.4%. Using only 15 logs for the same interval in network 2 gives a reduced rate of 85.5%. Hence density and photoelectric effect logs do have some extra capability to discriminate between these rock classes in addition to that present in the other 15 logs. However, when we use the same type of network for the 482-732 mbsf interval, but trained using the samples from a 183 claystone, 407 sandstone and 185 conglomerate pool of samples (network 3), the classification rate falls to 75.8%. This means that the claystones a n d s t o n e - c o n g l o m e r a t e classification that worked well from 482-550 mbsf is much less appropriate below 550 mbsf. There is a distinct fall in the capability of the network to recognize the conglomerate and sandstone class samples. Exploring the log data over this wider interval suggests that core samples classed as conglomerate may be usefully split into more than one type. For example, principal components analy-
136
G. WADGE E T AL. 100
60 x
9
90
~
50
80
o
40 x
x
=
O
70
i
30
60
2
9
Classification Rate
x
Computing Time
20
!
n
!
i
I
l
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
Number of Logs Fig. 4. Plot of classification rate performance and elapsed computing time versus increasing numbers of geophysical logs as input to the neural networks (networks 4-8). B
90 ra
88
9
m
ra
86 84 82 o
80 78
76 .--4
74 72 70
9
0
i
2
9
i
4
9
i
9
6
i
8
9
i
10
,
i
12
9
i
9
14
1
16
9
i
18
9
i
20
Number of Hidden Nodes
Fig. 5. Plot of classification rate performance versus the number of nodes in the hidden layer (networks 9-18). sis of shallow resistivity, sonic velocity, spectral gamma, computed gamma and potassium oxide logs shows that some of the conglomerate class samples give much lower values of principal component 3 and higher values of principal component 4 than the other conglomerate samples. Thus we have created a second classification scheme with four classes: claystone, sandstone, conglomerate 1 and conglom-
erate 2. Conglomerate 1 includes those samples classed as conglomerate in networks 1 and 2; conglomerate 2 (the samples described above) corresponds to core which is conglomeratic but has higher proportions of large ( > 5 cm) claystone clasts than conglomerate 1. In the logs, conglomerate 1 has distinctly lower spectral gamma and potassium values than those of conglomerate 2. Sonic values are also lower in
ODP LITHOLOGY USING NEURAL NETWORKS
137
Fig. 6. Component lithological classification using neural network 4. The four columns display the component contribution of the rocks types (claystone, sandstone, conglomerate 1 and conglomerate 2) for each sampling interval of the logged hole. The depth in mbsf is shown on the left and the core number on the right of each column. The same colours are also used to display the classification in the visual core descriptions in the narrow column to the left of the core numbers. conglomerate 1 but the separation is less distinct. With four classes, network 4, otherwise equivalent to network 3, gives a much improved classification rate for the whole 482-732 mbsf interval of 90.0%. We saw an example of improvement in performance with increased numbers of logs (from network 1 to 2) for the 482-550 mbsf interval. For the full interval with 4 classes it is also generally true that the more logs input to the network the better the performance (networks 4, 5 to 8 inclusive; Fig. 4). There is a penalty to pay in terms of increased computing time (Fig. 4) but this is not too great a burden. Hence it makes sense to use as many useful logs as are available at the outset. Network 4 has a 15-15-4 structure. The
justification for the 15 nodes in the hidden layer is provided by a systematic test of performance in a series of networks with variable numbers of hidden nodes (networks 4, 9 to 18 inclusive; Fig. 5). The optimum configuration of the hidden layer of 15 nodes is given by the maximum performance value. In this case the number of hidden nodes equals the number of input nodes. This would be a useful rule-of-thumb for initial network configuration but it does not guarantee the optimum solution. For instance, as can be seen from networks 3 and 19 to 22 inclusive, greater numbers of hidden nodes (and even a second hidden layer) can give improved performance, but at the cost of increased computing time.
138
G. WADGE ETAL.
Computed lithological log results Figure 6 shows the output of network 4 when applied to the whole 250 m interval of downhole logs from 482-732 mbsf. The aggregate thicknesses of the lithologies according to this classification are: c l a y s t o n e = 4 4 m , sandstone = 130 m, conglomerate 1 = 42 m, conglomerate 2 = 34 m. Some sample intervals are classed as 100% of a particular lithology but many are classed as mixtures, with one dominant lithology and one or more minor components. This is particularly noticeable for mixtures of sandstone and conglomerate 1, but much less so for mixtures involving the other two lithologies. In Fig. 7 the results from this network have been recast such that the major ( > 5 0 % ) lithology in the output is attributed to that depth interval. This gives a columnar plot that mimics a traditional Lithological log and allows direct comparison with the visual core classification. The change in character of the rocks at about 515 mbsf noted above is apparent but is overshadowed by the decrease in claystone which occurs about 20 m higher. Lower down the hole the occurrence of conglomerate 2 is restricted to 3 zones where there is an apparent association of claystone-conglomerate 2. The base of the shallowest of these zones corresponds to the major break noted at 587 mbsf, though there is no obvious change in general lithological character below this. The log gives the impression of three major cycles of mixed conglomerate and sandstone sitting above conglomerate 2 and claystone (515-587, 587-660, 660-732 mbsf). The second thickest interval classed as conglornerate 2 is from around 640 mbsf, where there is no core recovery. In fact there is no sense of this second cycle in the recovered core. The lowest of the three cycles is richer in sandstone at the expense of conglornerate 1. As discussed earlier, the rocks recovered from only 50% of the full 482-732 mbsf interval were used to train and test the neural network. Figure 7 displays these core (core numbers 37-39, 40, 42-43, 46, 48-50, 56-57, 60, 61) together with the additional recovered core, that comprised 29% of the total interval, that was not used in training and testing the network because of poor depth control (core numbers 39, 41, 44-45, 47, 51-55, 58-59, 61). For many of the intervals used in the training and testing there is a high degree of detailed correspondence between the core and the network classifications (e.g. core numbers 37-38, 50, 62) as we would expect. For a few, the correspondence is weaker (e.g. core 43). For the core intervals with < 90% recovery any corre-
spondence is more difficult to assess. For some cores such as 39 and 55, correspondence could be achieved by appropriate expansion of the core lithology down section to match the network lithological log results. For other intervals no such a c c o m m o d a t i o n can be achieved (e.g. core numbers 45, 52 and 59). The two main possible explanations of this are that the network is 'overtrained' and has lost its ability to generalize when exposed to new data, and that the classification scheme is not optimal. The way ahead in our system would be to explore the second possibility by choosing another classification scheme. Because the sandstone group of samples is the largest and shows the poorest general classification performance figures (Table 2) this is the most likely group for possible splitting into two or more classes. Some of the geochemical logs such as TiO2 and CaO show clear evidence of alternating high and low valued sandstone horizons (e.g. 670--682 mbsf) that could form one of the criteria of such a new classification scheme, though this is not pursued here.
Discussion We have chosen to ignore a number of major issues of core-log-driven classification including graded bedding, the differences in spatial resolving power of the logs and the use of segmentation, in order to emphasize the value of quality control of the data and careful consideration of the optimal structure of the neural network. In particular, we wish to stress the need to have a flexible mechanism for changing the classification scheme of rock types based on the information content in the logs and the shipboard-derived classification scheme. Such an approach is inherently hole-specific. It lies at an intermediate position between a totally empirical approach, driven solely by the log data, and one that might use a universal library of log responses derived from fundamental core components (e.g. sand, carbonate, sea-water etc.). If the data can support it, the refinement of the classification scheme in a hole will be essentially hierarchical. However, there is no guarantee that the way that the log data can be optimally divided will correspond to the classification scheme that the geologist wants or expects. This sort of approach should be of value to ODP scientists both on and off the ship. Results of our work using data from other ODP holes will be presented elsewhere. We also envisage that this technique might be of value for providing rapid lithological analysis of
ODP L I T H O L O G Y U S I N G N E U R A L N E T W O R K S
139
Fig. 7. Majority component lithological log output of the neural network 4. The main column is the network classification, the narrow column to the right is that classified from recovered core.
G. WADGE ET AL.
140
piston cores from which horizontal-track logs have been collected o n - b o a r d ship.
This work is funded by a grant (GST/02/993) to RBW and GW under the NERC Special Topic--UK ODP Science Programme. ESSC work is supported by NERC grant F60/G6/12/02. We are very grateful to our collaborators Drs P. Harvey and H. Grubb, for their help and the Borehole Research Group at LDEO and ODP/TAMU for supplying data.
References AGRINIER, P. & AGRINIER, B. 1994. A propos de la connaissance de la profondeur a laquelle vos echantillons sont collectes dans les forages.
Comptes Rendus de la Academie Sciences de Paris, 318, serie II, 1615-1622. BALDWIN, J. L., BATEMAN,A. R. M. & WHEATLEY,C. L. 1990. Application of neural networks to the problem of mineral identification from well-logs. The Log Analyst, 3, 279-293. DOVETON, J. H. 1994. Geologic log analysis using computer methods. Computer Applications in Geology, 2. American Association of Petroleum Geologists, Tulsa.
GONCALVES, C. A. 1995. Characterisation of formation heterogeneity. PhD Thesis, University of Leicester. MAZULLO, L, MEYER, A. & KIDD, R. B. 1987. A new sediment classification scheme for the Ocean Drilling Program. ODP Technical Note, 8. ODP 1990. Wireline Logging Manual, Ocean Drilling Program. Borehole Research Group, LamontDoherty Geological Observatory. PRATSON, E. L., REYNOLDS, R., LOVELL, M. K., PEZARD, P. A. & BROGLIA,C. 1992. Geochemical well logs in the lzu-Bonin arc-trench system, Sites 791, 792, and 793. Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, Scientific Results, 126, 653-676. ROGERS, S. J., FANG, J. H., KARR, C. L. & STANLEY,D. K. 1992. Determination of lithology from well logs using a neural network. American Association of Petroleum Geologists Bulletin, 76, 731-739. TAYLOR, B., FUROKA, A. & OTHERS 1990. Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, Initial Results, 126. VERMEER, P. L. & ALKEMANDE, J. A. H. 1992. Multiscale segmentation of well logs. Mathematical Geology, 24, 27-43. WONG, P. M., JIAN, F. X. & TAGGART, I. J. 1995. A critical comparison of neural networks and discriminant analysis in lithofacies, porosity and its permeability predictions. Journal of Petroleum Geology, 18, 191-206.
Core-derived acoustic, porosity & permeability correlations for computation pseudo-logs A. C. B A S T O S , L. D. D I L L O N , G. F. V A S Q U E Z & J. A. S O A R E S Petrobras Research Center-SEGEST,
C i d a d e Universitaria - Q . 7 - P r e d i o 20, Ilha do
F u n d a o - R i o de Janeiro, 2 1 9 4 9 - 9 0 0 , B r a z i l
Abstract: In order to improve hydrocarbon production, it is often necessary to obtain more
accurate rock, fluid and petrophysical information. For example, to obtain a reservoir porosity map using seismic data as reference, it is necessary to generate reliable correlations between seismic attributes and petrophysical properties like porosity and permeability. Again, to optimize drilling and/or hydraulic fracturing programs, it is also necessary to estimate better formation static mechanical behaviour from geophysical data. The main goal of this work is to establish for an offshore Brazilian field, relationships between compressional and shear wave velocities and petrophysical properties such as porosity and permeability.The large number of limestone samples (120) gave us a precise empirical relationship between Vs and Vp for limestone. In order to obtain a calibration reference, we also made, with the same samples, simultaneous measurements of dynamic and static elastic constants. Using all these laboratory relationships, it was possible to generate unmeasured pseudo-logs of in situ parameters, which include: shear wave velocity, static and dynamic elastic constants and permeability. The good experimental relationships obtained between k-~b and Vp-~b in this work together with available logs give us an additional method to estimate permeability which is impossible to obtain from in situ measurements.
Indirect generation of unmeasured in situ logs like shear wave velocity (Vs), permeability (k) and elastic constants (Young (E), shear (G) and bulk (K) modulus) have been the subject of various works in geophysics (Wendt et al. 1986; Castagna et al. 1993; Bastos et al. 1995; Tang et al. 1996). In this paper we present, for three Brazilian offshore wells, a generation procedure for Vs, k and elastic constants logs calculated from laboratory data: Vp, Vs, porosity (~), (k) and static and dynamic elastic constants on cores. The importance of the generation of unmeasured in situ logs includes the possibility of obtaining more accurate information about lithology and fluid content in reservoir rocks and, in this way, contributing to generating more reliable AVO and seismic models, and also optimizing drilling and hydraulic fracturing programes. For reservoir development, these kind of data are also helpful for generating correlations between seismic attributes and petrophysical properties and for monitoring subsurface fluid flow. So, our main goal in this work was to: (1) obtain empirical correlations between Vs and Vp from laboratory data in order to generate unmeasured Vs logs from measured Vp logs; (2) generate logs of static and dynamic elastic constants using the simultaneous labora-
tory measurement of static and dynamic elastic constants as a calibration reference; (3) obtain empirical correlations, for each well, between Vp, k and q~, thereby yielding a calculated permeability log.
Methodology Ultrasonic P and S wave velocities were measured in about 120 samples of limestone from an offshore Brazilian field. These samples were retrieved from three vertical wells at depths of about 2350m to 2550m and vertically cut as right cylindrical plugs with diameter 2.5 cm and 3.75 cm and length 3.75 to 5cm. The measurement frequency was 500 kHz for both Vp and Vs and over a range of confining pressure of 1000 psi to 5000 psi at room temperature. The porosity and permeability range were 5% to 35% and 0.1 mD to 1800mD, respectively. The same measurements were made under dry and formation water saturated conditions. However, the results showed only small variations due to saturation, as noted by Bastos et al. (1995). Simultaneous measurements of static and dynamic elastic constants were made on some samples of diameter 5cm and length 12.5cm. These samples were placed in a triaxial cell and subjected to an in situ confining stress of about 5000 psi, and to a deviatoric stress which was increased up to the sample failure. The deforma-
BASTOS, A. C. DILLON, L. D. VASQUEZ,G. F. & SOARES,J. A. 1998. Core-derived acoustic, porosity & permeability correlations for computation pseudo-logs In." HARVEY,P. K. • LOVELL, M. A. (eds) Core-Log Integration, Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 136, 141-146
141
142
A . C . BASTOS E T A L . 4000
tion related to the increasing deviatoric stress allowed us to determine the static constants. The dynamic constants are obtained simultaneously, by monitoring changes in transit time.
I
Vm - 0 , 5 5 V p + 4 1 , 6 0 c c " 0,96
Procedure and results
Calculated logs o f Vs and Elastic constants
I
F 1000
j
~
I
2OOO
,
4O0O
600o
Vp (m/s)
Fig. 1. Vs vs Vp for limestone plugs.
The three wells that are the subject of this work do not have in situ Vs logs. Therefore, a laboratory relationship was obtained between Vs and Vp in order to generate a pseudo Vs log. Figure 1 shows the linear fit to the Vs-Vp cross plot (equation 1). As shown in this figure, an excellent correlation was obtained with a correlation coefficient of 0.96. For the case of these samples, this linear fit was better than the WELL - B
WELL - A Velocity (m/s) 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 2380
WELL - c
Velocity (m/s)
Velocity (m/s)
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000
2390 2400 2410 242O 2430 2440 A
E
.....
245O
Q 2460 247O 2480 249O 2500 2510 2520
-
-
Vp log
~
Vs log
9 Vp lab
9 V s lab
Fig. 2. Vp and Vs from laboratory data (symbols) and calculated Vp and Vs logs (curves). The three wells show good agreement between laboratory and log data.
CORE-DERIVED COMPUTATION OF PSEUDO-LOGS '
I
'
I
'
I
'
'
I
'
'
I
'
..y
6O ,..,.
,-. 4O
o 9
20
_
2O
0
0 20
40 E d y n (GPa)
60
"2d,:,
80
/
(c)
(B)
(A)
I11
I
143
2O
,
20
,
,
40 K d y n (GPa)
i
(P
,
f
J
0
60
"
I
0
80
i
2O G d y n (GPa)
40
Fig. 3. Static and dynamic elastic constants for sedimentary rocks obtained from simultaneous laboratory measurements. WELL O (GP=) 0
10
20
30
40
50
- C E (GPa)
K (GPa) 60
70
80
0
10 20
30
40
50
60
70
80
2390 I
E
20
t
I
I
-
30 ,
40
i ~ i
g_%,
50 , i
60 , i
, ,
- i ~ 1 9
2440
i"
2450
2460
2470
2480
~
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
',
I
I
2500
2510 L
L
,k, >
2520
I
I
1
-
I
I
I
I
I
l
,
i
I
-
I
I
-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t
I
t
I
1
I
I
J
i
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
,i,},,
I
I
I
I
i
t
I
I
I
I
I
'' ~ L
1
-
i
2490 b ~
-
I I
2430
I
I
,
2420
7O 8 0 v } i
b
I
2410
I~
10 ,
2400
•.
0
i
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i
t
I
_
I
I I
:l -!
~ I
,~
~
)l
I
I
I
!, ~,
I
I
I
N ~1
|
I
I
I
i,l,I,
i
I
, I,I,
I
-
) I
,
,
I
I
I
I
t
I
I
L
I
, , i
i
I
I
,t,t,
I
I,
Fig. 4. Calculated static and dynamic elastic constants logs for weU-C. polynomial fit proposed by Castagna et al. (1993) even for values of Vs close to 1500ms -1. The regression algorithm is: Vs = 0.55 Vp + 41.60
2). There is good agreement between pseudologs and laboratory data. With the Vp, Vs and density (p) logs and the following elastic theory equations:
(1)
Using this relationship and the in situ Vp logs it was possible to calculate Vs pseudo-logs (Fig.
v~ = d / K v
+ 4#/3
Pb
(2)
144
A.C. BASTOS E T AL. WELL - A
6000F
.
I 5000
i
'
,
i
Vp
'
J
- 5868
'
i
'
--e ~176
I
'
1o L ,
I
' 0116 '10
8 ~ K'~0"05e
cc ,, 0.88
I
'
I
'
I
'/,
;cc=0"90 9
/
I
4000
../
j
3000
2000
1
I
5
10
~
,
I
I
15
20
,
I
Porosity
25 (%)
I
'
,
I
,
30
5
35
10
15
20
25 (%)
Porosity
30
35
WELL - B
6000
I
'
'
i
r
-o.026 t4 e
I
'
5 --
'
I
4
K"
0.179 0.024 e ; cc = 0.77
; cc ,, 0.93
~o~
5000
'
'
I
'
I
'
I
'
I
-
,ooo t-
1 9 2000
1
I
,
5
,
10
I
J
15
I
20
~
I
Porosity
25 (%)
1
'
I
,
.. '
i
'
i
i
.~4000 D,.
,
5
I
,
10
'
I
,
I
20
Porosity
,
Porosity
20
25 (%)
I
'
I
'
'
r
0.4 6 El
K = 0.0002 e
; c c ,, 0 . 8 9
i 15
15
I
25 (%)
,
I
30
30
35
- C
2000
i
3000
2000
10
5
35
B
V p =, 5 8 2 2 e0.021
5000
'
9
,
30
WELL
6000
9
I
'
T
; cc =0.93
i000
9
J
35
5
10
15
20
Porosity
25 (%)
30
35
Fig. 5. Exponential fits of velocity and permeability versus porosity for three wells.
V, =
~/~ #
(3)
where: K is the bulk modulus, # is the shear modulus and Pb is the Bulk density, pseudo-logs of dynamic elastic constants have been calculated, In fact, to optimize drilling and/or hydraulic fracturing programs, it is often necessary to
obtain logs of the static and not the dynamic elastic constants. For this purpose, we use simultaneous laboratory measurements of static and dynamic constants in order to transform the dynamic to the reference static. Figure 3 shows a cross plot between static and dynamic constants for sedimentary rocks and illustrates strong empirical relationships which are expressed mathematically as follows:
CORE-DERIVED COMPUTATION OF PSEUDO-LOGS WELL- B
WELL - A
Permeability (mD) 0
1
145 WELL-C
Permeability (mD)
10
100
o
1
Permeability (mD) 10
o
2380
1
10
[ 1 1 1 1 ~
100
10o0 10000
I I1111llI I Illllll~
I Illllll
q~,,,,d
.
2390 2400 2410 2420 2430 2440
I I
2450 2460
g
2470
r,,
2480
Q
_s
2490 2500 2510 2520 2530 254O 2550
v4
2560 2570 2580
J
, ,,,,id
L ,,,,,,,I
,
~,,,,,,l
,,,
.....
,.I
Fig. 6. Calculated permeability logs obtained from laboratory k-Vp relationship show a good correlation for wells A and C, but less so for well B. The crossed points in well A were not used to develop the k-Vp relationship.
Estat = 0.675 Edyn -- 3.84; correlation coefficient --- 0.95
(4)
Kstat = 0.992 Kdyn -- 8.82; correlation coefficient---- 0.89
(5)
Gstat = 0.621 Gdyn -- 0.95; correlation coefficient = 0.94
(6)
where the subscripts 'stat' and 'dyn' denote static and dynamic moduli, respectively. Figure 4 shows the calculated log of static and dynamic constants obtained from equations (4) to (6) for well C. As expected, the logs of the dynamic elastic constants show higher values than their static equivalents.
Calculated logs of permeability The next step was to calculate permeability logs for the three wells using algorithms based on
laboratory permeability, porosity and velocity data. Figure 5 shows core data, the cross plots of velocity against porosity, and permeability against porosity. From these plots it has been possible to deduce a relationship between Vp, ~b and k. As can be seen in Fig. 5, an exponential fit was the best one obtained for both the Vp-q$ and the k-~b relationships for the three wells. Thus, with the equations obtained (equations (7), (8), (10), (11), (13) and (14)) we can isolate qb from Vp-q) and k-q5 relations and then obtain k-Vp relationships (equations (9), (12) and (15)) which can be used to calculate the k-log shown in Fig. 6. In order to check these relationships we include some points in well A (cross points in Fig. 6) which were not used to obtain equations (7) to (15). Again, it can be seen that there is a good correspondence between these points and the obtained log: Well A Vp = 5868e~~
cc = 0.88
(7)
146
A.C. BASTOS E T AL. k = 0.05e~ k :
cc = 0.90
(9)
Vp 73.e6~
Well B Vp = 6214e-~176 cc -- 0.93 k = 0.024e~
(8)
cc -- 0.77
k = g p -6"54. e 53"35
(10) (11) (12)
Well C Vp = 5822em~
cc = 0.89
(13)
k = 0.0002e~
cc = 0.93
(14)
k : Vp-184.e152.5
(15)
Figure 6 shows a good correspondence for wells A and C, but not for well B. In this well the good correlation coefficient for the k-qb relationship, 0.77, was lower.
Conclusions (1) The large number of limestone samples gave us a precise empirical relationship between Vs and Vp for limestone, and this differs from the earlier work of Castagna et al. (1993), even for Vs close to 1500 ms -1. (2) Good relationships between static and dynamic elastic constants were obtained for sedimentary rocks, and these have allowed us to generate logs for these constants. As expected, dynamic constants are greater than static ones. (3) The capacity to obtain a relationship between static behaviour of rocks from dynamic properties combines the advantages of both methods in one. Thus, the resultant properties
of this relationship give us the static mechanical behaviour, characteristic of production engineering, but, with the continuous character of geophysical logs. (4) Cross plots between Vp-qb and k-~b indicated good exponential fits for the three wells that formed the subject of this work; (5) The good experimental relationships obtained between k-qb and Vp-qb (see correlation coefficients in equations (7) to (15)), together with available logs give us an additional method to estimate permeability. (6) There is good agreement between laboratory permeability measurements and synthetic permeability logs from velocity data, even for points that were not used in the generation of these pseudo-logs.
References BASTOS, A. C., DILLON, L. D., SOARES, J. A. & VASQUEZ, G. F.. 1995. Estimativa dos perils de
constantes elfisticas em carbonatos pouco permefiveis a partir de dados laboratoriais. 4th International Congress of the Brazilian Geophysical Society and the 1st Latin American Geophysical Conference. Volume II. CASTAGNA, J. P., BATZLE, M. L. 8r KAN, T. K. 1993.
Rock Physics: The link between rock properties and AVO response. In: CASTAGNA, J. P. t~ BACKUS,M. M. (Eds) Offset-dependent reflectivity: SEG, 124-157. TANG, X. • CHENG, C. H. 1996. Fast inversion of
formation permeability from Stoneley wave logs using a simplified Biot-Rosenbaum model. Geophysics, 61, 639-645. WENDT, W. A., SAKURAI, S. t~ NELSON, P. H. 1986.
Permeability prediction from well logs multiple regression. In: LAKE, L. W. & CARROLL, H. B. Jr
(eds) Reservoir characterization. Academic Press, San Diego, California, 181-221.
Effects of water salinity, saturation and clay content on the complex resistivity of sandstone samples P. S. D E N I C O L 1 & X. D. J I N G
Centre for Petroleum Studies, Imperial College of Science, Technology and Medicine, London S W 7 2BP, UK 1Present address." Petrobras S.A., Exploration Department, 27913-350, Macae, R J, Brazil
Abstract: Complex resistivity measurements were made on sandstone samples in the frequency range from l0 Hz to 2 MHz. The main objective was to investigate the frequency response of complex resistivity and phase angle as a function of salinity, water saturation and clay content. The results showed the classical frequency dependence behaviour where the complex resistivity decreases with increasing frequency. The complex impedance behaviour in the intermediate frequency range (10-100 kHz) was used to relate the effect of frequency dispersion with interface polarization and, hence, pore geometry, specific surface area and permeability. Both water saturation and salinity were found to influence the gradient and the relaxation frequency of the complex resistivity versus frequency relationship. A variation in water saturation from full to partial saturation resulted in a dramatic increase in the gradient and a clear shift of the relaxation frequency. Both the saturation and salinity dependence can be attributed to the polarization of both the rock-fluid and fluid-fluid interfaces within the pore space, which depend on the geometry and physical characteristics of the interfacial layers. The results presented in this paper can have important applications in identifying low resistivity and low contrast pay zones. The complex electrical behaviour of a rock results from its conductive and dielectric response in the presence of an electric field; the former is related to the transport of free charge carriers and the latter is due to geometrical, interfacial and electrochemical mechanisms (Sen 1980, 1981). A complex impedance vector (Z*) consists of a real part ( in-phase or resistance, R) and an imaginary part (out-of-phase or reactance, X). Using the rectangular-coordinate form, the complex impedance can be expressed as follows, Z*= R + jX
(1)
where j = v / - 1 is the complex operator. The phase angle (0) by which current and voltage are shifted is given as: 0 = tan I(X/R)
(2)
The complex resistivity p* can be calculated from Z*, p* = Z* A/L = p ' + j p "
(3)
where A is the cross-sectional area of the sample and L is its length, and p' and p" are real and imaginary parts of the complex resistivity, respectively. In some cases, using the reciprocal
of impedance is mathematically expedient. For example, when the real and imaginary components are paralleled, it is better to use admittance (Y*), Y* = 6+ jB
(4)
where G is the conductance and B is the susceptance. The complex conductivity or* can be calculated from Y*, or* = Y* L/A = or'+jcr"
(5)
where a' and or" are the real and imaginary conductivities, respectively.
Background Complex electrical impedance measurement is a non-invasive technique where an electrical current flows through the sample at different frequencies. Experimental measurements of the electrical properties of rocks, when submitted to an alternating electrical field at different frequencies, have shown that both the resistive and reactive components of the complex impedance vary over the frequency spectrum. These two features (complex quantity and dispersion or
DENICOL,P. S. & JING, X. D. 1998. Effects of water salinity, saturation and clay content on the complex resistivity of sandstone samples In: HARVEY,P. K. • LOVELL,M. A. (eds) Core-Log Integration, Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 136, 147-157
147
148
P.S. DENICOL & X. D. JING
Table 1. List of petrophysieal parameters and chargeability at full and partial water saturation. Sample
Density grams cm-3
Porosity %
Kair mD
Saturation Sw(%)
Chargeability Partial Sat.
Chargeability Full Sat.
Z1 Z3 Z4 Z5 Z7 Z8 Z9
2.66 2.66 2.64 2.65 2.71 2.69 2.64
22.4 14.1 12.2 20.1 25.8 21.5 29.1
1760 38.7 3.51 163 23.1 101 819
33 39 61 47 77 82 44
0.74 0.81 0.68 0.55 0.54 0.52 0.53
0.53 0.53 0.54 0.52 0.53 0.54 0.50
Table 2. List of synthetic shaley samples Sample
Clay Type
Clay Length Content cm
Area cm2
Grain Porosity Density % grams cm-3
Kair mD
SZ1 SZ2 SZ3 SZ4
clean montmorillonite montmorillonite montmorillonite
0 5 10 15
10.75 10.75 10.75 10.46
2.65 2.66 2.66 2.66
337 235 146 105
6.41 6.49 6.53 6.37
frequency dependence) can be used to estimate rock petrophysical properties, such as specific surface area and permeability. The origin of the frequency dependence can be related to geometrical effects of the clay particles (Sen 1980) or electrochemical phenomena at the fluid-grain (Rink & Schopper 1974) and/or fluid-fluid interface (Knight & Endres 1991). The interface region between matrix and the fluid-filled pore space is complicated due to the existence of the ionic double layer. The concept of the electrical double layer forms the theoretical basis for understanding the electrical properties of rocks, especially shaley sandstones. Electrochemical theory suggests that the surface of clay minerals carries excess negative charges as a result of the substitution of certain positive ions by others of lower valence. When the clays are brought in contact with an electrolyte, these negative charges on the clay surface attract positive ions and repulse negative ions present in the solution. As a result, an electrical ionic double layer (or diffuse layer) is generated on the exterior surface of particles. Typical distribution for ionic concentration and electric potential can be predicted by the Guoy (1910) theory. The Gouy theory also predicts that the double-layer thickness (Xd) is reduced as the concentration of the bulk solution increases. The region outside the electric double layer (distance > Xd) is called the free-water region. Ionic double layers exist between rock and fluid interfaces. The perturbation of the double
29.1 28.1 27.4 27.9
layer by an oscillating electrical field is usually accepted (Lima & Sharma 1992) as the main mechanism for the frequency dependence of rocks. Therefore, this interface polarization may provide a link between complex resistivity data and pore-scale attributes, such as pore geometry and specific surface area, which in turn can be related to rock permeability through a KozenyCarman type of relationship ( Borner 1995; Denicol & Jing 1996). Since the frequency dependence is reflecting interface phenomena, salinity of the pore water also influences the dispersion due to the variation in the double layer thickness and ion mobility. Furthermore, fluid saturation also plays a role due to addition of the water/oil interfacial area, an increase in the tortuosity of the brine-phase distribution and the presence of a non-ionic fluid. The main objective of this paper is to investigate, experimentally, the effects of brine salinity, fluid saturation and clay minerals on the complex impedance of different rock samples with varying porosity and permeability. The samples include outcrop cores, oil-field reservoir rocks and synthetic shaley rocks (Tables 1 and 2). A brief geological description of all sandstone samples is given in the Appendix.
Experimental apparatus and procedures Complex impedance measurements were performed using a multi-sample rock testing system. The apparatus can accommodate five
Fig. 1. Schematic representation of the experimental apparatus. samples simultaneously under varying hydrostatic confining pressure, temperature and independently controllable pore pressure. Since all the samples are under the same conditions of pressure and temperature, it eliminates experimental comparison errors due to fluctuations during the period of testing (Jing et al. 1992). The experimental system is shown schematically in Fig.1. Complex impedance measurements were made using the frequency response analyser (QuadTech Model 7600 RCL) in the frequency range of 10 Hz to 2 MHz. The instrument is capable of compensating for the residuals of test fixture and cables based on the open/short circuit compensation technique in the whole frequency range. The instrument is equipped with four coaxial BNC terminals on its front panel which locate its calibration plane. The calibration plane is the position where the instrument measures within its specified accuracy (0.05%). In our experiment, test fixture and cables were used to interconnect the sample to the instrument in a four-terminal configuration (4T). The parasitics related to test fixture, cables and connections are frequency dependent and they were minimized using the 4T configuration and by applying the open/short compensation technique in the whole frequency range similar to the technique used by Taherian et al. (1990). The effect of salinity was investigated for two brine concentrations: 20 g and 50 g of sodium chloride (NaCI) per litre of solution (i.e. 2% and 5% NaC1). The solution is made up of NaC1 dissolved in de-aerated and de-ionized distilled water. Initially, the rock samples were fully saturated with 2% brine solution and loaded in the test cell. The samples were considered fully saturated when the resistance of the samples
measured continuously at 2KHz frequency, showed no significant variation (i.e. < 1% change over a period of 12 h) with brine displacement. The RCL meter was then connected and a frequency sweep performed on each sample. After the frequency measurement, 5% brine solution was injected through the samples to displace the original brine. The resistance was observed continuously. A sharp decrease was observed during the first few pore volumes of displacement, when the more conductive brine became continuous. Then, the decrease was less accentuated and reached equilibrium after about 20 pore volumes of injection. A frequency sweep was then repeated at 5% brine salinity. In order to study the frequency dependence of partially saturated rocks, the desaturation technique using semi-permeable capillary diap h r a g m s has been used f o l l o w i n g the laboratory procedures described by Elashahab et al. (1995). The main advantages of the method are the reduction of capillary end effects and uniform saturation distribution along the core length. These improvements are achieved by using highly hydrophilic ceramic membranes positioned between the sample and the end plate. The resistivity distribution along the core is monitored by six potential electrodes equally spaced along the rock sample so that resistivity measurement can be taken at pairs of electrodes (four-electrode configuration) and also between the top and base current electrodes which give the total resistivity (Fig. 2). The resistivity measurements for saturation monitoring based on the Archie type of equations are taken at a frequency of 2 kHz. The volume of brine produced during the desaturation process was
150
P. S. DENICOL & X. D. JING
Fig. 2. Core sleeve with multiple electrodes.
Fig. 3. General frequency dependence behaviour for sample Zl. carefully measured to allow the calculation of average sample saturation by material balance. The effect of clay minerals on the complex resistivity was investigated using synthetic shaley samples following the method established by Jing et al. (1992). According to this technique, mixtures of sands with different ranges of grain sizes and different clay types and contents can be prepared and consolidated through cycles of loading/unloading and heating/cooling in a high pressure and high temperature cell. The main advantage of the technique is full control of the sample preparation so that the desired variation of clay type, content and distribution can be systematically obtained under laboratory conditions. Five synthetic samples of different clay contents were prepared , namely SZ1 (clay free), SZ2 (5% montmorillonite), SZ3 (10% mon-
tmorillonite) and SZ4 (15% montmorillonite). The sand and clay mixtures were mixed uniformly to achieve homogeneous samples. Table 2 lists the petrophysical characteristics of the synthetic samples. After loading the samples in the high pressure cell, they were saturated with 5% by weight of NaCI brine and the consolidation process was started. Repeated loading and unloading cycles were performed with confining pressures varying from 500 psi to 4000 psi until sample consolidation.
Results and discussion
Frequency effect Figures 3 and 4 show the real component and phase angle versus frequency for two reservoir core samples. This plot of resistivity and phase
THE COMPLEX RESISTIVITY OF SANDSTONE SAMPLES
151
Fig. 4. General frequency dependence behaviour for sample Z3.
Fig. 5. Argand diagram with the critical frequency (fc) separating electrode polarization and bulk sample response for sample Z1.
Fig. 6. Argand diagram with the critical frequency (fc) separating electrode polarization and bulk sample response for sample Z1. angle against frequency can be divided into polarization and sample response regions. The electrode polarization region (e.g. < 10 KHz) is strongly influenced by polarization at the rockelectrode interface and can be identified from the
bulk rock response by plotting the real and imaginary components of the impedance on the complex plane as shown in Figs 5 and 6 (i.e, Argand diagram, Debye 1929). The sample response region (i.e. the Cole-Cole region, Cole & Cole 1941) can be divided into two straightline regions of distinctive frequency dependence: the intermediate frequency range (10-100 kHz) characterized by a small and gradual change in impedance and phase angle followed by the high frequency range (100-2 MHz) characterized by a sharp change in impedance and phase angle. The transition between the intermediate and highfrequency region is characterized by the relaxation frequency of the interface polarization process. Figures 5 and 6 plot the Argand diagrams for samples Z1 and Z3 showing the separation of sample response from electrode effects. The experimental data can be fitted by the classic Cole & Cole (1941) model of a depressed semicircle on the Argand plot. According to Lockner & Byerlee (1985), existing theoretical models are most useful in the analysis of data near the peak loss frequency but they may not be capable of fitting experimental data over the entire frequency range.
Salinity dependence The general frequency behaviour of the complex impedance is shown in Fig. 7 for the reservoir sample Z7 at two different brine concentrations. The effect of increasing the pore electrolyte salinity on the frequency behaviour of the sample can be summarized as follows:
152
P.S. DENICOL & X. D. JING
Fig. 7. General frequency behaviour for sample Z7 at two brine concentrations.
Fig. 8. Normalized impedance at two brine concentrations showing salinity dependence for sample Z7.
(1) The complex impedance decreases as the brine salinity increases in the whole frequency range; (2) The complex impedance decreases with frequency for both brine concentrations; (3) The rate of decrease is more pronounced for the lower brine concentration, that is, the lower the salinity of the brine the higher the frequency dependence. This behaviour is best illustrated when the normalized impedance is plotted against frequency in the range from 10 to 100 kHz (Fig.8); (4) As the salinity of the brine increases, the relaxation frequency increases. The frequency dependence as a function of salinity variations is related to the electrical double layer, the thickness of which varies with the brine concentration. High solution concentrations are associated with the compression of the double layer whilst low concentrations
favour the expansion of the double layer. The frequency dependence, as expressed by the slope taken from the semi-log plot of the normalized impedance in the frequency range from 10 to 100 kHz, is found to increase from 5% to 2 % NaC1. Similar results were reported by Kulenkampff et al (1993) and Kulenkampff & Schopper (1988). This salinity dependence is also related to the relative mobility of the ions in the pore space from the free water to the double layer near the solid surface. In the free water region, the charge carriers are free to move and therefore follow the alternating electrical field. On the other hand, in the double layer region, the movement of ions is partially restricted by the electrostatic potential. The result is a delayed oscillation of the diffuse layer when compared to the free ions of the bulk solution that react promptly to the alternating electrical field. Consequently, a phase lag is established between the input voltage and the corresponding current flowing through the pore
THE COMPLEX RESISTIVITY OF SANDSTONE SAMPLES
Fig. 9. Frequency dependence of resistivity and phase angle at partial saturation for sample Zl.
Fig. 10. Frequency dependence of resistivity and phase angle at full brine saturation for sample ZI.
Fig. 11. Saturation dependence of the resistivity for sample Z1 as characterized by the chargeability (m)
153
154
P.S. DENICOL & X. D. JING
space. If the concentration of NaCl decreases, the double layer thickness increases and the phase lag is more accentuated. Additionally, an increase of the diffuse layer thickness favours the blockage of ions, especially at narrowing pores, with consequent accumulation of charges and local concentration gradients.
080 E_075 ~"070 ~ 065 ="0.60
Z3 Zl
The saturation dependence was studied by comparing the frequency spectrum of the real part of the resistivity at full and partial water saturation. The partial saturation was arrived at by displacing brine with Isopar H which has a dielectric constant of 2.02 at 25 ~ So far, only water-wet samples have been tested. The frequency dependence of the in-phase resistivity and phase angle are shown in Figs 9 and 10 for sample Z1 at 33% and full brine saturation, respectively. The saturation dependence becomes clearer when both resistivity curves are displayed in a log-log plot (Fig. 11). The fully saturated curve is almost flat for the whole frequency range. On the other hand, the partially saturated curve is flat in the low frequency range and shows clear frequency dependency above the relaxation frequency. The frequency effect can be better analysed by the empirical parameter chargeability (m) defined as follows (Siegel 1959): (6)
where R1 and R2 stand for the low and high resistivity asymptotes, respectively. Table 1 summarizes the results obtained for the chargeability of the samples. For a given sample, there is a consistent increase in m when brine is displaced by oil. The correlation between m and the water saturation is shown in Fig. 12 for all the samples. Although a general trend of higher m for lower saturation can be observed, the correlation is weak. Samples Z3 and Z9 showed a more remarkable deviation from the trend, possibly due to the high iron oxide content in the former and dispersed glauconite in the latter. Knight & Nur (1987) also observed that a sample with high iron oxide content (Indiana Dark sandstone) had an anomalous dielectric exponent apparently due to the effect of the magnetic susceptibility on the dielectric response. The interpretation of the saturation dependence upon frequency is difficult due to the intricate geometry of the pore space and its effect on distribution of fluids within the rock. Mineralogical complexity, mainly related to clays and
9
Z4
0.55
0.50 0.3
Saturation dependence
m = R1/(R1 +R2)
0.85
0.4
0.5 0.6 Sw (fraction)
0.7
0,8
0,9
Fig. 12. Correlation between chargeability (m) and water saturation.
metallics, also plays an important role in increasing the complexity of the frequency dispersion. However, the general behaviour of the saturation dependence is characterized by an increase of the frequency effect in response to the oil saturation, as distinguished by the phase angle and chargeability results. It is important to note that in two-phase systems, the frequency dispersion due to the polarization at the solid-liquid interface (poregrain) may be added to by polarization at the liquid-liquid interface (oil-water). As the water saturation decreases, there is an increase in the water-oil interfacial area and an increase in the complexity of the brine phase topology. For any rock-fluid systems, wettability plays a significant role in controlling fluid distribution at the pore scale. Therefore, it might be possible to derive wettability information based on the frequency dispersion measurements of reservoir rock-fluid systems. However, further research is needed in this area.
Clay effects Synthetic shaley samples with controlled clay type, content and distribution were used to investigate the effects of clay minerals on complex impedance measurements. Figure 13 shows the results for the synthetic sample SZ4. The low-frequency region from 10 Hz to ~10 kHz indicates strong dispersion in both impedance and phase angle which is attributed to electrode polarization. In the intermediate frequency range (1 to ~100 kHz) the impedance decreases monotonically while the phase angle reaches a minimum and then starts increasing. The high frequency region is characterized by the relaxation frequency at N800 kHz where the phase angle reaches a maximum and the impedance decreases more drastically. All the synthetic samples present the relaxation frequency at around the same position. However, the value of the phase angle at the relaxation
THE COMPLEX RESISTIVITY OF SANDSTONE SAMPLES
155
Fig. 13. General frequency dependence behaviour of impedance and phase angle for sample SZ4.
Fig. 14. Normalized impedance versus frequency relationships of four synthetic samples containing various amounts of montmorillonite.
Fig. 15. Correlation between clay content and frequency dependence for the synthetic samples.
156
P.S. DENICOL & X. D. JING
frequency increases with the amount of clay, varying from 1 degree for the clay-free sample to 5 degrees for the 15% montmorillonite sample. This observation suggests that a polarizationlike process is being caused by the clay presence although the classical induced polarization effect would be expected at lower frequencies. A possible explanation for this frequency effect may be related to the electro-osmotic coupling due to the accumulation of charges at narrowing pores (Marshal & Madden 1959; Dankhazi 1993). Although its effect is found to be very weak, this type of polarization is expected to increase with a reduction of the sample permeability. Indeed, the synthetic samples show a decrease in permeability with increasing amount of clay (Table 2) that leads to the narrowing and reduction of effective pores and hence the electro-osmotic coupling. The slope of the impedance curve in the range from 10 to 100 kHz is also found to correlate with the clay content of the samples. Figure 14 shows the normalized impedance versus frequency for the samples containing montmorillonite. The graph indicates a consistent increase in the frequency slope from sample Z1 (clayfree) to sample Z4 (15% montmorillonite). A plot of the rate of impedance decrease with frequency versus clay content is shown in Fig. 15, where the clay effect appears to decrease at higher clay contents.
Conclusions The frequency effect in the intermediate frequency range (10-100 kHz) increases when the solution concentration is decreased from 5% to 2% NaC1. This salinity dependence may be explained by variations of the double layer thickness and ion mobility. At high salinity, the double layer is compressed to the pore surface and gradually expands with decreasing brine concentration. As a consequence, the mobility of the ions in the diffuse layer is reduced at high salinity preventing them from following the alternating field as opposed to the free ions in the centre of the pore. Additionally, the expansion of the double layer supports the blockage of ions particularly at the smaller pores with subsequent electro-osmotic polarization due to the accumulation of charges. The frequency effect is found to increase for the whole frequency range when brine is displaced by oil (Isopar H). A variation in water saturation from full to partial saturation resulted in a dramatic increase in the frequency dispersion and a clear shift of the relaxation frequency. This observation may have potential
applications for the evaluation of low resistivity and low contrast pay formations. The frequency dispersion consistently increases with the amount of clay in the sample. This effect is better illustrated when the normalized impedance is plotted in the frequency range from 10 to 100 kHz . The impedance slope is relatively flat for the clay-free sample (SZ1) and increases with the content of montmorillonite for the shaley samples. A plot of the clay content versus the frequency dependency clearly shows a relationship. We would like to thank Petrobras S.A. for sponsoring P.S. Denicol and for providing reservoir rock samples. We also wish to thank M. S. King for many valuable discussions.
References BORNER, F. D. 1995. Estimation of hydraulic conductivity from complex electrical measurement. International Symposium of the Society of Core Analysts, paper 9523. COLE, K. S. & COLE, R. H. 1941. Dispersion and absorption in dielectrics. Journal of Chemistry and Physics, 9, 341. DANKHAZI, G. 1993. A new principle approach to induced polarization in porous rock. The Log Analyst, 34, 54-66. DEBVE, P. 1929. Polar molecules. Chemical Catalogue Co. DENICOL, P. S. & JING, X. D. 1996. Estimating permeability of reservoir rocks from complex resistivity data. Society of Professional Well Log Analysts, 37th Annual Logging Symposium, paper X. ELASHAHAB,B. M., JING, X. D. & ARCHER,J. S. 1995. Resistivity index and capillary pressure hysteresis for rock samples of different wettability characteristics. SPE paper No. 29888, the 9th Middle East Oil Show and Conference, March, Bahrain. Gouv, G. as discussed in HUNTER, R. J. 1988. Zeta Potential in Colloid Science, Academic Press. JING, X. D., ARCHER, J. S. 8r DALTABAN,T. S. 1992. Laboratory study of the electrical and hydraulic properties of rocks under simulated reservoir conditions. Marine and Petroleum Geology, 9, 115-127. KNIGHT, R. & NUR, A. 1987. Geometrical effects in the dielectrical response of partially saturated sandstones. The Log Analyst, 28, 513-519. KNIGHT, R. & ENDRES,A. 1991. Surface conduction at the hydrocarbon/water interface. Society of Professional Well Log Analysts, 32nd Annual Logging Symposium, paper I. KULENKAMPFF,J. M. & SCHOPPER,J. R. 1988. Low frequency conductivity--a means for separating volume and interlayer conductivity. Society of Professional Well Log Analysts, 12th European Formation Evaluation Symposium, paper P.
THE COMPLEX RESISTIVITY OF SANDSTONE SAMPLES --,
BORNER, F. D. & SCHOPPER,J. R. 1993. Broad band complex conductivity lab measurement enhancing the evaluation of reservoir properties. Society of Professional Well Log Analysts, 15th European Formation Evaluation Symposium, paper A.
LIMA, 0. A. L. t~ SHARMA, M. M. 1992. A grain
conductivity approach to shaly sandstone. Geo-
physics, 55, 1-10. LOCKNER, D. A. & BYERLEE, J. D. 1985. Complex
logically mature.
mature,
texturally
157 submature
to
Sample Z3 (Block 18-2)." Lower Permian "Penrith Red Sandstone", predominantly quartz grains cemented by quartz over-growths with iron oxide petina, subrounded-rounded, mineralogically and texturally sub-mature.
resistivity measurements of confined rock. Journal
of Geophysical Research, 90, 7837-7847. MARSHALL, D. J. t~ MADDEN, T. R. 1959. Induced
polarization, a study of its causes. Geophysics, 24, 790-816. RINK, U. • SCHOPPER,J. R. 1974. Interface conductivity and its implications to electrical logging.
Society of Professional Well Log Analysts, 15th Annual Logging Symposium, paper J. SEN, P. N. 1980. The dielectric constant and conductivity response of sedimentary rocks. Society of Petroleum Engineers, paper 9379. SEN, P. N. 1981. Relation of certain geometrical features to the dielectric anomaly of rocks. Geophysics, 46, 1714. SEIGEL,H. 0. 1959. A theory for induced polarization effects (for step excitation function). In: WArr, J. R. (ed.) Over Voltage Research and Geophysical Applications. Pergamon Press Inc., 4-21. TAHERIAN, M. R., KENYON, W. E. & SAFINYA, K. A. 1990. Measuremen of dielectric response of watersaturated rocks. Geophysics, 55, 1530-1541.
Appendix: geological description of sandstone rocks (a) Outcrop rocks Sample Z1 (Block 15-8): Lower Carboniferous sandstone, average grain size 0.2 ram, 95% q u a r t z , alkali feldspar, clay, biotite, alcite cement (5%) with some chert, angular to sub-angular, poor sphericity, minera-
Sample Z4 (Block 16-2): Upper Carboniferous sandstone, grain size : 0.10.3 mm, 85% quartz, 0% alkali feldspar, 5% mica, very irregular, poor sphericity, texturally immature and mineralogically submature.
Sample Z5 (Block 19-4): Lower Triassic 'Bunter' sandstone, fine to medium grain sizes (< 0.5 mm), 95% quartz, % alkali feldspar and calcite, sub-rounded, poor sphericity, texturally and mineralogically mature.
(b) Reservoir rocks Sample Z7: Glauconitic sandstone, semi-friable, grains are sub-rounded with regular to good selection. Mineralogy also includes quartz, feldspar and mica.
Sample Z8." Sandstone with pseudo-argilaceous matrix (27 %), quartz (31%), K-feldspar (18%), glauconite (6%), plagioclase (5%), others (2%). Cements include dolomite and pyrite.
Sample Z9." Sandstone with pseudo-argilaceous matrix, quartz, K-feldspar, glauconite, and plagioclase.
Acoustic wave anisotropy in sandstones with systems of aligned cracks A. S H A K E E L 1 & M . S. K I N G 2
1Production Department, Oil and Gas Development Corporation, F-8 Markaz Islamabad, Pakistan 2 Department of Earth Resources Engineering, Royal School of Mines, Imperial College, London SW7 2BP, UK
Abstract: Seismic anisotropy has been studied on a number of dry cubic sandstone
specimens, of 51 mm side, in which a system of aligned cracks has been first introduced progressively by the application of a polyaxial state of stress, and then closed by hydrostatic stress. One P- and two S-wave velocities polarized at right angles, along with the deformation, have been measured at each stress level in each of the three principal stress directions. Thomsen's (1986) anisotropy parameters (e, 7, 6) have been calculated at each stress level during the cracking and crack closing cycles using Nishizawa's (1982) theory. Test results indicate that anisotropy in the P-wave velocity is greater and more sensitive to the presence of aligned cracks than that observed for S waves. Modelling studies show that the P-wave anisotropy parameter e is always greater than that of anisotropy parameter 8, for low crack densities and for small aspect ratios. The reverse is true for high crack densities and low aspect ratios. The results of numerical studies indicate that S-wave anisotropy is independent of the nature of the saturating fluid and that it is possible to observe elliptical anisotropy in a medium containing aligned dry ellipsoidal inclusions. It is well known that the presence of microcracks and fractures reduces the acoustic velocities of P- and S-waves in rocks. When the principal stresses are altered on a rock that initially has a random distribution of cracks, the crack distribution no longer remains randomly oriented. The effect of an applied non-hydrostatic stress is to close cracks in some directions and leave cracks open in others (Sayers 1988). Those cracks with their normals lying close to parallel to the new major principal stress will tend to be closed more than those with their normals subparallel to the new minor principal stress (Sayers 1988). The elastic and transport properties of the rock then become anisotropic in their behaviour, with the degree of anisotropy depending on the magnitude of the principal stress differences, the type of fluid filling the cracks (Xu & King 1989, 1992; King et al. 1995a,b). Seismic anisotropy was studied more than 40 years ago by Postma (1955) and Uhrig & Melle (1955), but for a long time its effect was ignored or considered insignificant, due to the fact that most of the seismic surveys carried out were for P-wave reflection and conducted at small angles to the vertical. However, for seismic surveys conducted with large angles of the incidence waves (such as VSP surveys), the effect of a n i s o t r o p y c a n n o t be i g n o r e d ( C r a m p i n 1985a,b). Seismic anisotropy due to aligned
cracks has been extensively studied by, amongst others, Crampin (1984, 1985a,b) and Crampin & Atkinson (1985), who are of the opinion that Swave velocities are more sensitive to the presence of aligned cracks and that they provide a better quality of information on anisotropy effects than does the P wave. Crack orientation, when cracks are aligned vertically, can easily be determined by the splitting of vertically propagating polarized shear waves. This splitting occurs as a result of azimuthal anisotropy induced by the microcracks and fractures. A knowledge of seismic anisotropy can provide useful information about the mineralogy, the orientation of cracks and pores, the degree of cracking and crack geometry, orientation of the in situ stress field, and the possible proportion of gas and liquid within the inclusions in hydrocarbon reservoirs (Crampin 1985a). Thomsen (1986) has derived a set of three dimensionless anisotropy parameters (e, 7 and 8) to describe weak to moderate transverse isotropy of a medium. These parameters are defined in terms of the five components of the stiffness tensor (Cll , C33 , C13 , C44, C66) relating stress and strain for the transversely isotropic medium as follows:
Cll -C33 V 2 1 - V22 -- - -2C33 V 22
SHAKEEL,A. & KING, M. S. 1998. Acoustic wave anisotropy in sandstones with systems of aligned cracks In. HARVEY,P. K. & LOVELL,M. A. (eds) Core-Log Integration, Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 136, 173-183
(1)
173
174
A. SHAKEEL & M. S. KING C66 - C44
V 21 - V 22
2C44
V 22
(2)
(~ ~__ (C13 + C44) 2 - (C33 - C 4 4 ) 2 2C33 (C33 - C44)
(3)
The parameters are all zero for an isotropic medium and their deviation from zero represents the degree of anisotropy. The value of ~, which is always positive, represents the relative difference between the P-wave velocities propagating perpendicular (Vp1) and parallel (Vp2) to the axis of symmetry. The general term 'anisotropy' of a rock usually refers to the quantity e, calculated using the following equation for small values o f e, Vp 1 B Vp 2 E -- - -
re2
(4)
The parameter 3' describes the S-wave anisotropy of a transversely isotropic medium. It is the relative difference between the faster S-wave velocity (Vsl) and the slower S-wave (Vs2) velocity travelling in a transversely isotropic medium. Thus, for small values of 7, it can be used to define 'S-wave anisotropy' of a medium (Thomsen 1986) as VS1 m Vs 2
7 -- -
Vs2
(5)
where Vsl and Vs2 are S-wave velocities propagating parallel to the plane of cracks with their polarization parallel and perpendicular to the plane of cracks, respectively. The parameter dominates the anisotropic response when the acoustic wave propagates in a plane which is parallel or approximately parallel to the axis of symmetry. It is independent of the seismic velocities of the medium perpendicular to the axis of symmetry and can take either positive or negative values. As shown by Thomsen (1986), the parameters ~, 3" and g are less than 0.2 in magnitude for weak-to-moderate anisotropy. Furthermore, Thomsen (1986) states that elliptical anisotropy will be observed if 6 = ~. Since the parameters ~, 3' and ~ are easily interpretable and can be calculated from the five elastic constants obtained from Nishizawa's (1982) theory, they are used here to model and study the variation in anisotropy as a function of aspect ratio, crack density and stress.
Experimental system A polyaxial stress loading system, developed at
Imperial College of Science and Technology London, has been used for testing 51mm-side cubic rock specimens. The system, described in a preliminary technical note by King et al. (1995a) and in detail by Shakeel (1995), consists of a loading frame in the form of an aluminium alloy ring within which two pairs of hydraulic rams and ultrasonic transducer holders are mounted to provide orthogonal stresses on the cubic rock specimen in the horizontal plane. Each of the three principal stresses may be varied independently in the range 0 to 115 MPa in the horizontal principal directions and to over 750 MPa in the vertical major principal direction. The horizontal principal stresses may be servocontrolled using facilities associated with a Schenk compression testing machine. The vertical major principal stress is provided through ultrasonic transducer holders mounted in a Schenk 160-tonne closed-loop servo-controlled compression testing machine. Stress is transmitted to each of the six faces of the cubic rock specimen through 5 ram-thick magnesium faceplates matching approximately the elastic properties of the rocks being tested. Deformation of the rock specimen is measured by pairs of extensometers (LVDTs) mounted in each of the three principal directions. An isometric view of the polyaxial loading frame is shown in Fig. 1. Each of the three pairs of transducer holders contains stacks of piezoelectric transducers capable of producing or detecting pulses of compressional (P) or either of two shear (S) waves polarized at right angles propagating in one of the principal stress directions. The transducer holders have a bandwidth in the range approximately 450 to 800 kHz for P-wave and 350 to 750 kHz for S-wave pulses. Loading in the 1-direction is characterized by the major principal compressive stress (cq) direction and that of 2- and 3- as the intermediate (or2) and minor (a3) principal stress directions, respectively. The wave type nomenclature employs two suffixes 'i' and 'j' (as with Vij) where T refers to the propagation direction of the wave and 'j' to the polarization (particle motion) direction. Thus V33 is the P-wave velocity propagating in the minor principal stress direction and V13 is the S-wave velocity propagating in the major principal stress direction with polarization in the 1-3 plane. A total of nine components of velocity are measured: three compressional VPll , VP22 and VP33 and six shear VS12, VS13, VS21, VS23, VS31 and VS32 Both the P- and S-wave velocities are measured with an accuracy of +1% and a precision of +0.5%.
ANISOTROPY IN CRACKED ROCKS
175
LOAD IN 1-DIRECTION APPLIED IN I~I~pRSCHENK
160-TONNE S E R V O - C O N T R O k L E D
ESSION TESTING MACHINE
9
,
,
4.
5.
6.
7. 8. 9.
TRANSDUCER HOLDERS HYDRAULIC PRESSURE, 2-DIRECTION HYDRAULIC RAM, 2-DIRECTION HYDRAULIC PRESSURE, 3-DIRECTION HYDRAULIC RAM, 3-DIRECTION "fRANSDL~ER HOLDERS CUBIC ROCK SPECIMEN REACTION RING
Fig. 1. Isometric view of the polyaxial loading system.
Results and discussion First a numerical example is provided to enable a better understanding of the effects of the different parameters, such as crack aspect ratio, crack density and type of saturating fluid on the anisotropy parameters and on the acoustic velocities of such a cracked solid permeated with aligned ellipsoidal inclusions. Finally, the theory is used to study the anisotropy as a function of stress for a solid progressively permeated with a system of aligned cracks.
Numerical results and discussion In this numerical example, P- and S-wave velocities and Thomsen's (1986) anisotropy parameters are calculated as a function of aspect ratio for a solid permeated with aligned ellipsoidal inclusions. Nishizawa's (1982) theory is used to calculate the elastic constants. The aspect ratio of the inclusions is varied from a =0.0001 (almost flat cracks) to a = 1 (spheres). Four crack densities are studied, ~=0.01, 0.05, 0.10 and 0.20. Both types of inclusions are investigated: dry inclusions with a fluid bulk modulus
of 1.5• -4 GPa, and liquid-filled inclusions with a fluid bulk modulus of 1.5 GPa. The isotropic background material is the same as that used by Nishizawa (1982): matrix density 2.7 g cm -3 and Lame's constants A = # = 39 GPa. Figures 2 and 3 show results of the Thomsen's anisotropy parameters as a function of aspect ratio for dry and liquid-filled inclusions, respectively, for four different crack densities ~= 0.01, 0.05, 0.10 and 0.20. It is clear from these figures that the values of anisotropy parameters increase as the crack density is increased from ~ = 0.01 to 0.20. They all become zero for an aspect ratio a = 1, corresponding to the isotropic situation. Note that for dry inclusions (Fig. 2) all the anisotropy parameters have a non-zero constant value for a large range of small aspect ratios and that they only tend to zero for large aspect ratios approaching a = 1. Hence, for a large group of small aspect ratios the resultant anisotropy is hardly affected by a change in aspect ratio for the case when solid is permeated by dry inclusions. The non-zero constant values of the parameters ~ and 7, for a large group of small aspect ratios for dry inclusions, indicate that
176
A. SHAKEEL & M. S. KING 0.04
. . . . . . . .
I
. . . . . . . .
I' . . . . . .
'
. . . . . . .
I
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
C r a c k density = 0 . 0 1
:
:,= o.o2
/ Y
o7
87"
""
o.01 9
O.OO I
*
'
I llll
i
. . . . . . .
I
o.ool
O.OeO
. . . . . . . .
I
O.Ol
0.1
(a) 0~0
. . . . . . . .
I
. . . . . . . .
|
Crack density = 0.05
0.15
. . . . . . . .
I
. . . . . . . .
~-. r
"2.'.'_"2~: "-'."L\~ 22:" 2"-".'2"2:: - " 2 " . ' - " . 2 : ~ 22".222:: -"2.-'_"".'.:: -':;.':.z-~.
>~ o.lo
y
,
b
\
-~-
o.o$ 0.00
~,.,..
"
~
'
"
I
. . . . . . . .
I''|
0.04}01
|
0.001
'
'
'
'
'
"..,~
''']
0.01
0.1
(b) 0.5
0.4
. . . . . . . .
I
. . . . . . . .
Crack density = O. I0 9 "~ "..--.'.'T
." . - : -" . " . ~. - - - : . ' T . . " . ' : "
-".:. 7----.-.-:
: .--.'..--:.--.
- .-""
-- "~.'.'T
~';r
o.3
O~
I
. . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . .
~)
~"
2 2": : .".-:"
- -~....:
: :";
"'~"
". ~
'~.~
y
/
0.1 O.O
.
.
.
.
,
, ..!
0.0001
9
,
,
i
,
, ,r
I
. . . . . . . .
I
0.01
O.OOl
. . . . . . . .
0.1
(c) . . . . . . . .
I
Crack density l.o
=
. . . . . . . .
I
. . . . . . . .
I
. . . . . . .
0.20
.". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-
8
p..
/ 0.0 O.OeOI
Y .
.
.
.
"'-.. i
i,,|
. . . . . . . .
[
L
O.OI
O.OO!
Aspect
,
. . . .
..l
,
,
L
i
" "
O.t
Ratio
(d) Fig. 2. Thomsen anisotropy parameters as a function of aspect ratio for dry inclusions for crack densities, (a) ~ = 0.01, (b) ~= 0.05, (c) ( = 0.10, (d) ~= 0.20.
there is also a constant difference between the two P- and two S-wave velocities propagating both parallel and perpendicular to the plane of cracks for the same range of aspect ratios. This conclusion corresponds to Fig. 4 which shows a very small variation in P- and S-wave velocities propagating both parallel and perpendicular to the plane of cracks as the aspect ratio is changed
for dry inclusions of crack density of 0.01. In this figure (also in Fig. 5) the slower acoustic velocities (VP2 and VS2) are represented by dotted lines and the faster (VPi and VS1) by solid lines. A study of Fig. 2 indicates that the anisotropy parameters follow a certain pattern for dry inclusions, i.e. for low crack densities < 0.1, e > 6 > 7, (Figs 2 a-b) and for high crack
ANISOTROPY IN CRACKED ROCKS 0.03
0.02 +r
'' ......
9
I
......
Crack~ density = 0.01
''I
177
........
I
.......
p t ' Y..... . . - ' " " ..- .-.. . -. . . -. ( _ : . ~ " :~.-'=" = : - ' : - : k : .
,..
O.Ol ..... -+"~
0
o-," -0.01
.....................
.~-"*"
........
-0.02 0.0001
I
......
ill
O.OOl
i
i
i
i. ....
I
O.Ol
.
.
....
,
0.I
]
(a) O.IS
.........
0.1 0.05
,,J
0
I
. . . . . . . .
I
~
. . . . . . .
...........
C r a c k density = 0.05
/
I
","U:':u:-':~.:. ,,
...... . .... _.-j...... ...o..-o'~ ~
s ..................................
~- j-
. o~" -0.05
................ ,
-0.1 0.0001
.
,
.---" ,
....
I
,
,
,
,
, ,.,1
0.001
i
n
i
i
i '''I
O.OI
0.1
(b) 0"~
,r
........
!
0.2
C r a c k density --- 0.10
0,1
~
0
-0.1
~
........
/
1
i
.......
..)~ ~~ ~~ -'~" = : z.-;~..
........ . .o
.......... .....~
........................
.*" f . /
\
9
~ o ~ o "" J~l~
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
-0.2
........
+
. . . . . . . . 0.000
i
"~'~"
i
. . . . . . . .
0.001
. . . . . . . .
I
0.01
. . . . . . . .
O. !
(c) 9 " ...... I
0,6
0.45
........
C r a c k denmty = 0.20
........
E
i ..... .:~. . . . . . . .
..-"
I
0.3 0.15
i
~ ~ o
....o~
-
i
I"
"%
-/"
\
9
.,.o .s
0 -0.15 -0.3 0.O~i
1..
.
. . . . .
I
i
. . . . .
0.001
+,il
I
0.01
i
. . . . . .
l
,
,
,
....
O.l
Aspect Ratio
(d) Fig. 3. Thomsen anistropy parameters as a function of aspect ratio for liquid filled inclusions for crack densities, (a) ~= 0.01, (b) ~= 0.05, (c) ~= 0.10, (d) ~=0.20.
densities ~>_0.1, 6 > ~ > 7 (Figs 2 c-d). However, for a solid permeated with liquidfilled inclusions, a large variation in anisotropy parameters ~ and 6 is observed as the aspect ratio is changed (Fig. 3). The changes in e are related to P-wave velocities, especially VP2 which is strongly influenced by the liquid-filled inclusions as the aspect ratio is changed. This
result corresponds to Fig. 5a which shows a significant variation in V P 2 a s the aspect ratio is changed for liquid-filled inclusions of crack density ~=0.01. It can be seen from Fig. 3 that the value of ~ tends to zero for very small aspect ratios for all the crack densities, indicating that the difference between the P-wave velocities in both the directions parallel and perpendicular to
178
A. SHAKEEL & M. S. KING 6.60
. . . . . . . .
i
. . . . . . . .
I
. . . . . . . .
J
6.55
6.$0
6.45 6.40
.........................................................................
~
6.35 6.30
,,.
Vr2
Crack density = 0.01
6.~g
. . . . . . . .
0.0001
t
.
,
,
, , , , , I
,
,
t
. . . . .
0.01
0.001
i
O. I
Aspect Ratio
(a)
3.85
Vs~
3.80
3.75
3.70
3.65
3.60
Crack density -- 0.01
, ,
0.0001
. . . . . . .
I
. . . . . . . .
0.001
I
,
0.01
,
,
. . . . .
I
0.1
Aspect Ratio
(b)
Fig. 4. Changes in acoustic wave velocities as a function of aspect ratio for dry inclusions (a) P-wave velocities and (b) S-wave velocities. The crack density is ( = 0.01.
the plane of cracks also tends to zero. This effect is clearly shown in Fig. 5a. The changes in ~5are related to those P- and S-wave velocities which are either propagation or polarization perpendicular to the plane of cracks (3-direction). A comparison of Figs 2 and 3 with each respective crack density, indicates that there is hardly any difference in the value of anisotropic parameter 7 for a large range of aspect ratios when either dry or liquid-filled inclusions are used. This behaviour corresponds to the fact that S-wave velocities are not affected much as the condition of inclusions is changed from dry to liquid-saturated. Since the parameter 7 is constant for a large range of aspect ratios for
both dry and liquid-filled inclusions, the acoustic velocities VS1 and VS2 are not strongly affected by aspect ratios (Figs 4b and 5b for a crack density ( = 0.01). For all the cases studied for dry and liquidfilled inclusions, the values of e, 7 and 6 are always positive, indicating that the P- and Swave velocities (VP 1 and VS1) propagating perpendicular to the axis of symmetry are always greater than those propagating along (VP2 and VS2) the symmetry axis (Figs 4 and 5). Finally, Figs 2 and 3 show that the parameters e and 6 are equal for aspect ratios lying between a = 0.4 and 1 for both dry and liquid-filled inclusions. This suggests that the resultant anisotropy is
ANISOTROPY IN CRACKED ROCKS 6.60
........
i
........
i
. . . . . . . .
179 i
Vp l
6.55
6.50
6.45
6.40
6.35 Vp2 6.30
Crack
density
........
6.25
= 0.01
........
I
0.0001
I
0.001
........
i
0.01
.......
O.t
Aspect Ratio
(a) 3.85
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
1
.
.
.
.
I . . . .
[
~
. . . . . . .
I
.
.
.
.
E
i
.
.
.
Vs i
3.80
.'a
.
3.75
3.70
3.65
3.60 0.01.|
Crack density = 0.01 .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
l
1
1
. . . . . .
0.001
I
.
0.01 Aspect
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
I
,
[
. . . . .
0.1 Ratio
(b)
Fig. 5. Changes in acoustic velocities as a function of aspect ratio for liquid-filled inclusions (a) P-wave velocities and (b) S-wave velocities. The crack density is ~= O.O1. elliptical (Thomsen 1986) for both the dry and saturated cases in this limited range of aspect ratios. Experimental results and discussion
Tests have been performed on five dry sandstone specimens, in which a system of aligned cracks has been first introduced by increasing the major (el) and intermediate (~2) principal stresses in unison to near failure, while keeping the minor (or3) principal stress constant at some low level. The aligned cracks are then closed by the application of a hydrostatic compressive stress. The nine components of velocity are measured throughout three separate stress cycles. The first
involves measurements on the flesh, uncracked rock specimen during the application of an increasing hydrostatic stress. The second cycle involves measurements while a system of aligned cracks, with their normals parallel to the minor stress direction, is formed in the rock specimen (cracking cycle). The third cycle involves measurements during the application of a further increasing hydrostatic state of stress to close the cracks formed during the cracking cycle (crack closing cycle). Discussed here as being characteristic of the studies made on five sandstones tested in this research programme will be that of Penrith sandstone. This is a fine-to-medium grained sandstone of lower Permian age having a low
180
A. SHAKEEL & M. S. KING .
.
.
.
i
.
.
.
.
i
9
-
S.O
.
,~
I -*1%
.
.
.
[
.
.
.
.
i
I
o3 = 3 4.5
:I-+1%
.
.
.
.
M P a
I
.
.
.
.
i
.
J
,
.
.
.
[
.
.
.
,
....
.
(constant)
4.0
4.0 3..~
:~-
3.0
ft.
2..~
3.0
=
Pll
. . . . . .
l.$
:
i
P22
a
2.0
. . . .
[
9
= o 2 =
. . . .
.
.
.
i
.
.
.
. . . .
25
]
. . . .
I
SO
;~--
0"3 ( M P a )
. . . .
75
,
9
100
01 = O2 ( M P a )
.
12S
ISO
~:~ o l > o 2 = IOOMPa
3.2 .
'
0
50 01
~
1.5
O
3.2
P33
.
.
.
.
i
.
.
.
.
.
i
.
.
.
03 - 3 M P a 2.9
.
i
.
.
.
.
~
.
.
.
.
i
.
.
.
.
"
(constant)
. r -*1%
2.9 -'r -*1% ~
!~
2.6
2.3
~ 2., g
2.0 1.7
$23---o---
$21
S13 ~
$32
S12
t I
1.4
1.7
$31 ~
,
,
,
,
I
,
,
,
! ,
~
,
1.4
,,.
,
50 o 1 = 0 2 = 0 3 (MPa)
Fig. 6. P and S-wave velocities as a function of hydrostatic stess during the initial stress cycle for Penrith sandstone sample, (a) P-wave velocities and (b) S-wave velocities.
clay content (3%), an effective porosity of 13%, a permeability of ~150 mD, a grain density 2.6 gcm -3 and a bulk density of 2.26 gcm -3 in its dry state. Figure 6 shows changes in the three P- and six S-wave velocities plotted as a function of hydrostatic stress on the fresh uncracked rock specimen. Although loading in the 1-, 2-, and 3directions is identical there is a small difference between the changes in P- and S-wave velocities which is due to the differences in the initial elastic properties between these three directions. It will be observed that the sandstone exhibits behaviour that is close to being isotropic, with both sets of P- and S-wave velocities increasing in magnitude with increasing stress and lying within + 1% error bar, except at the lowest stress level. Figure 7 shows changes in the three P- and six S-wave velocities during the cracking cycle. The minor principal stress (o'3) was kept constant at 3 MPa while o']--o'2 were increased in unison in steps from 3 to 100 MPa. Then, while maintaining the intermediate principal stress at 100 Mpa (limited by the experimental system), the major
i~
S13 i ....
~ i .... 50
o I = 02 ( M P a )
$32 i .... 75
9
S12 i.,,. 100
i .... 125
l.gO
=',~ o 1 > o 2 = IOOMPa
F i g . 7. P a n d S - w a v e v e l o c i t i e s a s a f u n c t i o n
of stress
during the cracking cycle for Penrith sandstone sample, (a) P-wave velocities and (b) S-wave velocities.
principal stress was increased in steps to 132 MPa until the specimen was near failure. The acoustic velocities propagating in the 3direction show an initial increase with stress due to the closure of pre-existing cracks with their normals in the 1- and 2-directions, followed by a decrease as dilatant cracks with normals parallel to the 3-direction begin to form and open up. It is concluded from Fig. 7, with VPll~VP22 and VS12~,~VS21 all increasing monotonically, that the majority of the cracks formed are aligned in the 1-2 plane, perpendicular to the 3-direction. Shear wave birefringence occurs in all directions of propagation except along the symmetry axis (3-direction) for obvious reasons of symmetry. This effect was also observed in the experiments of Nur & Simmons (1969). The cracking cycle velocity data plotted in Fig. 7 indicate that the magnesium plates match the sandstone well in elastic properties up to stresses of o1 = cr2 = 100 MPa, when the majority of the aligned cracks are formed. As o'] is further increased (with o'2 constant), the platens cause confinement and the S-wave velocities propagating in the 1- or 2-direction and polarized in the 3-direction (V13 or V23) become higher than the
ANISOTROPY IN CRACKED ROCKS 5~
9
9"
*
9
I '' "
*
"
" ' 'I
.
.
.
.
2.4
4J I
7-O
~
1.6 3,$
~
.
181
7Z:L~ ,--] .
.
.
i
.
.
.
.
i
.
.
.
.
,
.
.
.
.
i
.
.
.
.
i
.
.
.
.
,o
3.0 G a m m a ,
,
O.8
2.0
&
0
25
0.4
SO
50
75 '=
a I *, 0" 2 - 0 3 ( M P a )
75
1o0
O 1 = 02 ( M P a )
-'~
12~
150
o l 9 o2 = 100MPa "4''I
(a)
3.2
,~.,
.
~
'-4
.
A
Aspect Ratio 2.9
-Z •
ct = 0 . 0 0 ~
L
/
2.0
~
I~lta. A
1.6
2.6
/
I..*
,,
0J
1.7
.--o---
$31
~
$23
SD
~
S32
~
o.4
$21
. 4 .....
x
.
_
,
.
~
-
-
I
-
.
S12
o.o 1.4
.
.
.
.
~
"
,
,
,
f 5O
,
*
,
,
0 7$
0.1
0.2
o.3
0.4
Crack Density
01 - 0 2 - 0 3 (MPa)
Fig. 8. P and S-wave velocities as a function of hydrostatic stress during the crack closing cycle for Penrith sandstone sample, (a) P-wave velocities and (b) S-wave velocities.
Fig. 9. Thomsen's (1986) anisotropy parameters for Penrith sandstone sample during the cracking cycle as a function of (a) stress and (b) crack density of the aligned cracks.
velocities that are propagating in the 3-direction (V31 or V32). This behaviour suggests that the aligned crack density towards the extremities of the specimen in the 3-direction is higher than in the centre for values of stress greater than 100 MPa. Figure 8 shows changes in three P- and six Swave velocities plotted as a function of hydrostatic stress during the subsequent crack closing cycle. As the stress is increased, both sets of Pand S-wave velocities appear to be approaching asymptotic values that are only slightly lower in magnitude than those shown in Fig. 6 for the preliminary uncracked cycle. Upon removal from the loading frame after completion of the tests, the specimens all showed signs of throughgoing fractures aligned close to normal to the 3direction. The nine components of velocity determined as a function of stress during the cracking and subsequent crack closing cycle have been used to evaluate the Thomsen's (1986) anisotropy parameters and crack density for the cracks aligned perpendicular to the symmetry axis (3-direction). The procedure, employing Nishizawa's (1982) theory, first to model the velocity data, is
described in detail by Shakeel (1995), who found excellent fits (within 4-1% at all stress levels) in comparing the theoretically modelled and the laboratory measured velocities during both the cracking and crack closing cycles. As the Penrith Sandstone was tested in its dry state, a value of 1.5x 104 GPa was chosen for the fluid bulk modulus. A range of aspect ratios (0.0005 to 0.002) was employed during each of the stress cycles to obtain the best match between the modelled and experimental velocities. It was found that a value of aspect ratio c~--8.0xl0 ~ provides the best match between the modelled and the experimental velocities during the cracking cycle and for the crack closing cycle for most of the stress levels. Figure 9a shows changes in the anisotropy parameters e, 7 and 6 as a function of (71 and 0"2 during the cracking cycle, during which o.3 was kept constant at 3MPa. All the anisotropy parameters increase as the stress is increased due to an increase in crack density (Fig. 9b). The rate of increase in the value of these parameters is lower as the stresses o-~ =o-2 are increased initially from 2 to 100 MPa, but it becomes much
182
A. SHAKEEL & M. S. KING .
.
.
.
I
,
.
Aspect ratio
.
.
.
. . . .
i . . . .
Aspect ratio
a = 0.001~;
i
i . . . .
. . . .
i
. . . .
i'.
a = 0.0005
/
o 3 - 2 MPa (Constant)
Delt~
1.5
Epsilon,
9 ~
1.0
y
Gamma. ,
,
~ ,
,
t
,
,
,
,
I
25
,
,
,
,
50
. 25
I~ c; 1 = 02 = 03
.
.
.
i
. "~.
.
50
,~.
.
75
.
,
. . . .
n . . . .
100
1~
13o
75 0 1 = 02 ( M P a )
(MPa)
-' ~
o I > o2= I00MPa
(a)
(a)
. . . .
t
,
Aspect Ratio
J
9 -
J . . . .
L . . . .
L . . . .
Dolts,
a = 0.0015
i . . . . 6 "--'~/~
U) 0.02
0.04
0.06 Crack
0,(]~
0.I
0.12
0,05
O.l Crack
Density
0. I$
0.2
0.25
Density
(b)
(b)
Fig. 10. Thomsen's (1986) anistropy parameters for Penrith sandstones sample during the crack closing cycle as a function of (a) stress and (b) crack density of the aligned cracks.
Fig. 11. Thomsen's (1986) anistropy parameters for Crosland Hill sandstone sample during the cracking cycle as a function of (a) stress and (b) crack density of the aligned cracks.
higher at higher stresses. The higher rate of increase of anisotropy parameters for stresses o'1 >a2 = 100MPa is due to the nucleation and coalescence of the majority of the aligned cracks, which is also clear from the sharp decrease in V33 and S-wave velocities propagating or polarized perpendicular to the plane of cracks (Fig. 7). Figure 10a shows changes in the anisotropy parameters e, 7 and 6 as a function of hydrostatic stress during the crack closing cycle. All the anisotropy parameters decrease as the stress is increased due to a decrease in crack density (Fig. 10b). Cracks close very quickly during the initial loading, resulting in a consequent rapid decrease in the value of the anisotropy parameters. When the stress is increased further, a major fraction of the crack surface area comes into close contact which slows down the closure of cracks and the anisotropy parameters decrease much more slowly than before. Results in Fig. 10 show that the anisotropy becomes weakto-moderate and elliptical (e = 6) for hydrostatic stresses >10 MPa.
The anisotropy parameters follow the same pattern during the cracking and crack closing cycles, i.e. at each stress level ~ > 7 indicates that the anisotropy in P-wave velocities is greater and more sensitive to the crack density than the anisotropy in S-wave velocities. Furthermore, for higher crack densities (~> 0.08), ~ is greater than ~, which is in accordance with the prediction of Nishizawa's theory as shown in Fig. 2. A study of Figs 9 and 10 also indicates that elliptical anisotropy is only possible in the weak anisotropic region (anisotropy p a r a m e t e r s < 0.2) which occurs only at low crack densities (~ < 0.06). These results are true for all the other sandstones tested in this research program. As an example, Figs 11 and 12 show similar anisotropy results for the Crosland Hill (low clay content [< 1%], effective porosity 6% and permeability < l mD) sandstone specimen during the cracking and crack closing cycles.
Conclusions (1) The results of the experimental study for
ANISOTROPY IN CRACKED ROCKS .
.
.
.
i
.
.
.
.
i
.
.
.
.
i
.
.
.
.
Aspect ratio ct 0.0005 =
t.6
~
171tt,
8
': 25
50 oI=
183
75
We wish to acknowledge with thanks, the support provided by Shell Expro, British Gas, BP Exploration and AGIP for this research project. The senior author is especially indebted to N. Hyder of the Joint Venture Department, OGDC, for arrangements, and the Oil and Gas Development Corporation of Pakistan for providing the finance necessary to present this paper. Special thanks are also due to Dr N. A. Chaudhry for providing data of one of his specimens to conduct some of the modelling work.
ioo
c 3 (MPa)
o z =
(a) References
. . . . . . .
i
. . . .
0 . . . .
Aspect Ratio cc= 0.0005 "4
/
#~ /
i
. . . .
Delta, 8
/ :,= 1.6 d
o.0
Ion ,
i
/7 o.1
0.2 Crack Density
o.3
S. 1984. Anisotropy in exploration seismics. First Break, 2, 19-21. - 1985a. Evaluation of anisotropy by shear wave splitting. Geophysics, 50, 142-152. 1985b. Evidence for aligned cracks in the Earth's crust. First Break, 3, 12-15. - • ATKINSON, B . K . 1985. Microcracks in the Earth's crust. First Break, 3, 16-20. KING, M. S., C H A U D H R Y , N. A. & SHAKEEL, A. 1995a. Experimental ultrasonic velocities and permeability for sandstones with aligned cracks. International Journal of Rock Mechanics and Mining Science and Geomechanics Abstracts, 23, 291-302. - - , SHAKEEL, A . & C H A U D H R Y , N . A. 1995b. Acoustic wave propagation and permeability in sandstones with systems of aligned cracks. Presented at the Geophysical Society of London, Borehole Research Group, Conference on Developments in Petrophysics, Sept, 1995. NISHIZAWA,O. 1982. Seismic velocity anisotropy in a medium containing oriented cracks--transversely isotropic case. Journal of the Physics of the Earth, 30, 331-347. NUR, A & SIMMONS,G. 1969. Stress-induced velocity anisotropy in rocks: An experimental study. Journal of Geophysical Research, 74, 6667-6674. POSTMA,G. W. 1955. Wave propagation in a stratified medium. Geophysics, 20, 780-806. SAYERS, C. M. 1988. Stress induced ultrasonic wave velocity anistropy in fractured rock. Ultrasonics, 26, 311-317. SHAKEEL, A. 1995. The effect of oriented fractures on elastic wave velocities, attenuation and fluid permeabilities of sandstones. PhD Thesis, Imperial College of Science, Technology and Medicine, University of London. THOMSEN, L. 1986. Weak elastic anisotropy. Geophysics, 51, 1954-1966. Xu, S & KING, M. S. 1989. Shear-wave birefringence and directional permeability in fractured rock. Scientific Drilling, 1, 27-33. & - 1992. Modelling the elastic and hydraulic properties of fractured rocks. Marine and Petroleum Geology, 9, 155-166 U H R I G , L. F & VAN MELLE, F. A. 1955. Velocity anisotropy in stratified media. Geophysics, 20, 774--779 CRAMPIN,
0.4
Fig. 12. Thomsen's (1986) anistropy parameters for Crosland Hill sandstone sample during the crack closing cycle as a function of (a) stress and (b) crack density of the aligned cracks.
dry sandstones suggest that the anisotropy parameter 6 is the most sensitive to the crack density. Moreover, for the dry rocks, the anisotropy in P-wave velocities is greater and more sensitive to the crack density than the anisotropy in S-wave velocities. (2) The results of the numerical study suggest that the anisotropy in P-wave velocities is greater when the saturating fluid is very compressible (gas) and when the cracks are flat (small aspect ratios), while the anisotropy in S-wave velocities is almost unaffected by the nature of the saturating fluid. (3) For dry inclusions over a large range of aspect ratios less than 0.1 the resultant anisotropy is hardly affected by a change in the aspect ratio. (4) The results of the numerical and experimental studies suggest that elliptical anisotropy will be observed in a m e d i u m containing aligned ellipsoidal inclusions of aspect ratios greater than 0.4.
Complementary functions reveal data hidden in your logs J. R. S A M W O R T H Wireline Technologies Limited, East Leake, Loughborough, Leicestershire L E 1 2 6JX, U K
Abstract: Many logging tools make multiple measurements of the same type that have more than one depth of penetration. Common examples are Compensated Density, Compensated Neutron and Array Induction logs. The purpose of the compensation is to reduce or remove the effects of a disturbance that distort the true measurement. Examples of this disturbance are the borehole size, mudcake and salinity. A general technique can be derived based on a theory of Linear Perturbation which requires no prior knowledge of the nature of the perturbation, the only requirement being that it is approximately locally linear. Various interpretations can be made of the general equation depending on the particular circumstances. The technique also produces a Complementary Parameter associated with the degree of correction. This parameter is usually discarded or paid scant regard, but can often be of some significant value and exposes surprising information. A number of examples can be used to illustrate these techniques, showing that they have wide applicability in situations ranging from difficult logging conditions (e.g. density through casing) to the apparently routine, where unusual and unexpected borehole fluids are revealed from neutron logs.
A very common method in wireline logging is to employ a system of transducers making similar measurements, spaced out along the logging tool. The main reason for this is to provide measurements with multiple depths of penetration in order to compensate for the effects of some disturbance to the measurement. This disturbance can have a multitude of origins, such as the borehole itself, its size, fluid nature, caliper fluctuations, etc., or near-borehole effects such as invasion. The compensation relies on the disturbance being common to the array of transducers, and requires a model to describe the disturbance (e.g. a step invasion profile). The multiple spacings employed have differing vertical resolutions, and much effort in recent years has been spent optimizing this resolution by ensuring that boundary information is not lost. The V E C T A R (Vertical Enhancement by Combination and Transformation of Associated Responses) computational technique is one such method (Elkington et al. 1990). In this paper, we will consider the converse of this combination method and develop equations which are not dependent on a pre-imposed model but are very general. In the process of doing this, we will see that another parameter is revealed that is orthogonal to the true value that is being examined.
Orthogonalization A definition of an orthogonal pair of parameters
is that although they are associated, varying one of them does not vary the other. For example, invasion depth and Rt (resistivity) are orthogonal, because varying Rt does not affect the invasion depth, and vice versa. However, if we measure resistivity using a dual induction tool, the deep and medium measurements are not orthogonal since variation in R t affects both deep and medium logs. The tornado chart shown in Fig. 1 is an attempt to transform the measurements into an orthogonal set, the tornado being a skewed orthogonal co-ordinate system. All dual or multiple measurements are intended to achieve similar objectives. It will, however, be noticed that the transformed orthogonal pair has two parameters--we get depth of invasion as well as Rt. This value of depth of invasion is an example of the orthogonal Complementary Parameter.
Linear perturbation and sharpness Let us consider an observation O, looking at a true value V, subject to a perturbation P. Let us suppose we perform all the chart book corrections we can (borehole size, etc.) but we are still left with a perturbation we cannot measure directly. Let us further assume that the perturbation is reasonably small and that it disturbs the observation from its true value in a linear way. We can then write:-
0 = V+ KP
where K = t h e proportionality constant i.e. the
SAMWORTH,J. R. 1998. Complementary functions reveal data hidden in your logs. In." HARVEY,P. K. & LOVELL,M. A. (eds) Core-Log Integration, Geological Society, London, Special Publications, 136, 159-171
(1)
159
160
J.R. SAMWORTH
Fig. 1. A Tornado Chart--an example of a skewed orthogonal co-ordinate system.
perturbation rate. If we make two observations with different transducers but subject to the same perturbation we get:0 1 = V-t-
K1P
02 = V+ K2P.
(2)
(3)
We can eliminate the perturbation P from the two equations and solve for the true value V. With some re-arrangement, we then get: V -- O 1 ~-
(O1 - 0 2 )
(4)
K1 This is arranged in the following form:(True value) = (Observed value) + (Correction). It is important to note that the correction depends on the two observations and the ratio of the perturbation rates K2/K1 and not the individual rates themselves. This is very signifi-
cant, as the ratio of perturbation rates is easier to calculate, and additionally the rates can change their absolute values without invalidating equation (4) as long as the rate ratio is unchanged. We can also solve equations (2) and (3) for the perturbation P by eliminating V:/9__ 0 2 -- O1 K2 -- K1
(5)
This parameter is the Complementary Parameter and is orthogonal to the true value. It can often be numerically scaled into some useful unit but is frequently ignored. If the perturbation is due to a variety of different effects they become lumped into a correction that cannot be assigned an explicit physically meaningful value, so P becomes Unsharp. This is the price of getting a good assessment of the true value, V, which is Sharp. It is, however, often the case that many of the lumped parameters are constant over the length of the borehole. If these values can be ascertained independently, and any one of the
HIDDEN DATA IN LOGS
161
Fig. 2. Mudcake thickness from Density logs.
perturbations varies significantly over the borehole, this variable parameter can be derived explicitly and a curve plotted. That is, it becomes
is usually one of optimization. We can encapsulate this principle thus:-
Sharp.
a computational process on a measurement can only be justified if the result after the process is better than the original.
Principle of betterness Before considering examples of the application of Linear Perturbation it is prudent to consider our objectives. The main objective is to improve the quality of a measurement, not necessarily to make it absolutely correct, because this depends on the quality of our assumed model. We can often become unnecessarily obsessed with correctness, whereas the log interpretation process
Alternatively:if a measurement can be improved by applyNg a computational process it is usually worth doing. The result does not have to be correct, only better.
An example of this principle at work is the Compensated Density Log. In the presence of a
162
J.R. SAMWORTH
0
API
1
inches
250
GM/CC
2.0
3.C 0 GM/CC
-0.25
11 i
0.25 '% _.~~176 h
C~ ,~rill-pipe)
-[
sJ
~' Density
Densi
~,/Correction
~_.Gamma Ray 6,5O
(
_i _I I _i I -I I -I 1 -It DEPTH BA~ED DATA FILENANE:
MAXIMUN S A M P L I N G INCRE~4ENT I O C N . .CIB
RUN I D :
ON
AT 20:48
PLOTTED ON 0 7 - J U N - I ~
AT 0 9 : 3 7
P J E ~
Fig. 3. Compensated Density through casing.
mudcake, the corrected log is usually more accurate than either of the two component originals. If, however mudcake is not present, the compensated log is subject to composite errors from both measurements and can actually be worse than either of them. This situation can often occur in practice, especially in slim wells. We can see that we must, therefore, apply the technique circumspectly.
Application of linear perturbation We will now consider several applications of the theory.
Density logs We can apply equation (4) directly to the long and short-spacing density logs.
We then get:-
pt=pn+
where pt PL Ps Ks & KL
11 ] ~
= = = =
(PL--PS)
(6)
True Density Long Spacing Density Short Spacing Density Perturbation rates.
This equation is identical to that derived by applying the geometric factor theory to density logs (Samworth 1992). If we wish to explore the complementary parameter we need to set up the original equations. Density logs can be expressed in terms of a Geometric Factor J:
HIDDEN DATA IN LOGS
163
Fig. 4. Use of a derived Apparent Caliper to improve Slim Array Induction logs.
PA= Jpm~+ (1 - J ) Pt Pmc = mudcake density. Rearranging; PA = Pt + J(Pmc -- Pt).
(7)
(8)
If we approximate J to a straight line function of standoff, d, i.e. we get:-
J = Kd,
PA = Pt + Kd (Pine-- Pt).
(9) (10)
This is the linear perturbation equation from which (6) can be derived. We can now use equation (5) to derive the standoff, d i.e.
Ps--PL d=(Pmc-P,)(Ks-KL)"
(11)
A log of this mudcake thickness is shown in Fig. 2. It is, of course, similar in character to the density correction but is scaled in inches.
Density log through drill pipe Occasionally, circumstances arise when the borehole stability is so poor that it is not possible to leave the hole open for conventional logging. It is then possible to run a variant of the density tool inside the drill pipe to log the density of the formation outside the pipe. In this case, there is no mudcake and we have no knowledge of the borehole caliper. A special form of density tool is employed which has no preferential circumferential collimation, i.e. it looks all round the hole. The long and short detectors are calibrated for the through-pipe conditions, and linear perturbation
164
J.R. SAMWORTH
Fig. 5. Invasion indications from a Slim Dual Induction Log.
applied. The degree of correction and complementary functions are not now associated with mudcake. Figure 3 shows a compensated density log obtained in this manner. If the original sharp value required is the bulk density, we do not have to assign an explicit meaning to the density correction; it can remain largely unsharp. Although unsharp, it is still probably safe to
assume that areas of high corrections are areas of hole enlargement. If we pursue this assumption, we can compute a caliper log using equation (11). This caliper log is shown in Fig. 3.
Caliper from array induction logs Induction logs can be combined in a similar way. Since inductions measure conductivity, we can
HIDDEN DATA IN LOGS
165
~.;~nc~easing ,~ ~
,,"
~176176
..-""
~176176176
Short count rate
Long count rate
Fig. 6. Cross plot to indicate effect of perturbations on Neutron log count rates. set up the linear perturbation system as in equations (2) and (3). This has been previously explored for slimline array tools (Samworth et al. 1994). Figure 4 shows an example of this application. A difficult horizontal well was logged with a slim array induction tool, without an opportunity to run any other log. The borehole fluid was saline (.07 52 f2m) and since no caliper was available to correct the logs, they were apparently quite poor. (The right hand set of curves in Fig. 4). Since we know the mud resistivity, by assuming that the two shallowest measurements see no further than the invaded zone we can use linear perturbation to calculate an apparent caliper. This caliper, shown in the left-hand track, was then used to correct the deeper reading measurements. A much more systematic log then results (in the centre track of Fig. 4). This is a form of optimization of the induction logs, and it leads to a better product without necessarily being absolutely correct.
Invasion indication from induction logs Figure 5 shows what can be achieved with a simpler slim dual induction tool. Only two conductivities are measured here, but unlike the previous example, the caliper is known as well as the mud resistivity, and the appropriate corrections can be applied. When linear perturbation is applied here, as well as deriving Rt, we get a lumped complementary function associated with both Rxo and invasion diameter. This is shown as the shaded curve in Fig. 5 and gives some indication of the character of the invasion. It can be seen, for
example, that there are three permeable zones, the invasion of the lower two being uniform since the invasion indicator is of a trapezium shape. However, the upper zone shows a graded form on its top edge, probably indicating a gradation in permeability.
Borehole fluid salinity from neutron logs We can adapt linear perturbation to the dual neutron tool. Dual neutron tools are usually designed so that the ratio of the count rates from near and far detectors is related to the formation porosity. The design is normally such that the sensitivity of this ratio to such things as borehole fluid salinity is minimized. However, a complementary function can be calculated specifically to be sensitive to this salinity. This can be seen in Fig. 6 where we have cross plotted the short spaced count rate against the long spaced. On this plot, all points on a straight line through the origin have the same ratio, and this represents the same porosity. A line can also be drawn for constant salinity but with porosity varying. This mesh is a skewed orthogonal system, as described earlier. In setting up the linear perturbation equations in this case, we shall use the two count rates V1 and V2, which are the unperturbed values. So we now get: O1 = V1 +K1P
(12)
0 2 = V 2 + K2P.
(13)
We can establish a relationship between 01 and 02 by eliminating P. We get:
166
J.R. SAMWORTH
Fig. 7. Borehole salinity from Neutron logs (1).
H I D D E N DATA IN LOGS
!0.0
0
API
I00 5
inches
1~
(SalinityIndicator)
0
B/E
167
1.0 10 30 L
LST %
- 10
6600
6700 9
6800
) \
Gamma
J
fk
Caliper
6900
! i~
vooo Bit Size
7100
: k
"7:~00
r \
7~0o
I"
7400
r
~, ?
I ~
~'b-
,r Salinity •
r Indicato~
r--~" . ~.~
=
.~.,.~.s
7600 77OO
r
.-.,~
?
Ne
7gO0
I \)
~
I
-,ooo
d
7900
,L ;
"~
,,.&~
e-J _N
i)'
9
2~
8100
8400-
)I
8~00
8600
~
iI bi)
87oo
f f
~
'8800
i ~"
.
Y
j ogoo
Fig. 8. Borehole salinity from Neutron logs (2).
-g 2~."
%-N
168
J.R. SAMWORTH
0.0 API 100l
(SalinityIndicator)
0
inches 1
B/E
10]30
6600 6700 6800 6900
7"Caliper 70OO 7100
~-Bit Size
sNeor
7200 tm~.
Salinity
7400 7~00 7600 7700
t',
7800 7 7900
8000 8100 8200 8:S00 8400 8~00
8600 8700
8800 18900
I
Fig. 9. Borehole salinity from Neutron logs (3).
PE
1
7300
MSFL (low:high Rxo)
1
Microlaterolog ~
o.1 0.1
Core plug (38 x 80 mm)
1000~ ' ' - ~ Microlog
1
Depth of investigation, in
FMS
(after Schlumberger 1989)
Fig. 1. A wide range of resolutions and depths of investigations are available for routine resistivity logging. I
Plan/Isometric. c, I S
:
c2 Multi-electrode (64)
!
Usable Data Region. I I
'
~ " ~ t
Computer.
l
I I
k..VJ
; I
1
1
c1,1-51
!c ,i-5
->
:
70%), such as that located at about 890 mbsf might be interpreted as present sites of deformation within the main fault zone (Pezard et al. 1997). Although the observation of vein filling at 890 mbsf suggests a normal component of movement accommodating extension in the hanging wall of the fault identified at seismic scale (Agar 1991), present deformation evidences are found directly above, probably in relation to the present compressional stress regime found in the upper basement (Moos & Zoback 1990). From about 850 to 1000 mbsf, the FMS subhorizontal fracture density and apparent aperture decrease with increasing depth, in a zone corresponding to intense brecciation (Fig. 8d,e). Within this interval, steeply dipping fault planes (about 70~ such as that at about 905 and 925 mbsf are identified in core, providing evidences of polyphase deformation (Agar 1991). The steeper planes (at about 905 and 925 mbsf; Fig. 8a) are interpreted as older fault planes developed in an extensional setting and later reactivated in relation to the present compressional stress regime in upper basement. In conclusion, the main fault zone spanning from 800 to 1100 mbsf is characterized by the presence of discrete deformation intervals, where fault planes are a result of the earlier extension and later (to/present) compression at Site 504. Fluid circulation. Within the main fault zone, the chemical properties are also found to be modified, as characterized in alteration mineralogy (e.g. Cu and Zn; Fig. 8b, c). Such changes are in relation with early normal faulting and hot fluids circulation. In addition, besides a step change of 4 ~ in downhole total magnetic field inclination at 800 mbsf (Fig. 8b), the magnetic properties are found to be strongly modified over an interval spanning from 900 to 1050 mbsf (Pariso & Johnson 1991). The intensity of magnetization and the magnetic susceptibility of samples in this interval are one to two orders of magnitude lower than that obtained in the crust above and below. These low values are
321
explained by a rapid cooling and alteration after the circulation of hydrothermal fluids at high temperatures (from 200 up to 400 ~ characteristic of axial hydrothermal processes (Pariso & Johnson 1991). This 150m thick interval is one of low frequency signal in downhole measurements (Fig. 8) of total magnetic field and inclination, due to the weak intensity of remanent magnetization. The main fault zone located between 800 and 1100 mbsf is mineralogically characterized by the occurrence of greenschist facies (e.g. actinolite, chlorite, epidote, quartz). This zone is also characterized by the presence of zeolite-rich veins, in particular between 880 and 1000 mbsf. Zeolite veins are interpreted by Alt et al. (1996) to result from low temperature evolved fluids, due to off-axis hydrothermal circulation. The occurrence of minerals of the greenschist facies together with zeolites further suggests that the crust underwent successive stages of alteration due to varying circulating fluids (Alt et al. 1986; Agar 1990, 1991). Within the main fault zone, the stockworklike sulphide mineralization (Honnorez et al. 1983) occurs between 900 and 920 mbsf, and is characterized by a network of mineralized veins, mainly composed of greenschist facies minerals and large sulphide crystals. This interval is interpreted to have served as a conduit for hot fluids (Agar 1991). The same depth interval (from 900 to 920 mbsf) is observed to be very brecciated (Fig. 8e) and characterized by the presence of zeolite veins (Fig. 8f). In conclusion, the hydrothermal alteration developed initially in the main fault zone under greenschist facies conditions then, later, was overprinted by zeolite facies conditions. These two superimposed metamorphic facies are then attributed to hydrothermal alteration that took place, respectively, on-axis at temperatures from 200 ~ to 400~ and off-axis at lower temperatures lower than 250~ Within this main fault zone, the stockwork-like sulphide mineralization interval is interpreted to have probably served as a preferential conduit for both hot and, later, much colder fluids. L o w e r f r a c t u r e zone (1700 m b s f to 2111 mbsf) Fracturing. The lower part of Hole 504B, between 1700 mbsf and the present bottom of the hole (2111 mbsf), is characterized by a global increase in FMS fracture density with increasing depth (Figs 4 & 9b), as opposed to the gradual decrease with depth observed above, between
322
M. AYADI E T A L.
Fig. 9. Composite profiles illustrating geophysical logs in the lower fracture zone. (a) core recovery percentage. (b) To the left, the deep electrical resistivity profile (LLd) and to the right, the total plane density derived from corrected FMS data. (c) Open porosity fraction (free fluid porosity over total porosity), on the left; subhorizontal plane density derived from corrected FMS data, on the right. (d) Apparent aperture in mm of planes directly mapped from FMS images, on the left; temperature gradient recorded at the end of coring operations during ODP leg 140, on the right. Distribution of zeolites derived from petrographic observation in thin sections are presented on this diagram (closed circles).
1100 to 1700 mbsf (Fig. 4). This zone is also characterized by discrete m-scale intervals with high values of open porosity fraction, in places exceeding 30% (Fig. 9c). These intervals often correspond to maxima in FMS subhorizontal fracture density and large although scattered values of apparent aperture of FMS planes (e.g. about 1720, 1925, 2000 mbsf). These m scale zones are similar to the one found in the main fault zone (at about 1005, 1020, 1035, 1065, and 1080 mbsf; Fig. 8), and may indicate the present sites of deformation, in relation to the compressional (above 1500 mbsf) to strike-slip (below 1700 mbsf) stress regime proposed by Pezard et al. (1995) from the base of Hole 504B. No FMS data were recorded over the section spanning from 1890 to 1800 mbsf, as the sensor was closed, hence inoperative, to avoid it getting stuck. This interval with rapid changes in hole size and numerous restrictions corresponds to a
low recovery zone (Fig. 9a). The poor recovery at this depth (1890 to 1800) may be associated with a very fractured and/or brecciated zone. Broken material is naturally less recovered than massive material in the core. Several m scale intervals appear to be characterized by a decrease in electrical resistivity values (at about 1825, 1860 and 1925 mbsf; Fig. 9b). The low electrical resistivity values often correspond to high OPF and FMS density values for horizontal planes (Fig. 9c). These discrete m scale intervals may be interpreted as resulting from the present deformations, in relation to compressive to strike-slip stresses. The deformation zone located at about 1925 mbsf corresponds to an abrupt decrease in electrical resistivity. The FMS plane azimuths and dips show a maximum of subhorizontal fracture density between 1920 and 1940 mbsf (Fig. 10a), which corresponds to a subhorizontal
FAULTING AND FLUID CIRCULATION AT DSDP/ODP SITE 504
323
Fig. 10. (a) Plane azimuths and dips mapped from FMS images over the interval spanning from 1900 to 2100 mbsf represented versus depth. Subhorizontal (dip < 30~ closed triangle), 'intermediate' (30~ dip < 60~ plus sign), subvertical (60~ dip < 85~ vertical bars), and steep fractures (dip 85~ closed circles) are discriminated with different symbols. (b) Schmidt equal area projection in lower hemisphere of 998 plane poles derived from FMS images over 20 metres (from 1920 to 1940 mbsf) of basaltic crust crossed by Hole 504B.
fault zone located in the lower part of Hole 504B (Ayadi et al. 1996). The geometry distribution suggests that the average of subhorizontal planes is dipping 25 ~ to the south (Fig. 10b), thus away from the ridge axis. In conclusion, the lower fracture zone is characterized by the presence of several m scale faulting intervals which correspond to the present sites of deformation, associated with the compressive to strike-slip stresses. This stress regime generated a subhorizontal fault zone located between 1920 and 1940 mbsf, with average dips of about 25 ~ to the south. Fluid circulation. Although the interval spanning
from 1700 to 2111 mbsf is mainly characterized by amphibolite and greenschist facies alteration, local zeolites crystallized at much colder temperatures are also identified (Dick et al. 1992; Alt et al. 1993; Laverne et al. 1995; Tartarotti et al. 1995; Fig. 9d). The zeolites fill the veins together with amphiboles, and are considered as the most recent alteration stage (Alt et al. 1993). The occurrence of zeolites at this depth can be explained by:
(1) sea water circulation caused by drilling; (2) hydrothermal fluid circulation at low temperature ( < 250~ within the fault planes.
The temperature gradient profile obtained in Hole 504B during O D P Leg 140 within this lower fracture zone, suggests the presence of intervals with high permeability corresponding to an increase of temperature gradient values, (1825 and 1860 mbsf). One of these intervals (near 1825 mbsf) is characterized by the presence of zeolite rich veins (Fig. 9d). These intervals may correspond to active fault planes which constitute a preferential conduit to fluid circulation at a relatively low temperature. In conclusion, we infer that this lower fracture zone was submitted first to an alteration due to fluid circulation at high temperatures resulting in greenschist facies minerals crystallization, and later a cooling due to low temperature fluid circulation and/or sea water circulation due to drilling. Active fault planes were probably the preferential place of cooling and occurrence of low-temperature minerals, such as zeolites.
324
M. AYADI ET AL.
Conclusions
While core analyses are essential to study tectonic and hydrothermal processes, true fracturing estimates from core are grossly underestimated in this case. A detailed description of fracturing and fluid circulation throughout three fracture zones (400 to 575, 800 to 1100 and 1700 to 2111 mbsf) is derived from the integrated analyses of core-logs-FMS images obtained in Hole 504B. Besides structural description, dynamic of faulting processs, at present and in the past, is deduced from this study. We infer that Site 504 was submitted first to an extensional stress regime near the ridge axis, with circulation of high-temperature fluids (200 ~ to 400~ and pervasive alteration of the basalts along steep planes. This initial phase is associated with the main fault zone (800 to 1100 mbsf) met in Hole 504B. Within the main fault zone, the interval between 840 and 958.5 mbsf lying close to the lithological transition zone between pillows and dykes, is one of the most deformed intervals in Hole 504B (Agar 1991). Similar but less developed normal faulting was generated slightly offaxis, with the development of lower temperature ( 1 mm. 9 Fine grain size. Breccias
9 Only recorded as a unit where two or three peices together in the core. 9 Matrix supported breccias lithologically variably which are cemented by clays+carbonate and finely comminuted basalt. 9 Haloclastic breccias often preserved on outer edge of chilled/glassy rinds and comprise fragments of glass and devitrified glass in a matrix of clay + carbonate.
Table 2. Macropetrological features of the volcanic lithologies in hole 896A which may be imaged by the diffrent logging tools. Data from Aft et al. (1993); Yamagishi (1985); Walker (1992). Pillow lavas
9 Pillow form, glassy rind and more massive interior. 9 Inter-pillow material. 9 Radial and concentric fractures, infilled by secondary minerals. 9 Variable porosity and permeability. Sheet Flows
9 Discrete units, with distinct boundaries. 9 Boundaries potential sites of intense secondary allteration. 9 Massive interiors, fine-grained to partially pillowed margins. 9 Rubbly bases and tops, which maybe transitional into breccia units. 9 Regular columnar cooling joints in massive interior. 9 Random cooling joints near to margins. 9 Relatively impermeable units. Breccias
9 Rapid variations in compositions. 9 Variable grain size. 9 Transitional boundaries with pillow lavas and/or sheet flows. 9 Individual clasts may contact fractures. 9 Breccia cements composed of minerals with different physical and chemical properites to the basalts. 9 Variable porosity and permeability structures. Initially some units very high (c. 40%, Teagle et al. 1996).
Downhole logging:
D u r i n g the drilling o f H o l e 896A there were two i n d e p e n d e n t p h a s e s o f logging (Fig. 3). P h a s e 1 involved the d e p l o y m e n t o f the . i n d u c e d g a m m a
ray s p e c t r o s c o p y tool, a l u m i n i u m a c t i v a t i o n clay tool, n a t u r a l g a m m a s p e c t r o s c o p y tool ( f o r m i n g the S c h l u m b e r g e r g e o c h e m i c a l l o g g i n g tool; G L T ) a n d a t e m p e r a t u r e tool, w h i c h r e c o r d e d i n f o r m a t i o n f r o m 120.73 to 347 mbsf. It is
346
T. S. BREWER E T AL.
Fig. 3. Core based lithostratigraphy and core recovery in Hole 896A; data from Alt et al. (1993). Also shown are the depth intervals over which wireline log measurements were obtained. FMSTM: Formation Microscanner; NGT: Natural gamma ray tool; DLL: Dual laterolog (resistivity) tool; GLTaM: Geochemical Logging Tool. TMMark of Schlumberger. important to note that logging results were obtained in the cased section of the hole from 120.73 to 191.46 mbsf as well as the open hole, which potentially provides data to constrain the depth of the b a s e m e n t - s e d i m e n t interface (Brewer et al. 1995). The hole was then deepened to 469 mbsf, which was followed by a second logging phase when three separate logging tools were deployed. The first string contained the dual laterolog, sonic, density and the natural gamma tools and was successfully deployed from 117.28 to 429 mbsf. Following a packer experiment, the magnetometer was then deployed and recorded information from 208 to 438 mbsf. The final logging run deployed the Formation Microscanner (FMS) which recorded data to 423 mbsf.
Logging tools and data The ODP routinely log drilled holes using a range of downhole measurements. These logging
runs are capable of measuring both physical and chemical properties, and can produce downhole images of the borehole wall. Full descriptions of the measurement devices (termed logging tools or tools) used by the ODP are available in the literature (e.g. Davies et al. 1991, Explanatory Notes pp 52-56; Alt et al. 1993, Explanatory Notes pp 21-23). The logging tools we consider in this paper are briefly described below. The natural radioactivity of the formation is measured with a natural gamma ray spectroscopy tool (NGT). The primary sources of natural gamma rays are the radioactive isotope of potassium (40K), and the isotopes of the uranium and thorium decay series with the majority (90% of the measured signal) originating close (< 15 cm) to the borehole wall. In this paper we use the contribution from 4~ as an indicator of alteration based on its solubility and ease of transport. The inclusion of the N G T on each logging run enables the use of the N G T response to ensure consistent depth matching between separate runs of different tools and multiple runs of the same tool at different times. The vertical resolution of the tool is approximately 0.3m (Theys 1991). Hurst (1990) states that the accuracy of the elemental measurement compares favourably with that by chemical determination (i.e. neutron activation). The estimate is, however, dependent on the thickness of the bed and the counting statistics of the measurement; this latter category includes the speed at which the tool is run and the radioactivity of the formation which is itself a random process. The Formation Microscanner is a microelectrical imaging device with four arms which are opened downhole and force four pads against the borehole wall. Each of these pads contains two overlapping rows of 8 buttons, with the buttons mounted against a background electrode or pad face. The buttons, pad face and lower part of the tool are held at a constant potential which passively focuses the current and forces it into the formation. The current flows a finite distance into the formation before reaching the return electrode higher up the tool. The depth of investigation, however, is deemed to be very shallow and the measurement is thus controlled primarily by the near surface features of the formation. The current flowing through each button is monitored and later converted to resistance values enabling an electrical image of the borehole wall to be created. In addition, the tool includes inclinometry and accelerometry measurements to enable its orientation and speed to be measured. Speed corrections are necessary to ensure accurate portrayal of the
OCEAN FLOOR VOLCANISM
347
Fig. 4. (a) Morphology of Hole 896A, expressed as hole size deviation determined from the FMS calipers. The hole size deviation is the amount by which the borehole is enlarged beyond the diameter on the drill bit. The FMS has four calipers, arranged at right angles, and in the plots shown here, the two curves, plotted 'away' from the centre of the borehole, map the difference of the means of the two opposing pairs of calipers on the FMS, from the 'true' borehole diameter. Break-outs and enlargement of the borehole only becomes critical when the deviation is > 5 cm, and as such is limited to small discrete zones. (b) An illustration of the stand-off effect in the measurement of alumina by the ACT TM(Activation Clay Tool) over a breakout at about 240 mbsf. a-~Mark of Schlumberger.
resistance images, whilst inclinometry provides reference for orientation of the images. In addition, the four orthogonal arms provide two caliper measurements of the borehole diameter. A detailed description of the principles and limitations of the FMS tool as well as documentation of its varied uses within O D P is given by Lovell et al. (1998). In the ocean crust environment the electrical resistivity of most rocks depends on both the amount of pore space and the proportion of clays present, with electrical resistivity decreasing as both porosity and clay content increase. The only exceptions to this general trend are limited to the presence of electronic conductors such as pyrite which effectively short circuit the electrical paths through the pore space (Lovell 1985; Pezard et al. 1988; Lovell & Pezard 1990). The FMS thus provides visual images of textural variations at the borehole wall due to changes in electrical resistivity resulting from porosity and grain size variations. It also provides two perpendicular borehole diameter measurements. The Aluminium Clay Tool (ACT) forms part of Schlumberger's geochemical combination. The ACT uses neutron-induced gamma ray
spectroscopy with a 252Cf source, to determine the abundance of aluminium. This tool, however, is very sensitive to variations in the distance of stand-off from the borehole wall. Here we use the A C T response in conjunction with caliper observations (see above) to mark zones of borehole enlargement where log quality is likely to be poor. The Dual Laterolog uses focused current techniques to provide two separate measurements of the electrical resistivity of the formation. These are denoted as LLd for the 'deep' and LLs for the 'shallow' measurement, respectively, measured in terms of penetration into the formation away from the borehole. The tool operates well in boreholes with a conductive fluid and high resistivity crystalline rocks over the resistivity range 0.1 to 40000 o h m m (Tittman 1986) with a vertical resolution of 0.61m (Theys 1991). Typically in igneous ocean crust, the electrical resistivity of the rock will be high except where there is extensive fracturing. Comparison of the two distinct measurements involved in the Dual Laterolog can examine the extent of fracturing around the borehole wall The array sonic tool (SDT) uses two acoustic
348
T. S. BREWER E T AL.
Fig. 5. Core recovery and percentage error in core location within Hole 896A.
transmitters and a series of receivers to measure the travel time of sonic waves close to the borehole wall; the exact travel path is partly determined by the source-receiver separation and may penetrate further form the borehole with increasing source-receiver separation if the velocity increases in depth away from the borehole. Here we use the travel times for the compressional wave, converted to apparent velocities. The vertical resolution of the sonic tool is similar to the Dual Laterolog (Theys 1991). The nature and quality of the responses from logging tools is strongly influenced by the morphology of the borehole, such that where the hole is oversized or undersized, anomalous results may be obtained from individual tools. The FMS has two orthogonal calipers which record the borehole size and ellipticity (Bell 1990; Evans & Brereton 1990). The largest section of oversizing (Fig. 4a) occurs at the top of the cored section directly beneath the casing, reflecting oversizing produced during the setting of the casing. The remainder of the hole is generally uniform in size, although there are several break-outs within the borehole (Fig. 4a). These break-outs occur over relatively small intervals (c. 2 m) and so only a small amount of logging data have been lost due to the stand-off effect. Individual tools are affected to different degrees by stand-off, but the ACT is particularly sensitive to this effect and as such can be used as a monitor of tool performance (Bristow &
deMenocal 1992). In Hole 896A the A1 yields from the ACT rapidly fall in the break-outs, but in the remainder of the hole the small scale relief of the borehole does not significantly affect this tools performance (Fig. 4b). This would suggest that extreme caution be placed on any interpretation of the logging results in the identified break-outs (Fig. 4a), whereas, in the remainder of the logged section the hole size does not affect the quality of the logging results. This behaviour of the ACT has been used in the adjacent Hole 504B to detect borehole oversizing in the absence of a caliper log (Harvey et al. 1995).
Error estimation Any reconstruction of the volcanic stratigraphy which uses both core and log must first establish the quality of the different datasets. In dealing with the core, errors arise from inaccurate location (i.e. metres below sea floor; mbsf) and misclassification (e.g. pillow or flow). Errors in the logging data relate to inaccurate location (mbsf), the precision and accuracy of the different tools and the interpretation of the data. Inaccurate depth location of the core, must as first order value be no better than the average recovery of 26.9%, which represents a maximum location error of +73.1% in the cored section. Clearly such a value does not account for the variations in recovery for individual core barrels (Fig. 3) and as such a moving average based on actual core barrel recoveries is a more appro-
OCEAN FLOOR VOLCANISM priate estimation of the location error (Agrinier & Agrinier 1994). By using moving average Values, the location errors range from 4-99% to +28% (Fig. 5). The second type of error for core data relates to the lithological classification of individual core pieces as either pillows, flows or breccias. The classification scheme used for Hole 896A is presented in Table 1, and it should be noted that breccias were only given a unit status if two or more pieces were present in a core. Clearly this classification scheme is both user sensitive and reliant on the recovery of key features (e.g. glassy curved margins for pillows), which makes it a non-robust method, with potentially large errors which cannot be estimated with any degree of certainty. Potential sources of errors in the logging data are: (a) precision and accuracy of the measurement; (b) depth location; (c) vertical coverage of the logs (e.g. loss of results in break-outs); (d) for FMS images the area of the borehole imaged; (e) actual positioning of lithological boundaries. An estimation of the location error for any log can be derived simply by determining the amount of missing or unuseable data due to hole oversizing (break-outs). In Hole 896A, over the entire logged section the location error is +9%. However, this is a global error and a more realistic value is represented by a moving average, where in the break-outs the error is +100%, while in the remainder of the hole the location error is small if depth shifting has been correctly applied. Depth shifting is carried out during shore-based processing where all of the logs are systematically shifted by reference to the NGT, which is deployed with each logging suite. The NGT curves from each logging run are then depth shifted so that curve shapes closely correspond (Williamson pers. comm. 1996), which then minimizes the location errors which may have arisen during different tool deployment (e.g. cable stretching). Measurement errors associated with individual tools can be estimated by either reference to published values (Theys 1991) or by use of multiple tool passes within the same borehole. ODP Hole 504B provides an excellent example for calibration of logging results, since this hole has been logged during several drilling legs (Alt e t al. 1993). Also, during Leg 140 multiple
349
8OO
6OO
2OO
0 0
I
I
200
400
(a)
I
6OO
8OO
Pass 1
1000 ;
- -
LLd-Leg 140
......... LLd-Leg 148 100
1
I
I
660
670
(b) loo0
I
I
680 depth (mbsf)
690
700
,
LIA-Leg 140 ......... LLd-Leg 148 IOO-
[
1
(C)
I
I
I
I
660
670
680
690
700
depth (mbsf)
Fig. 6. (a) Repeat runs of the DLL within hole 504B, data from Dick et al. (1992). (b) Comparison of LLs data over the same depth interval in hole 504B using data from Legs 140 (Dick et al. 1992) and 148 (Alt et al. 1993). (c) The same depth interval with depth shifting applied.
logging records were recorded for the lower section of the hole (Dick e t al. 1992). Results of two passes for the dual lateral resistivity tool from Leg 140 are shown in Fig. 6a. It is clear that these results are extremely similar and indicate that the reproducibility (precision) of this tool is extremely good (i.e. a small measurement error). A comparison of the LLs data from Legs 140 and 148 across flow unit 2d is shown in Fig. 6b, where it is clear that the
350
T. S. BREWER E T AL.
magnitude of the measurements recorded during each run are very similar, but a major discrepancy exists in the depths of the two measurements (a location error of c. 5 m). This location error probably reflects the difference in depth shifting applied during shore-based processing, but if the Leg 148 results are shifted so that the two highest values from unit 2d (Fig. 6c) coincide then the two datasets are very similar and again demonstrate the excellent precision of the resistivity measurements. These results illustrate the potential that exists for using logging data from different legs to interpret the structure and evolution of ocean crust, but it is important to evaluate the location and measurement errors in order to minimize problems in interpretation. A semi-quantitative estimation of the measurement error associated with the FMS data is possible from Hole 896A, since two passes were recorded over a large section of the hole. The images from both passes can be visually compared and it is evident that the lithological boundaries (e.g. sheet flow/pillows) are similarly imaged on each pass (Brewer et al. 1995), although there is a small depth ( < lm) variation in the actual location, which probably relates to errors associated with depth shifting. Another problem with the FMS is that at best only c. 20% of the borehole wall is covered and that the orientation of the feature controls the probability of it being imaged. Thus, sub-horizontal to inclined structures have a greater likelihood of being imaged compared to near vertical structures, due to there greater probability of intersecting an FMS pad within the borehole. In Hole 896A, the lithological boundaries appear to have sub-horizontal orientations which results in similar imaging during each pass, whereas some high angled vein networks may not be equally imaged on each run. However, from the compilation of the quality of the logging data it is clear that individual tools have different precision and accuracy, but the poorest measurement errors are c. 10% (Theys 1991), which is considerably better than the location errors associated with the recovered core (Fig. 6a).
Ocean basement structure, the logging perspective The porosity and permeability structure of ocean crust are important properties in understanding fluid-rock interactions, distribution and style of secondary low temperature alteration and chemical fluxes between the lithosphere
and hydrosphere. Estimation of apparent porosity within ocean crust can be derived from resistivity measurements recorded with the longspacing resistivity device (Becker 1985) or by the dual laterolog (Pezard 1990). The apparent porosity is a computed value which represents both electrolytic conduction processes in pores, fractures, cracks (including microcracks) and surface conduction mechanisms; the latter are particularly important when conductive alteration minerals (e.g. smectites) are present (Pezard 1990). From the dual laterolog it is also possible to record the average fracturing around the borehole (Boyeldieu & Martin 1984; Sibbit & Faivre 1985; Pezard & Anderson 1990). In ODP holes, sea water is both the drilling fluid and the pore fluid in the rock mass. Consequently, the difference between the deep (LLd) and shallow (LLs) resistivity may be related to rock anisotropy (Pezard & Anderson 1990). Moreover, the difference between the LLd and LLs can be used to compute the fracture porosity, which relates to the relative volume of organized conductive features (i.e. fractures) in the vicinity of the borehole. Early attempts at evaluating fracture intensity in the ocean crust were performed by eye from borehole televiewer (BHTV) images (Newmark et al. 1985) or by direct measurements on the recovered core. Visual fracture analyses of the BHTV images are often extremely inaccurate due to blurring and distortion of the images produced by ship heave, hole ellipticity and tool stand-off. Fracture analysis of actual core is a function of the core recovery and is open to biasing in the drilling of specific rock masses. In the case of the ODP, basement recoveries are often low (< 20%) and any recovered core is often biased towards more massive less fractured materials (i.e. pillow cores, massive flows). The relationship between porosity and resistivity for ocean floor basalts has been extensively discussed by Becker (1985) and Lovell & Pezard (1990), who concluded that the use of Archie~)s formula with a = 1.0 and m = 2.0 approximates the relationship between porosity and resistivity. However, a different law with a = 10 and m close to 1.0 has been suggested for ocean floor basalts (Flovenz et al. 1985; Pezard 1990; Broglia & Moos 1998), which reflects electrolytic conduction in elongated volumes filled with pore fluid (sea water). From the more general derivation of Archie's Law, Pezard (1990) estimated the apparent porosity (RPHI), assuming the LLd measurement represents the true resistivity of the ocean crust, from the following: RPHI2 = R w / R L L d ,
OCEAN FLOOR VOLCANISM where RLLd is the resistivity value from the deep laterolog and Rw is the pore fluid resistivity (sea water). An estimation of the fracture porosity is derived from the difference between the LLd and LLs measurements (Pezard & Anderson 1990). For ODP holes where sea water is used as the drilling fluid, salinity invasion can be ignored since the pore and borehole fluids have the same salinities (Mottl et al. 1983). Thus, the difference between the LLd and LLs can be related to the anisotropy of the pore space within the rock as imaged by the two different depths of current penetration. Furthermore, any effects produced by drilling induced fractures close to the borehole walls should not account for more than a few percent of the difference between the LLd and LLs. Pezard (1990) demonstrated that the LLd measurement mostly represents the horizontal resistivity of the rock mass and is therefore hardly affected by the presence of vertical conductive features (i.e. fractures). In contrast, the shallow LLs measurement is sensitive to both the horizontal and vertical resistivity of the rock mass and so is reduced by the occurrence of vertical and horizontal fractures. The net result of these two effects is that sub-horizontal conductive features (i.e. fractures) p r e f e r e n t i a l l y decreases the LLd ( L L d - L L s >0), whereas sub-vertical conductive features reduce the LLs measurement ( L L d - LLs _ 10 f~ m, which allows for their rapid identification (Figs 7 & 8a). Similar relatively high resistivity values have been previously used to identify lava flows in ODP hole 504B (Pezard 1990) and DSDP hole 395A (Hyndman & Salisbury 1983). Such high resistivity values result from the massive crystalline nature, the low permeability and poorly conductive nature of the basalt. The flows also have the highest and most restricted range of sonic velocities within the hole (Figs 7 & 8c), reflecting their massive nature and more uniform structure. FMS images of individual flows are all characterized by relatively large areas of uniform visual textures, which are bounded by thin discrete high conductive zones (Fig. 9). This thin conductive zone represents the more highly altered material at the flow margins (i.e. intense development of alteration minerals). The resistivity and sonic logs can be used to rapidly identify individual flows. However, subsequent analysis of these and other logs can be used to further define the detailed morphology and structure of individual flows. In Fig. 8a, a flow is identifiable from its elevated resistivity
signal, but there is also a systematic change in resistivity and in the relationship between the deep (LLd) and shallow (LLs) logs within this flow (Fig. 8a & 8b). The sigmoidal form to the resistivity curves at c. 233 mbsf (Fig. 7a) reflects the coarse grained interior of the flow (Pezard & Anderson 1990), while the sharp break at 232 mbsf, followed by a zone of near constant resistivity (232-230 mbsf) indicates a change in the morphology in the upper part of the flow. Part of this change is governed by fracture orientations, which can be tested by comparison of the LLd and LLs logs; this relationship is displayed as the value (LLd - L L s ) , such that when sub-vertical fractures dominate positive values (i.e. LLd > LLs) are recorded, whereas, when sub-horizontal fractures predominate negative values (i.e. LLd < LLs) result. The flow margins are characterized by sub-horizontal fractures, while in the coarse grain interior, sub-vertical fractures (possible columnar cooling joints) are the dominant type. Confirmation of this fracture distribution is provided by the FMS images from which the intensity and orientations of the fractures within the borehole wall can be estimated (Fig. 9). Also, since all the imaged fractures appear to have lower resistivity values, then these must either represent open sea water filled fractures or filled fractures containing conductive minerals (e.g. clays). Core descriptions for the flows (massive units) identified that all fractures are filled, containing clay minerals, saponite and/or carbonate (Teagle et al. 1996). This would suggest that all of the image fractures are infilled with these conductive minerals. By integrating the fracture geometry and distribution with information from the other logs, a model of the flow can be constructed (Fig. 9), where the flow probably has an altered 'rubbly base', a massive interior and an upper zone which is partly pillowed and is 'rubbly'. Potassium is particularly useful in determining the effects of alteration in oceanic floor volcanics (Brewer et al. 1992; Kempton et al. 1985), since this element is very mobile in aqueous solutions and is significantly enriched in several of the secondary alteration minerals (Table 3). A continuous measurement of the K concentration in Hole 896A is provided by the spectral gamma log, which when viewed on a relatively small scale provides important information. An example is shown in Fig. 8d, where the lowest K concentrations correlate with the flows, whereas, the pillow lavas and breccias have higher and more variable K values. The low K values (typically similar to those of fresh basalts in Hole 896A, Brewer et al. 1996) in the sheet flow
OCEAN FLOOR VOLCANISM
353
Fig. 8. Wireline logging responses over a single sheet flow located between 230 and 236 mbsf. Divisions within the flow, whose position is indicated by the vertical grey bars on the lithological columns in the centre of the diagram, A, B and C, are described in Fig. 9. Above the flow are brecciated pillow lavas (BPL), with pillow lavas (PL) beneath. For an explanation of hole size deviation see the caption to Fig. 4.
reflect the more massive, less altered (and veined) nature of the flows. Due to their more massive nature, the flows would probably act as barriers to fluid flow, so limiting their internal alteration and preserving their original low potassium values. This correlation of lower K in the flows is developed throughout the log section, which suggests that as well as acting as barriers to fluid, they also served to focus flow in the more porous and permeable breccias and pillow lavas. Evidence for the focusing of fluid flow comes from the more altered basalts recovered in these zones, which are characterized
by high and variable K values, and also that some of the highest K values are developed both below and above individual flows (Fig. 8d), which probably represent the zones of maximum fluid interactions (Brewer et al. 1992).
Breccias A variety of breccias were recovered from Hole 896A (Alt, et al. 1993, Harper & Tartarotti 1996). However, the amount of actual recovered material was limited (c. 5%) and breccia units were only recorded when two or more pieces of
354
T.S. BREWER E T AL.
Fig. 9. FMS image across a sheet lava flow. The base of the flow is a little below 235 mbsf, and marked by a low resistance zone. The flow has a fractured base about 140 cm thick, above which is some two metres of relatively unfractured rock, representing the central part of the flow. The top of the flow is fractured and pillowed and extends up to 230 mbsf. Resistivity scale: pale (resistive) to dark (conductive).
breccia occurred consecutively in a core barrel (Alt, et al. 1993). Consequently, the amount of breccia identified in the lithological log was low (5%), but this biasing is further enhanced by the probable destruction of breccias during the drilling process. The proportion and distribution of breccias in the hole is particularly important since such units may: (a) control fluid flow and therefore the distribution of secondary alteration in the volcanic section (Teagle et al. 1996); (b) record different processes within the volca-
nic succession (e.g. mass wastage and/or lava fragmentation). Breccias are composed of variably sized clasts cemented by a matrix that can represent up to 40% of the rock (Teagle et al. 1996). In Hole 896A, clasts are composed of fresh to altered basalt and or basaltic glass which is in a matrix composed of smectites 4- carbonate + saponite :k:Fe(O,OH)x (Alt et al. 1993, Harper & Tartarotti 1996; Teagle et al. 1996). Furthermore, breccias contain the most altered basaltic compositions recovered from Hole 896A (Teagle
OCEAN FLOOR VOLCANISM
355
Fig. 10. Downhole logging responses from a breccia unit located at 350-370 mbsf. Two metre long FMS images covering part of the section are shown, correctly scaled in the horizontal and vertical directions, as (f) (360-362 mbsf) and (g) (366-368 mbsf). Large unfractured blocks within the breccia are outlined in (f) and (g), and demonstrate the chaotic nature of this lithology. et al. 1996) which illustrates their importance in
understanding secondary alteration processes and chemical fluxes in this segment of crust. The small scale lithological variations of the breccias results in rapidly changing physical and chemical properties which are recorded by the following log responses (Figs 7 & 10):
(a) low resistivity values; (b) a serrated form to the sonic log and spectral gamma logs; (c) microrelief on the caliper log; (e) mottled FMS images. The low resistivity values of the breccias (c.
356
T.S. BREWER E T AL.
5 ~ m, Figs 7 & 10) reflect the matrix material, which is composed of conductive minerals. Highly variable LLd and LLs logs (Fig. 10a,b) may reflect measurements recorded in larger clasts compared to those in matrix. FMS images of the breccias are characterized by mottled images (Fig. 10) which are very diagnostic and allow discrimination from the pillows and flows, which is not always possible from the other logging data. FMS images also allows the 'mapping' of large discrete clasts, in sufficient detail to establish whether the clast is veined or unveined. In the flows, fracture orientation was determined from the relationship (LLd -LLs), but in the breccias this value normally close to zero (i.e. LLd=LLs), suggesting that neither sub-horizontal or sub-vertical structures dominate, which can be partly calibrated from the FMS images. However, this relationship is complicated since what is recorded is the orientation of the boundaries between the clasts and the matrix. From the core material it can be seen that the distribution of such boundaries is random and no one particular direction dominates. This relationship does however help to distinguish the breccias from the flows. K values are highly variable and have relatively large ranges in individual breccia units (Fig. 10d). These features reflect the heterogeneous distribution of the high-K matrix minerals (Table 3) and the lower K of the unaltered basaltic clasts (Table 3). Finally, the microrelief on the caliper log with occasional break-outs and hole oversizing (Fig. 10e) results from the pudding stone macropetrology of such rocks, where individual clasts and/or matrix may be plucked out during drilling or later cave into the hole. This contrasts with the generally smooth caliper logs (Fig. 8e) in the massive and more rheological competent flOWS.
Pillow lavas Pillow lavas comprise c. 58% of the core lithological log and were identified using the criteria in Table 1, with individual pillows ranging in thickness from 50 to 280 mm and possibly up to 350mm (Alt et al. 1993). In Hole 896A the major problems in identify pillow lavas from the core were: (a) the lack of rims, such that the cores of large pillows may have been classified as massive units (Alt et al. 1993); (b) a curved to planar or irregularly chilled margin unique to a pillow lava; (c) core recovery in the intervals classified as pillow lavas was poor, which limits any
spatial resolution. This then makes the distinction between coarse grained haloclastite breccias and pillows particularly difficult; (d) Submersible information suggests that pillow lavas are not always the dominant morphological flow type developed along the Galapagos rift (Ballard et al. 1979). Logging results may provide an answer to some of these problems and the following features summarise the different tool responses in pillow lavas (Figs 7 & 11): (a) variable relief on the caliper log; (b) a rapidly changing (< 1 m) resistivity log containing both relatively high (> 10 ~2m) and low (< 10 ~ m) values; (c) variable fracture orientations identified by the LLd and LLs relationship; (d) FMS images characterized by regions of relatively uniform resistivity (pillows) separated by curved surfaces. Inter-pillow material is more conductive than the pillows. Randomly orientated fractures on individual images; (e) variable amplitude and wavelength variations in the sonic log, with overall values transitional between the breccias and sheet flows (Figs 7 & 11); (f) rapidly changing potassium concentrations. Although some of the short wavelength variations in the pillow lavas are similar to those described from the breccias, the generally higher resistivity and sonic values (Figs 7 & 11) and the different FMS images allow discrimination of pillows and breccias. The major differences between the pillows and flows are the FMS images (Fig. 1lf) and the serrated resistivity and sonic logs of pillows compared to the more uniform logs in the sheet flows. The lithological heterogeneity within a pillow lava (pillow or inter-pillow) is what controls the variation in the sonic, resistivity and potassium concentrations (Fig. 11). This heterogeneity is primarily a function of the origin of the pillows such that an individual pillow contains a core of massive basalt or basaltic glass which is more resistive and has moderate seismic velocities compared to the inter-pillow material. In contrast, pillow rims and, in particular the more intensely altered inter-pillow regions, are more conductive (lower resistivity) and have lower seismic velocities due to the abundance of secondary alteration minerals (Fig. 7). The variation in potassium is slightly more complicated since this element is redistributed during
OCEAN FLOOR VOLCANISM
357
Fig. 11. Downhole logging responses for pillow lavas located between 290 and 300 mbsf. A 4m FMS image, correctly scaled in the horizontal and vertical directions, is shown as (f) (294-298 mbsf). Several of the rounded surfaces between the pillows are picked out in (f--solid lines), as are some irregular fractures (dotted).
alteration and is often concentrated in vein minerals (Laverne et al. 1996; Teagle et al. 1996). Low potassium values correlate with the interior of unveined pillows, whereas, the higher values record more altered and veined material. There-
fore, the overall form of the potassium log within any one pillow lava will reflect the intensity of veining, the degree of alteration and the size and shape of distributions of the individual pillows. The relief of the caliper log
358
T. S. BREWER E T AL.
Fig. 12. Comparison of core recovery, core and log derived lithostratigraphies (left). Also shown is the variation in TiO2, K20 and Ni in core samples over the same depth interval (right). The elemental data were measured by X-ray fluorescence spectrometry.
(Fig. 1 le) reflects the differing rheology of the pillows (cores and rims) and the inter-pillow material, such that oversizing results from such factors as: (a) plucking of small pillows during drilling; (b) wash-outs of the inter-pillow material by the drilling fluid; (c) post-drilling collapse due to the differing strengths of the pillow and inter-pillow material; and/or (d) numerous fractures and planar discontinuities intersecting the borehole wall leading to wedge and, or block failure. FMS images (Fig. l lf) of pillow lavas are particularly diagnostic (i.e. curved boundaries to individual pillows) and have previously been used to identify pillow lavas sequences in basement holes with poor recoveries (Langseth & Becker 1994). Also evident on the FMS images are anatomizing networks of infilled fractures in individual pillows (more conductive features; Fig. 1lf). These fractures are probably original cooling features related to eruption which explains their general random form. From the resistivity logs (Fig. l lb) there is no obvious preferred fracture direction as recorded by the rapid variation in the value (LLd - L L s ) .
However, in the majority of the pillow lavas in general L L s > L L d , which is probably not related to the fracture directions, but is more likely to reflect the general sub-horizontal orientation to the stacking of the pillow lavas.
Lithological diversity in Hole 896A By combining all of the different log responses, a log derived lithostratigraphy is constructed for the upper c. 220 m of Hole 896A (Fig. 12). In this model the proportions of the three different lithologies are pillow lavas 31%, sheet flows 23% and breccias 46% which contrasts strongly with the core derived data (pillow lavas 57%, flows (massive units) 38%, breccias 5%). At present there is no attempt to further subdivide into specific types as described from the core material (jigsaw puzzle, sedimentary, tectonic, haloclastite; H a r p e r & T a r t a r o t t i 1996), although work in progress suggests that this subdivision may be possible (S. Haggas, pers. comm. 1997). This log based lithostratigraphy is clearly different to that derived from the core descriptions (Fig. 12) and the proportions of individual lithologies are quite different, with the most obvious being the increased proportion of breccias in the logging results. This variation in the proportion of rocks is probably the result of
OCEAN FLOOR VOLCANISM the following: (a) poor core recoveries in many sections of the hole; (b) non-robust nature of hand specimen criteria for the identification of rock types. This is particularly acute when core recoveries are low and many of the diagnostic features (e.g. chilled margins) are missing; (c) preferential selection during the drilling process of more massive competent materials, such as sheet flows, cores of pillows and large clasts in breccias; (d) under-estimation of breccia units due to lack of recovery and requirement for two pieces in the core before a breccia unit was recorded. Although the logging data appear to provide a solution, it must be stressed that these results have errors associated with the individual tools, such that the spatial resolution varies (i.e. small units may not be imaged by some tools due to measurement scale, Lovell et al. 1998) and in areas of borehole break-outs the measurement errors of the individual logging tools are so high that the data are not recording real geological features but are an artefact of the oversizing (Fig. 4b). However, the logging results when used in conjunction with observations from the core provide important constraints on the physical and chemical properties of rocks in the borehole. Together they can be used to define the lithological diversity of the volcanics and so provide important constraints on magmatic and subsequent alteration processes. In Hole 896A a major break in the geochemical signatures is apparent at c. 340 mbsf (Alt et al. 1993; Brewer et al. 1995) which correlates with the location of the major breccia unit identified from the logging results (Fig. 12). This boundary at c. 340 mbsf also marks a change in the proportion of flows, such that above 340 mbsf, sheet flows are rare and the major flow form are pillow lavas, whereas below 340 mbsf, sheet flows are the more common flow form. Ballard et al. (1979) demonstrated that in the neovolcanic zone of the Galapagos rift, there was a spatial association of flow forms, with sheet flows being the common eruptive mechanism along and close to the rift-axis, whereas, pillow lavas were the more commonly eruptive mechanism for off-axis volcanism. The greater abundance of sheet flows in the lower part of the hole (Fig. 12) probably reflects volcanism in an axial setting, whereas the greater proportion of pillow lavas in the upper part of the hole (Fig. 12) probably represents off-axis volcanism. The
359
transition between these two volcanic settings correlates with the thick breccia unit, which may represent debris accumulated during a hiatus in volcanism as the crustal segment moved off-axis. Hydrothermal circulation in the ocean crust is strongly influenced by lithological anisotropy (Becker 1985; Pezard & Anderson 1990; Brewer et al. 1991; Teagle et al. 1996), such that the more massive impermeable flows serve to both focus and restrict fluid flow into the more permeable pillow lavas and breccia units (Alt et al. 1993). As a result of this enhanced fluidrock interaction, the pillows and particularly the breccias, contain the most altered rocks in the drilled section (Teagle et al. 1996), which ultimately controls the mass balances used to constrain chemical fluxes in the crustal segment. Evidence of the preferential alteration in the breccias is also recorded in the rapidly changing whole-rock geochemistry of samples recovered in the interval c. 340 to c. 380 mbsf (Brewer et al. 1996). Previously, this geochemical pattern was difficult to resolve with the lithological description for this section (Fig. 12), which indicated massive units which should have comparatively low porosities and permeabilities. However, from the log stratigraphy, the predominance of breccias in this zone, with relatively high porosities and permeabilities, suggests that secondary alteration controls much of the geochemical variation and behaviour in this zone.
Conclusions Logging results provide important constraints on the geology of the volcanics in Hole 896A, which reflects the excellent quality logging data. Since break-outs are limited in this hole, the amount of data rejected was small (Fig. 4a; < 9%) and so a near continuous logging record is available. Individual logging tools provide different measurements which can be inverted to give different geological information on each of the different rock types. However, where local core recoveries are high ( > 4 0 % ) conclusions from the logging data can be qualified. By combining the core and logging results a detailed model of the volcanic architecture of layer 2A can be derived. These models suggest that the major control on the style of volcanology is the proximity to the ridge crest, such that sheet flows correspond to an axial setting, a feature shown previously from submersible studies (Ballard et al. 1979). Furthermore, the lithological anisotropy is the major control on subsequent fluid flow and secondary alteration, the larger scale picture of which correlates well with the logging
360
T. S. BREWER ET AL.
results. It is therefore critical that logging results are acquired as soon as possible after drilling in order to avoid deterioration of the hole (i.e. oversizing). T h e n by i n t e g r a t i n g c o r e a n d logging results, detailed models of the lithological a r c h i t e c t u r e of the ocean crust can be generated which reveal its 3-D structure, which is crucial for the assessment of m a g m a t i c and later alteration processes.
We thank Z & S Consultants Ltd for the provision of their log and imaging software system, RECALL, and NERC for financial support of the borehole imaging facility at Leicester University (grant GST/02/684). Careful reviews by M. Eisk and C. Laverne helped to improve this paper significantly.
References AGRINIER, P. & AGGINIER, B. 1994. A propos de la connaissance de la profondeur a laquelle vos 8chantillions sont collectSs darts les forages. Comptes Rendu s de l'Acad emie des Sciences, Paris, t.318, sSrie II, 1615-1622. ALLMENDINGER, R. W. & FRIDTJOF, R. 1979. The Galapagos rift at 86~ W: 1. Regional morphological and structural analysis. Journal of Geophysical Research, 84, 5379-5389. ALT, J. C., KINOSHITA,H. STOKKING,L. B. et al. 1993. Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, Initial Reports, 148. College Station, TX (Ocean Drilling Program). ANDERSON, R. N., DOVE, R. E. & PRATSON,E. 1990a. The calibration of geochemical well logs in basalt, granite and metamorphic rocks and their use as a lithostratigraphic tool. In: HURST, A., LOVEEE,M. A. & MORTON, A. C. (eds) Geological application of Wireline Logs. Geological Society of London, Special Publications, No. 48, 177-194. , ALT, J. C., MAEPAS, J., LOVELL, M. A., HARVEY, P. K. t~ PRATSON, E. L. 1990b. Geochemical well logging in basalts: the Palisades sill and the oceanic crust of Hole 504B. Journal of Geopyhsical Research, 95, 9265-9292. BALLARD, R. D., HOLCOMB,R. T. & VAN ANDEL, T. H. 1979. The Galapagos rift at 860 W: 3. Sheet flows, collapse pits and lava lakes of the rift valley. Journal of Geophysical Research, 84, 5407-5422. BECKER,K. 1985. Large-scale electrical resistivity and bulk porosity of oceanic crust, DSDP Hole 504B, Costa Rica Rift. Initial Reports of the Deep Sea Drilling Project, 83, 419-427. BELL, J. S. 1990. Investigating stress regimes in sedimentary basins using information from oil industry wireline logs and drilling records. In: HURST,A., LOVELL,M. A. & MORTON,A. C. (eds) Geological application of wireline logs. Geological Society of London Special Publications No. 48, 305-325.
BOYELDIEU, C. & MARTIN, C. 1984. Fracture detection and evalution. Transactions of the 9th SPWLA, European International Formation Evaluation, paper 21. BREWER, T. S., BACH, W. • FURNES, H. 1996. Geochemistry of lavas from Hole 896A. In: ALT, J. C., KINOSHITA,H., STOKKING,L. B. t~; MICHAEL, P. J. (eds), Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, 148, 9-20. - LOVELE, M. A., HARVEY, P. K., PEELING, R., ATKIN, B. P. & ADAMSON,A. C. 1990. Preliminary geochemical results from DSDP/ODP Hole 504B: a comparison of core and log data. In: HURST,A., LOVELE,M. A. & MORTON, A. C. (eds), Geological application of Wireline Logs. Geological Society of London, Special Publications No. 48, 195-202. t~ WILLAMSON, G. 1995. Stratigraphy of the ocean crust in Hole 896A from FMS images. Scientific Drilling, 5, 87-92. , PEELING,R., LOVELL,M. A. & HARVEY,P. K. 1992. The validity of whole-rock geochemistry in the study of oceanic crust: a case study from ODP Hole 504B. In: PARSON, L. M., MURTON, B. J. & BROWNING,P. (eds), Ophilolites and their modern oceanic analogues. Geological Society of London Special Publications No. 60, 263-278. BRISTOW, F. F. & dEMENOCAL,P. B. 1992. Evaluation of the quality of geochemical logging data in hole 798B. Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, Scientific Results, 127/128, 1021-1035. BROGILA, C. & MOOS, D. 1988. In situ structure and properties of 110 Ma crust from geophysical logs in DSDP Hole 418A. In: SALISBURY, M. H., SCOTT, J., AUROUX, C. A. et al. (eds) Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, Scientific Results, 102, 29-47. BROWN, G. C & MUSSETT, A. E. 1981. The inacessible Earth. Allen and Unwin, London. DAVIES, P. J., MCKENZIE,J. A., PALMER-JuESON,A., et al. 1991. Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling program, Initial Reports, 133. College Station, TX (Ocean Drilling Program). DETRICK, R., COLLINS, J., STEPHENS, R. & SWIFT, S. 1994. In situ evidence for the nature of the sesimic layer 2/3 boundary in the oceanic crust. Nature, 370, 288-290. DICK, H. J. B., ERZINGER, J. STOKKING, L. B. 1992. Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, Initial Reports, 140.: College Station, TX (Ocean Drilling Program). DIEEK, Y., HARPER, G. D., WALKER,J. E., ALLERTON, S. & TARTAROTTI, P. 1996. Structure of upper layer 2 in Hole 896A. In: ALT, J. C., KINOSHITA, H., STOKrCING, L. B. & MICHAEL, P. J. (eds), Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, 148, 261-279. EVANS, C. J. & BRERETON,N. R. 1990. In situ crustal stress in the United Kingdom from borehole breakouts. In: HURST, A., LOVELL, M. A. & MORTON, A. C. (eds.), Geological application of wireline logs. Geological Society of London Special Publications No 48, 327-338. FLOVENZ, O. G., GEORGSSON, L. S. & ARNASON,K. 1985. Resistivity of the upper oceanic crust in
OCEAN FLOOR VOLCANISM Iceland. Journal of Geophysical Research, 90, 10136-10150. GABLE, R., MOR1N, R. H. & BECKER, K. 1989. The geothermal state of hole 504B: ODP Leg l ll, overview. Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, 111, 87-96. HARPER, G. D. & TARTAROTTI, P. 1996. Structural evolution of upper layer 2, Hole 896A. In: ALT, J. C., KINOSHITA,H., STOKKING,L. B. & MICHAEL,P. J. (eds) Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, 148, 245 259. HARVEY,P. K., PEZARD,P., ITURRINO,G. J., BOLDREEL, L. O. & LOVELL, M. A. 1995. The sheeted dike complex in Hole 504B: Observations from the integration of core and log data. Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, Scientific Results, 1371140, 305-311. HEY, R., JOHNSON, L. & LOWR1E,A. 1977. Recent plate motions in the Galapagos Area. Geological Society of America Bulletin, 88, 1385-1403. HILL, M. N. 1957. Recent geophysical exploration of the ocean floor. In: Physics and Chemistry of the Earth, 2, 129-163, Pergamon Press, London. HOBART, M. A., LANGSETH,M. G. & ANDERSON,R. N. 1985. A geothermal and geophysical survey on the south flank of the Costa Rica Rift: Sites 504 and 505. In: ANDERSON, R. N , HONNOREZ, J. et aL (eds) Initial Reports of the Deep Sea Drilling Project, 83, 379-404. HOLDEN, J. C. & DIETZ, R. S. 1972. Galapagos Gore, NazCoPac Triple Junction and Carnegie/Cocos Ridges. Nature, 235, 266-269. HURST, A. 1990. Natural gamma ray spectrometry in hydrocarbon-bearing sandstones from the Norwegian Continental Shelf. In: HURST, A., LOVELL, M. A. & MORTON, A. C. (eds.) 1990. Geological applications of wireline logs, Geological Society Special Publications No. 48, 211-222. HYNDMAN, R. D. & SALISBURY,M. H. 1983. The physical nature of the oceanic crust on the MidAtlantic Ridge, DSDP hole 395A. Initial Reports of the Deep Sea Drilling Project, 78B, 839-848. KEMPTON, P. D., AUTIO, L. K., RHODES, J. M., HOLDAWAY, M. J., DUNCAN, M. A. & JOHNSON, P. 1985. Petrology of basalts from Hole 504B, Deep Sea Drilling Project Leg 183. In: ANDERSON, R. N., HONNOREZ, J., BECKER, K., et al. (eds). Initial Reports of the Deep Sea Drilling Project, 83, 129-164. LANGSETH, M. G. • BECKER, K. 1994. Structure of igneous basement at Sites 857 and 858 based on Leg 139 downhole logging. In: MOTTL, M. J., DAVIS, E. E., FISHER, A. T. & SLACK,J. F. (eds) Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, Scientific Results, 139, 573-584. College Station, TX (Ocean Drilling Program). LAVERNE, C, BELAROCH1, A. & HONNOREZ, J. 1996. Alteration mineralogy and chemistry of the upper oceanic crust from Hole 896A, Costa Rica Rift. In: ALT, J. C., KINOSHI'rA,H., STOKKING,L. B. & MICHAEL, P. J. (eds) Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, 148, 151-170. LONSDALE, P. & KLITGORD, K. D. 1978. Structure and tectonic history of the eastern Panama Basin.
-
-
361
Geological Society of America Bulletin, 89, 981999. LOVELL, M. A. 1985. Thermal conductivity and permeability assessment by electrical resistivity measurements in marine sediments. Marine Geotechnology, 6, 205 240. & PEZARD, P. A. 1990. Electrical properties of basalts from DSDP Hole 504B: a key to the evaluation of pore space morphology. In: HURST, A., LOVELL,M. A. & MORTON, A. C. (eds) 1990. Geological applications of wireline logs. Geological Society Special Publications No. 48, 339-345. , HARVEY, P. K., BREWER, T. S., WILLIAMS,C. G., JACKSON, P. D. & WILLIAMSON, G. 1998. Application of FMS images in the Ocean Drilling Program: an overview. In: CRAMP, A., MACLEOD, C, Lu, S. V. & JONES, J. (eds) The Geological Evolution of Ocean Basins: Results from the Ocean Drilling Program. Geological Society, London, Special Publications No. 131, pp. 287-303. MOTTL, M. J., ANDERSON, R. N., JENKINS, R. N. & LAWRENCE, J. R. 1983. Chemistry of waters sampled from basaltic basement in DSDP Holes 501, 504B and 505B. Initial Reports of the Deep Sea Drilling Project, 83. NEWMARK, R. L., ANDERSON, R. N., Moos, D. & ZOBACK,M. D. 1985. Sonic and ultrasonic logging of Hole 540B and its implications for the structure, porosity and stress regime of the upper 1 km of oceanic crust. Initial Reports of the Deep Sea Drilling Project, 83, 479-510. PELLING, R., HARVEY, P. K., LOVELL, M. A. & GOLDBERG, D. 1991. Statistical analysis of geochemical logging tool data from Hole 735B, Atlantis Fracture Zone, southwest Indian Ocean. Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, Scientific Results, 118, 271-284. PEZARD, P. A. 1990. Electrical properties of mid-ocean ridge basalts and implications for the structure of the upper ocean crust in Hole 504B. Journal of Geophysical Research, 95, 92329264. , HOWARD, J. J. & LOVELL, M. A. 1988. The influence of clays on the electrical conductivity of basalts from Hole 504B and changes in the structure of the pore geometry due to hydrothermal alteration of the crust. In: BECKER, K., SAKAI, H., et al. (eds) Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program Scientific Results, 111. & ANDERSON,R. N. 1990. In situ measurements of electrical resistivity, formation anisotropy and tectonic context. Transactions SPWLA, 31st Annual Logging Symposium. RAITT, R. W. 1963. The crustal rocks. In: HILL, M. N. (ed.) The Sea, 3, 85-102. Interscience, New York. SIBBIT, A. M. & FAIVRE, O. 1985. The dual laterlog response in fractured rock. Transactions SPWLA, 26th Annual Logging Symposium, paper T. SMITH, D. K. & CANN, J. R. 1992. The role of seamount volcanism in crustal construction at the Mid-Atlantic Ridge (240-30 ~ N). Journal of Geophysical Research, 97, 1645-1658. TEAGLE, D. A. H., ALT, J. C., BACH, W, HALLIADY,A. N. & ERZINGER, J. 1996. Alteration of upper ocean crust in a ridge-flank hydrothermal upflow -
-
362
T. S. BREWER ET AL.
zone: mineral, chemistry and isotopic constraints from Hole 896A. In: ALT, J. C., KINOSHITA, H., STOKKING, L. B. & MICHAEL,P. J. (eds), Proceedings of the Ocean Drilling Program, 148, 119-150. TREYS, Ph. 1991. Log data acquisition and quality control. Editions Technip, Paris. TITTMAN, J. 1986. Geophysical well logging. Academic Press, London. VAN ANDEL, T. H. & BALLARD, R. D. 1979. The Galapagos rift at 860 W: 2. volcanism, structure and evolution of the rift valley. Journal of Geophysical Research, 84, 5390-5406. WALKER,G. P. L. 1992. Morphometric study of pillow
size spectrum among pillow lavas. Bulletin of Volcanology, 54, 459-474. WEISS,R. F., LONSDALE,P., LUPTON,J. E., BAINBRIDGE, A. E. & CRAIG, H. 1977. Hydrothermal plumes in the Galapagos Rift. Nature, 267, 600. WILSON, M. 1989. Igneous petrogenesis: a global tectonic approach. Unwin Hyman, London. WINDLEY, B. F. 1995. The evolving continents, third edition. John Wiley and Sons Ltd, Chichester. YAMAGISHI, H. 1985. Growth of pillow lobes-evidence from pillow lavas of Hokkaido, Japan and North Island, New Zealand. Geology, 13, 499-502.
Physical signature of basaltic volcanics drilled on the northeast Atlantic volcanic rifted margins C. J. B U C K E R l, H. D E L I U S 2, J. W O H L E N B E R G 2 & L E G 163 S H I P B O A R D SCIENTIFIC PARTY
1 GGA, Geowissenschaftliche Gemeinschaftsaufgaben (Joint Geoscientific Research of the State Geological Surveys), Stilleweg 2, 30631 Hannover, Germany 2 Lehr- und Forschungsgebiet Angewandte Geophysik, Rheinisch-Westfdlische Technische Hochschule, Lochnerstr. 4-20, D-52056 Aachen, Germany Abstract: During several DSDP and ODP Legs in the NE Atlantic, basaltic lava flows of the early rifting and break-up phase in the Tertiary have been drilled and logged. The lava flows were deposited subaerially with characteristic variations in their physical and magnetic properties and it is possible to distinguish different intraflow zones (I-IV) by evaluating downhole and core measurements. The physical and magnetic properties are mainly influenced by the degree of vesicularity and alteration, especially in the top and bottom parts of the flows. The pattern of the magnetic properties susceptibility and remanence seems to be helpful in distinguishing different flow types (aa and pahoehoe) as well as intraflow structures. These zonal characterizations of subaerial basaltic lava flows can be seen frequently in core as well as in downhole measurements. This holds true not only for one hole but also for holes at different locations in the NE Atlantic with an exceptional high correlation down to fine scale variations, pointing to comparable genetic mechanisms during the initial phase of rifting. Several DSDP (Deep Sea Drilling Project) and ODP (Ocean Drilling Program) Legs are located in the NE Atlantic, addressing the nature of early rifting and break-up of the NE Atlantic (Legs 81,104, 152, 163). At the time of magnetic anomaly 24, the time of opening of the N Atlantic, the drillings of the mentioned Legs would be located at the continental margins (Rockall Plateau, Voring Plateau, SE Greenland). These continental margins are type examples of volcanic rifted margins and they are characterized by broad seaward dipping reflector sequences (SDRS). All the drilled basaltic volcanics belong to a large igneous province (LIP) similar to the Kerguelen- or Ontong-Java-Plateau (White & McKenzie 1989; White 1992; Coffin & Eldholm 1992, 1993, 1994). Rifting and break-up along the NE Atlantic during the Early Tertiary was accompanied by an intense phase of magrnatism and the eruption of large volumes of volcanic rocks, which formed the SDRS (Hinz 1981; White & McKenzie 1989; Fitton et al. 1995; White & Morton 1995). Several DSDP and ODP Legs (81 Rockall Plateau, 104 Vring Plateau, 152 and 163 Southeast Greenland Margin) have shown that these SDRS are mainly composed of subaerial basaltic lava flows (Roberts et al. 1984; Eldholm et al. 1987; Larsen et al. 1994, ODP Leg 163 Shipboard Scientific Party 1996). The results of the
DSDP and ODP drillings together with shorebased studies (i.e. Larsen & Marcussen 1992) and drillings on the Faeroe Islands (Waagstein & Hald 1984) all suggest near sea-level eruption of the lava within the SDRS (Larsen et al. 1994). The Tertiary igneous provinces of Britain, Northern Ireland, the Faeroes and Greenland were formed at the same time (White & McKenzie 1989). All these igneous provinces together form the North Atlantic Volcanic Rifted Margin. Although the volcanic nature of the SDRS is firmly established (Roberts, et aL 1984; Eldholm et aL 1987), the geological processes responsible for the formation of their characteristic architecture is still partly a matter of conjecture (Larsen et al. 1994). The purpose of this paper is to show the relation between physical and magnetic rock properties and the volcanic flow structure. Borehole measurements as well as core measurements will be used to cast some light on this matter. D S D P and O D P drillings in the northeast
Atlantic At the time of break-up of the N Atlantic and rifting, all the drillings of the DSDP/ODP Legs
BI]CKER, C. J., DELIUS,H., WOHLENBERG,J. ,~r LEG 163 SHIPBOARDSCIENTIFICPARTY. 1998 Physical signature of basaltic volcanics drilled on the northeast Atlantic volcanic rifted margins In- HARVEY,P. K. ~r LOVELL,M. A. (eds) Core-Log Integration, Geological Society, London, Special Publications. 136. 363-374
363
364
C.J. BI~ICKER E T
AL.
Fig. 1. Reconstruction of the North Atlantic at the time of magnetic Anomaly 24 with the disposition of the major continental blocks (after Srivastava 1978), the distribution of on- and off-shore basalt flows and sills and the palaeolocation of DSDP/ODP Legs 81, 104, 152 and 163 (modified after Larsen et al. 1994). 81, 104, 152 and 163 are situated along a more or less N - S trending line at these early continental margins (Fig. 1). The Legs 81, 104 and 152 and the Faeroe Islands are situated along these margins, while Legs 152 and 163 are situated across the margins. To understand the genesis of the voluminous volcanic activity during the short reversed polarity between magnetic anomalies 24 and 25 and the formation of coeval suites of dipping reflectors at the conjugate margins of Greenland, Rockall and the Norwegian Sea, it is useful to correlate the volcanic sequences of East Greenland, Rockall and Voring Plateau and the other volcanic areas in the NE Atlantic in more detail. The petrology and petrography of magmatic products like subaerial flood basalts in large igneous provinces is mostly well known (i.e. Cox
1980; MacDougall 1988; Rowland & Walker 1990). However, there is only little information on flow structure or flow thickness. These characteristics of volcanic flows are reflected by their physical properties and they in turn are controlled by magma eruption rates, emplacement mechanisms and cooling histories (Walker 1971, 1993; Rowland & Walker 1990; Long & Wood 1986; Walker 1971). For the investigations and comparisons carried out in this study, one drill site for each leg with a logging suite as complete as possible in the volcanic succession was chosen: (i) 553A of Leg 81 (Rockall Plateau); (ii) 642E of Leg 104 (Voring Plateau); (iii) 917A of Leg 152 (SE Greenland)
PHYSICAL SIGNATURE OF BASALTIC VOLCANICS
SE Greenland
m
Rockall V~ring Plateau
C23
I
365
oceanic series that dominate the SDRS. These SDRS have been formed mainly during magnetochron C24. For the first time, magnetic polarity changes were drilled at Sites 990 and 989 of Leg 163.
Site 553A C24
~
56
!
6 km s-l, respectively. The lower values correspond to the flow top and bottom parts yielding the high vesicularities and high alteration degrees, whereas the massive basalt in the centre part of a flow shows the highest values of density and
velocity. The single flows show a typical decrease in neutron porosity downward in the central part with a sharp increase in the vesicular zone in the lowermost part of the flow (Fig. 4) which is also accompanied by firstly an increase in density and then a decrease towards the base part of the flow (Fig. 7a, b, zone IV). The density log in turn is well correlated with the NPHI log, which is a measure for the hydrogen content, not only for pure porosities. So, the NPHI log may indicate not only waterfilled vesicles but also the weathered flow tops
368
C.J. BUCKER ET AL.
Fig. 5. Compilation of core measurements from Hole 990A. From left column to right column: core recovery in black, flows 1-13 with flow boundaries, flow type (aa, transitional, pahoehoe), rock type, density (measured on full rounds with the shipboard GRAPE Gamma Ray Attenuation Porosity Evaluator), compressional wave velocity Vp measured on half rounds, magnetic intensity after 30 mA alternating field demagnetization, and susceptibility.
with alteration minerals containing hydrous oxides (smectite, montmorillonite, celadonite, zeolite, chalcedon). Single lava flows from Hole 553A as well as intraflow variations, i.e. the different development of neutron porosity and alteration with depth, are well identified by the logs RHOB, Vp, NPHI, SFLU and GR. The structure of a basaltic lava flow depends (among other things like eruption mechanisms (Aubele et al. 1988) or atmosphere conditions (Sahagian et al. 1989)) on
the distance from the volcanic vent (reflected by the grain size distribution), the cooling history and the thickness of the lava flow and the depositional environment. So, log interpretation in volcanic flows may help in answering questions related to these topics.
Hole 990A ( O D P Leg 163) A comparable structure of the volcanic flows can be seen in Hole 990A. This drilling is situated
PHYSICAL SIGNATURE OF BASALTIC VOLCANICS
369
Fig. 6. Density-velocity correlation for volcanic lava flows in the NE Atalantic. Data were taken from log and core measurements from holes 553A, 642E, 917A and 990A as indicated. The densities of Hole 990A were measured on full round cores whereas the velocities were measured on the split cores (halfrounds). Note the regression lines all lying close together.
close to the coast of SE Greenland in a water depth of less than 500 m. Below a sediment cover which extends down to 212 mbsf, basaltic lava flows were drilled to a final depth of 342 mbsf. As mentioned at the beginning, downhole measurements could not be achieved in any of the holes of Leg 163, but the core recovery in the igneous section was quite good (up to 70%) and provides a good basis for further investigations. The physical and magnetic properties like density and susceptibility were measured with the shipboard MST, the Multi Sensor Track system on full round cores with a measuring point distance of 2 cm prior to sawing. As soon as possible after core retrieval, the p-wave velocities were measured on water saturated half round cores with the Hamilton Frame Velocimeter with a measuring point distance of 5 cm. The magnetic intensities were measured every 10
cm with the shipboard cryogenic magnetometer after alternating field demagnetization of 30 mA to remove secondary remanences like drilling induced magnetizations (Nakasa, pets. comm.). The results of the measurements in relation to rock type, flow type and flow boundaries are shown in Fig. 5. Due to the high sampling rate a very detailed structure of the volcanic pile can be seen. Alltogether 13 lava flows were recognized. The volcanic lava flows at Site 990 can be related to three flow types. In the upper part of the hole, aa lavas were drilled, and in the lower part pahoehoe lavas with transitional type lavas between. The aa lava is characterized by a commonly thick brecciated flow top and a thin vesicular flow base. For the pahoehoe flow type, the brecciated top is missing and it has a thick upper vesicular zone, a massive interior and vesicles at the base. The transitional type lava
370
C.J. BOCKER
E T AL.
Fa ~ ,--
0a o ~
r
~
o
~'=
~ Z ~ N~ ~ ' ~ ~ ~ "~ r.~ c.~
< ~ , o = ~
~, ~ . ~
o ~ 9K ~
~ ~
g ~oo ,~-
GG,2 , ,...~
o ~ ' ~
0a
~.~
~LC
.o ~=a: ~ =
~-~ . ~ m
~.~
o
50 fractures m -1) at specific depths, namely 280, 440, 580, 680, 720, 740, and 830 mbsf (Fig. 5 b). Most of these depths correspond to thin flows and massive units, for which relatively higher recovery percentages were obtained, except for cores at 440 mbsf, consisting of pillow basalts giving lower recovery (Fig. 5a; see also Fig. 1). At 580 and 680 mbsf, massive Unit 27 and 34 occur, respectively (Fig. 1). We can note that spikes of high fracture density occur almost regularly every 80 to 100 m, describing a sort of periodicity down the hole (Fig. 5). As with fractures, vein density varies cyclically down the hole (Fig. 5b): veins tend to cluster at certain depths, i.e. near 280, 360, 440, 540 (Unit 24), 640, 820, and 970 mbsf, partly corresponding to pillow or massive units. The highest vein densities do not correspond exactly with zones of intense fracturing. In fact, fracture density maxima appear to alternate with vein density maxima, especially from 400 mbsf down. Generally, high fracture and vein densities correspond to massive units or thin flows, which are sampled with higher recovery than pillows. Fracture and vein orientation. The histograms of corrected dip angle for fractures and veins are
Fig. 5. Distribution of planes density (number of plane per metre of core) derived from cores (corrected data). (a) Total core planes density and location of the main brecciated intervals and rubble asobserved on cores. (b) Open fractures and veins density. reported in Fig. 6. Open fractures show that steep fractures and steep veins dominate in the logged interval. The vein frequency is relatively higher than the fracture frequency for subhorizontal and intermediate (up to 60 ~) populations. Fracture and vein apertures. Fracture and vein apertures have been evaluated in the core by measuring the width normal to the planar fracture or vein. Open fractures commonly have apertures less than 1 ram. Veins exhibit the greatest thickness (8-15 ram) at 320 mbsf (massive flow), 397 mbsf (pillows), 907 mbsf (dyke), 912 mbsf (pillows), 978 mbsf (massive flow), and 981 mbsf (massive flow) (Fig. 4c). Distribution o f breccias and rubble. Breccia and rubble are very abundant in the drilled crustal
FRACTURING AND ALTERATION AT SITE 504
Fig. 6. Histograms of corrected dip angle of open fractures and veins derived from measurements on cores.
section occurring mainly within pillows and thin flows (Fig. 1). However, the total proportion of breccias based on visual core observation is likely under-estimated, because breccia is a delicate lithology and tends to be lost during drilling. Consequently, the distribution of breccias and rubble down the hole may reflect sampling bias due to under-estimation (Brewer et al. 1995). According to initial core descriptions (Cann et al. 1983; Anderson et al. 1985), breccias and rubble appear to be clustered at specific depths, and are most abundant at 340, 430, 480, 560, 650, 690-705, 780, and from 900 to 1000 mbsf (Fig. 5a). These depth intervals correspond to pillows and minor flows where a relatively low
399
Fig. 7. Distribution of secondary minerals along the studied section derived from petrographic observations. Symbols refer to the type of mineral occurrence in rocks. Only the most abundant mineral observed in thin section is reported. Zones of alteration under 'oxidative' and 'reducing' conditions are reported.
recovery was achieved (Fig. 5a). Rubble was recovered from 300 to 310, 561 to 615, 815 to 900 mbsf which correspond to pillows with a relatively low recovery (Fig. 5a). Mineralogy (micro-scale) We studied 268 thin sections of the recovered basalts for petrographic descriptions. We compiled a database of the alteration minerals from personal thin sections (data available from the authors) and from the D S D P / O D P collection
400
P. TARTAROTTI E T AL.
(personal observations and data reported in literature, e.g. Honnorez et al. 1983; Kurnosov et al. 1983; Noak et al. 1983). The studied thin sections are not fully representative of the penetrated interval because the average recovery was relatively low, and thin sections are derived from a selection of core samples. The distribution with depth of alteration minerals, as observed in thin section, is illustrated in Figure 7. This distribution refers to depth intervals at which the minerals represent the most abundant secondary phase in the studied thin section. The most common secondary minerals are: clay minerals (i.e. smectite, including mixed layer smectite-chlorite) and celadonite, zeolites, Fe-oxhydroxides, chlorite, prehnite, talc, quartz, actinolite, Fe-sulfides, and analcime. These minerals may replace primary minerals (e.g. olivine) and glass, or fill fractures, voids, vesicles and cracks (Fig. 2b). Smectite is the most abundant mineral in the studied section (270 mbsf to 1000 mbsf; Fig. 7), and occurs either in the rock groundmass or in veins. Zeolites (including both Na- and Ca-zeolites) are clustered between 528 and 572 mbsf, and between 900 and 1000 mbsf. Fe-oxhydroxides are the next most abundant minerals from 270 mbsf down to 600 mbsf, occurring either in the rock groundmass or as vein infilling. Celadonite is scarce and occurs only down to 650 mbsf. Celadonite was mainly observed in samples of pillows. Chlorite is present in the deepest part of the studied section, appearing at about 900 mbsf within samples from thin flows. Carbonate is scarce and does not occur below 600 mbsf. It was observed only in samples from massive basalts. Prehnite was detected in a few samples from 550 and 850 mbsf, at shallower depths than those reported in Alt et al. (1986). Quartz is present from 800 down to 1000 mbsf, and mainly occurs in pillow units. Actinolite appears in the deepest part of the studied section. Talc and Fe-sulfides are the most abundant mineral at around 700 mbsf. Analcime is scarce in samples from 600 mbsf. The K-rich minerals (i.e. celadonite, K-feldspar, phillipsite) are mostly located in the top part of the basement, down to 570 mbsf (Fig. 7). This zone was altered by large volumes of seawater, freely circulating through the uppermost volcanic pile, causing greater oxidation and alkali-enrichment of the rocks (Alt et al. 1996b). In contrast, deeper volcanic sections are characterized by more restricted circulation of seawater and evolved fluid compositions under more reducing conditions (Fig. 7). Chemical analyses of these minerals are reported by Honnorez et al. (1983) and Laverne (1987). K-
feldspar is very scarce (one occurrence). Phillipsite mainly occurs in veins and as glass replacement. Celadonite and celadonite-smectite mixtures are much more abundant than phillipsite and are restricted to black and red alteration halos which are typical of oceanic basalts altered at low temperatures in oxidizing conditions (Alt et al. 1996b; Belarouchi et al. 1996; Laverne et al. 1996).
Downhole measurements Downhole measurements of rock physical properties provide a continuous and m-scale description of crustal structures. The extensive downhole measurements program conducted at DSDP/ODP Site 504 over the years has produced a comprehensive dataset that may be compared with structural and petrographic data obtained from cores. Electrical
resistivity
Electrical resistivity data were recorded in Hole 504B with a lateral device, the Dual Laterolog (DLL) tool of Schlumberger. Lateral devices are largely influenced by anisotropy and provide accurate data at high resistivity values, such as those obtained in crystalline formations. The sensor was designed to provide, at different frequencies, two measurements of electrical resistivity often referred to as deep (LLd) and shallow (LLs) due to their respective horizontal penetration into the rock. Resistivity data recorded by the dual laterolog (DLL) resistivity probe during Legs 83, 111, and 148 in the upper part of the hole are extremely reproducible, and may be represented by the latest electrical resistivity profile (Fig. 8b). From this profile, an estimate of 'apparent' porosity was computed (Becker 1985; Becker et al. 1989; Pezard & Anderson 1989; Pezard 1990), in order to discriminate individual lithological units such as pillows and massive flows, and to constrain the large-scale morphology of the crust as synthetised in the following. From the highly porous and altered seismic Layers 2A and 2B to the sheeted dykes of Layer 2C, an increase of about two orders of magnitude in resistivity values was observed, i.e. from the average value of 10.0f~m in the pillows to the average value of 250.0 f~m in the dykes (Pezard & Anderson 1989). The resistivity profile reported in Fig. 8b shows the occurrence of relatively high resistivity layers corresponding to massive and thick (about 150 m) lithostratigraphic units as defined from core observations. They are Units 2D, 22,
FRACTURING A N D ALTERATION AT SITE 504
401
.~
~=t5
....O
~
e'~
O
.,...,
b-Y:,~
~
r~
3~
tt~
~ ' ~
o~ 9 ~ . ~
..~
~ ~
402
P. TARTAROTTI E T AL.
24, 27, 30, 34, 37, 64, and Unit 73 (Fig. 1) and correspond to depth intervals where the highest recovery percentages were obtained (Fig. 8a). Unit 2D is considered as the upper limit of an underpressured aquifer located within Layer 2A. One exception is massive Unit 9 that shows low resistivity values (Fig. 8b). Other massive and thin basaltic layers have lower resistivity than the thick massive units listed above. These thin units are Units 11, 17, 32, 44, 46, and Unit 49 (Figs 1 & 8b). In the resistivity profile of Fig. 8b, spikes of relatively high resistivity also occur at around 280, 400, 765, and 850 mbsf. These spikes correspond to thin flows (at 280, 400 and 765 mbsf) and to dykes (850 mbsf) as defined from core observations (Fig. 1). Another high resistivity unit of intrusive origin is located at 898 mbsf (Fig. 8b). This unit likely corresponds to DSDP Unit 57 that caps the stockwork-like section discovered during Leg 83 (Anderson et al. 1985). A comparison between the electrical resistivity profile and the mineralogical zonation in Hole 504B has suggested that certain low-porosity massive units appear to constitute either permeability barriers or alteration boundaries (Pezard & Anderson 1989). Porosity evaluation
Several estimates of porosity may be obtained from DLL electrical resistivity. A first estimate might be derived directly from the deep penetrating measurement (LEd) using Archie's Law (Archie 1942; Brace et al., 1965; Becker, 1985) and considered as representative of the 'total' porosity of the rock. A second estimate may be derived by accounting for surface conductivity due to the presence of clay minerals (Pezard 1990; Pezard et al. 1996; Revil et al. 1996), producing an estimate of the porous fraction where fluids are free to move in the basement. A third estimate may be derived from the difference between the two measurements (LLs and LEd) after correction for hole size effect (Pezard & Anderson 1990). Due to the tool geometry and strong focusing, the presence of sub-horizontal conductive features preferentially decreases the deep measurement more than the shallow one. In contrast, the deep resistivity measurement (LEd) is always higher than the shallow one (LLs) where fractures are subvertical. Thus, comparison of the two DLL measurements provides an evaluation of porosity in anisotropic media. The porosity estimate is a minimum because of a possible conflict between horizontal (h-DEE) and vertical (vDLL) structures. The effect of both horizontal
and vertical structures might cancel out, and only a minimum estimate of fracture porosity is obtained (t-DEE). Horizontal and vertical fracture porosity data as derived from electrical resistivity are reported in the profile of Fig. 8c. This profile represents an important tool for understanding the distribution of fractures orientation with depth, which may have an important role in the geometry of hydrological circulation. Fracture porosity data (FP) at Hole 504B (Newmarket al. 1985; Pezard & Anderson 1989, 1990; Pezard et al. 1992, 1996) suggest that Layer 2A is characterized by the highest porosity values, mainly related to the presence of horizontal fractures (horizontal fracture porosity - - HFP) down to 405 mbsf, below which a regime of mostly vertical fractures is inferred. The section of most intense fracturing is 30m thick and bound on top by Unit 2D (from 311 to 325 mbsf). This section corresponds to the under-pressured aquifer (Anderson & Zoback 1982; Anderson et al. 1985) that defines the upper limit of the main zone of water intake into the crust, although thinner permeable zones might be located above Unit 2D. From the top of Layer 2B (405 mbsf) downhole, vertical fractures dominate (vertical fracture porosity - - VFP) in DLL data. The lowest computed porosity (a fraction of a percent) corresponds to a thick lava flow in the extrusive section (Unit 27). Below this particular unit, Unit 28 corresponds to the only interval outside Layer 2A where intense subhorizontal fracturing was observed on BHTV images ( N e w m a r k e t al. 1985). In the uppermost part of the basement, massive Unit 2D (from 309.6 to 323 mbsf), records a low fracture porosity and separates an upper zone where horizontal fracturing dominates (from 279.7 to 293.3 mbsf) from a lower one where vertical fracturing dominates (i.e. the aquifer; Figs 8b,c). Above Unit 2D and in contact with it, a short interval of vertical fracturing occurs between 302.3 and 306.2 mbsf. Unit 2D is separated from the aquifer by a thin zone of high horizontal fracture porosity at 323 mbsf. The aquifer is the first important zone of vertical fracture porosity, extending from 323.9 to 333.1 mbsf. Below the aquifer, other zones of vertical fracture porosity alternate with zones of either generally low fracture porosity or horizontal fracture porosity (Fig. 8c). Thick massive units that show high resistivity have relatively low DEE-derived fracture porosity, with the exception of Unit 9 (Figs 8b,c). Thin massive, low resistivity units also have low fracture porosity, with the exception of Units 44,
F R A C T U R I N G A N D ALTERATION AT SITE 504
t~
403
N
0 0
..~ ~ " ~ - ~ _
~
-
~-~
~
.~ .~ -
,~
.~ .~, .~ .~ .~ ~
.
.
.
.
~
,,....,
.~.
~+~
+~~+~ +~ +~r~
~ +
~
-'~
-~
~
0
9
0
0
0
.--
% 0
.
.
.
.
~ - ~~
~
.
o
.
.
~
.
.
~
N
N
r~
ZZZZZZ
r~
Z 0b~
0 0
a,
0
~